© 2026 Zoe. All rights reserved.
Zoe is a legal information platform. Always consult the Federal Register of Legislation for authoritative text.
[2006] AATA 710
Administrative Appeals Tribunal of Australia
2006-07-25
Original judgment source is linked above.
CATCHWORDS - SUPERANNUATION - prudential regulation - disqualification of directors - whether Trustee breached covenants - meaning of covenants - meaning of ordinary prudent person covenant - meaning of best interests covenant - meaning of "reserve" - meaning of fit and proper person - decisions set aside
Acts Interpretation Act 1901 , , and
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority Act 1998 ss 7, 8, 9, 11, 15, 16, 45, 46 and 47
Corporations Act ss 179, 180, 189, 198D, 1317E, 1317G, 1317J and 1318
Superannuation Industry Supervision Regulations rr. 1.03, 2.15, 2.22 to 2.25, 2.35, 2.36, 2.40, 2.41, 4.03, 4.04, 5.01, 5.01A, 5.03, 9.04, 9.06, 9.08, 9.09, 9.10, 9.15, 9.29, 9.30, 9.3 and 13.16
Trustee Act 1958 (Vic) s 28
Adler v Australian Securities and Investments Commission [2003] NSWCA 131; (2003) 179 FLR 1
Aerolink Air Services Pty Ltd v Civil Aviation Safety Authority [2003] AATA 1357
Alexandra Private Geriatric Hospital v Blewett (1984) 2 FCR 368; 56 ALR 265
Attorney-General v Breckler [1999] HCA 28; (1999) 197 CLR 83; 163 ALR 576
Austin v Austin [1906] HCA 5; (1906) 3 CLR 516
Australian Broadcasting Tribunal v Bond and Others [1990] HCA 33; (1990) 94 ALR 11
Australian Gaslight Co v Valuer-General: (1940) 40 SR (NSW) 126
Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Parker (2003) 21 ACLC 888, [2003] FCA 262
Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Pegasus [2002] NSWSC 310; (2002) 41 ACSR 561
Australian Securities Commission v AS Nominees Ltd & others [1995] FCA 1663; (1995) 62 FCR 504; 133 ALR 1
Australian Securities Commission v AS Nominees Ltd & others [1995] FCA 1663; (1995) 62 FCR 504
Australian Securities Commission v Donovan (1998) 28 ACSR 583
Australian Securities Commission v Gallagher (1993) 11 ACLC 286
Bartlett v Barclays Bank Co Ltd [1980] Ch 515
Blount Inc v Registrar of Trade Marks [1998] FCA 440; (1998) 83 FCR 50
Boland v Yates Property Corporation Pty Ltd [1999] HCA 64; (1999) 74 ALJR 209; 167 ALR 575
Bond v Barrow Haematite Steel Co [1902] 1 Ch 353
Bray v Ford [1896] AC 44
Burrows v Walls [1855] EngR 294; [1855] 5 De GM & G 233; 3 ER 859
Casarotto v Australian Postal Commission [1989] FCA 116; (1989) 86 ALR 399; 17 ALD 321
Centofanti v Eekimitor Pty Ltd [1995] SASC 4924; (1995) 65 SASR 31; 15 ACSR 629
Charlton v Baber [2003] NSWSC 745; (2003) 47 ACSR 31
CIC Insurance Ltd v Bankstown Football Club Ltd (1997) 187 CLR 384; 141 ALR 618
Civiti and Secretary, Tax Agents' Board of Victoria (1990) 90 ATC 2039
Clark v Ryan [1960] HCA 42; (1960) 103 CLR 486
Commissioner of Taxation v Murray [1990] FCA 69; (1990) 21 FCR 436; 92 ALR 671
Commonwealth Bank of Australia v Friedrich (1991) 5 ACSR 115
Cooper Brookes (Wollongong) Pty Ltd v Commissioner of Taxation [1981] HCA 26; (1981) 147 CLR 297; 35 ALR 151
Cowan v Scargill [1985] 1 Ch D 270
Craig v Federal Commissioner of Taxation [1945] HCA 1; (1945) 70 CLR 441
Daniels v Anderson (1995) 37 NSWLR 438
Davies v Australian Securities Commission [1995] FCA 1496; (1995) 59 FCR 221; 131 ALR 295
Drake v Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs (1979) 24 ALR 577; 2 ALD 60
Duke Group Ltd (in liq) v Pilmer (No 5) [2003] SASC 381; (2003) 87 SASR 325
Edge v Pensions Ombudsman [1998] Ch 512
Epeabaka v Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs (1997) 150 ALR 397; 47 ALD 555
Esso Australia Ltd v Australian Petroleum Agents' & Distributors' Association [1999] 3 VR 642
Fearnley and Australian Fisheries Management Authority (2005) 87 ALD 159; 41 AAR 384; [2005] AATA 147
Federal Commissioner of Taxation v Linter Textiles Australia Ltd (in liq) [2005] HCA 20; (2005) 220 CLR 542; 215 ALR 1
Federal Commissioner of Taxation v Stone (2005) 215 ALR 61
Fouche v Superannuation Fund Board [1952] HCA 1; (1952) 88 CLR 609
Gold Ribbon (Accountants) P/L v Sheers and Ors [2005] QSC 198
Golosky and Anor v Golosky unreported, NSW Court of Appeal, 5 October 1993
Heydon and Ors v NRMA Ltd and Ors [2000] NSWCA 374
HG v The Queen [1999] HCA 2; (1999) 197 CLR 414; 160 ALR 554
HR Products Pty Ltd v Collector of Customs [1990] FCA 152; (1990) 20 ALD 340
Hughes and Vale Pty Ltd and Anor v State of New South Wales and Ors [No.2] [1955] HCA 28; (1955) 93 CLR 127
Hurley v BGH Nominees Pty Ltd (1982) 1 ACLC 387
In re Drexel Burnham Lambert UK Pension Plan [1995] 1 WLR 32
In re Whiteley; Whiteley v Learoyd (1886) 33 Ch D 347
In the matter of Estate of Hancock (dec); Porteous v Rinehart (as executor and trustee of the estate of Hancock) (1998) 19 WAR 495
Inland Revenue Commissioners v National Federation of Self Employed and Small Business Ltd [1981] UKHL 2; [1982] AC 617
K & S Lake City Freighters Pty Ltd v Gordon & Gotch Ltd [1985] HCA 48; (1985) 157 CLR 309
Karger v Paul [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161
Kelso v Forward [1995] FCA 1584; (1995) 60 FCR 39
King v Talbot 40 NY 76 (1869)
Kioa v West (1985) 59 CLR 550
Martin v Martin [1988] 1 NZLR 722
McDonald v Director-General of Social Security [1984] FCA 57; (1984) 1 FCR 354; 6 ALD 6
McMillan v McMillan [1891] VicLawRp 10; (1891) 17 VLR 33
Melbourne Steamship Co Ltd v Moorehead [1912] HCA 69; (1912) 15 CLR 333
Minister for Health v Thomson [1985] FCA 208; (1985) 98 FCR 213; 60 ALR 701
Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Bhardwaj (2002) 209 CLR 597
Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Wang (2003) 215 CLR 518; 196 ALR 385; 72 ALD 577
Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Yusuf [2001] HCA 30; (2001) 206 CLR 323; 180 ALR 1; 62 ALD 225
Minister for Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs v Watson [2005] FCAFC 181; (2005) 145 FCR 542
Minister for Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs v SZAYW [2005] FCAFC 154
Mobil Oil Australia Pty Ltd v Federal Commissioner of Taxation [1963] HCA 41; (1963) 113 CLR 475
Murphy v R [1989] HCA 28; (1989) 167 CLR 94
Pepsi Seven-Up Bottlers v Commissioner of Taxation (1995) 62 FCR 289; 95 ATC 4746; 132 ALR 632
Percival v Wright [1902] 2 Ch 421
Permanent Building Society (in liq) v McGee (1993) 11 ACSR 260
Phipps v Boardman [1966] UKHL 2; [1967] 2 AC 46
Pikos Holdings (Northern Territory) Pty Ltd v Territory Homes Pty Ltd [1997] NTSC 30
Pochi v Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs [1979] AATA 64; (1979) 36 FLR 482
Preuss and Australian Prudential Regulation Authority [2005] AATA 748
Prince Ernest Augustus of Hanover [1957] AC 436
Princess Ann of Hesse v Field and Ors (1962) 80 WN (NSW) 66
R v Bonython (1984) 38 SASR 45
R v J (1994) 75 A Crim R 522 (Vic CCA)
R v Toohey; Ex parte Meneling Station Pty Ltd [1982] HCA 69; (1982) 158 CLR 327; 44 ALR 63
Rana v Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission [2005] FCA 6
Rankine v Rankine [1998] QSC 48
Rathbone v Abel (1964) 38 ALJR 293
Re Becker and Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs [1977] AATA 12; (1977) 1 ALD 158; 15 ALR 696
Re Beloved Wilkes' Charity [1851] EngR 375; (1851) 3 Mac & G 440; 42 ER 330
Re Charteris [1917] 2 Ch 379
Re Dowling and Secretary to Department of Health (1985) 8 ALD 171
Re HIH Insurance Ltd (in liq) & Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Adler [2002] NSWSC 483; [2002] 42 ACSR 80
Re Londonderry's Settlement [1964] EWCA Civ 6; [1965] Ch 918; [1964] 3 All ER 855
Re Payne and Comcare (1997) 48 ALD 733
Re Preston [1985] AC 385
Re Slater and Cox [1988] AATA 110; (1988) 15 ALD 20
Re Taylor and Department of Transport (1978) 1 ALD 312
Regal (Hastings) Ltd v Gulliver [1967] 2 AC 134
Rich v Australian Securities and Investments Commission [2004] HCA 42; (2004) 209 ALR 271
Russell v Duke of Norfolk [1949] 1 All ER 109
Sargeant v National Westminster Bank Plc (1990) 61 P & CR 518
Scott v Handley [1999] FCA 404; (1999) 58 ALD 373
Secretary, Department of Social Security v Willee [1990] FCA 221; (1990) 96 ALR 211; 20 ALD 557
Shell Pensions Trust Ltd v Pell Rrischmann & Partners [1986] 2 All ER 911 (QBD)
Singer v Berghouse [1994] HCA 40; (1994) 181 CLR 201; 123 ALR 481; 68 ALJR 653
Smith v Langford [1840] EngR 478; (1844) 2 Beav 362; 48 ER 1221
Speight v Gaunt (1883) 9 App Cas 1
Stasos v Tax Agents' Board [1990] FCA 379; (1990) 21 ALD 437
Sullivan v Department of Transport (1978) 20 ALR 323
Tanti v Carlson [1948] VicLawRp 70; [1948] VLR 401
TCN Channel Nine Pty Ltd v Australian Mutual Provident Society [1982] FCA 169; (1982) 42 ALR 496
The Commonwealth v Muratore [1978] HCA 47; (1978) 141 CLR 296; 22 ALR 176
Theo v Secretary, Department of Family and Community Services [2006] FCA 279
Trade Practices Commission v Arnotts (No 5) (1990) 21 FCR 324; 92 ALR 527
Turner v Corney [1841] EngR 1192; (1841) 5 Beav 515
Unity Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd v Rocco Pezzano Pty Ltd [1998] HCA 38; (1992) 192 CLR 603; 154 ALR 361
Vision Super Pty Ltd v Poulter [2006] FCA 849
Vrisakis v Australian Securities Commission [1993] 9 WAR
Wacando v Commonwealth of Australia and State of Queensland [1981] HCA 60; (1981) 148 CLR 1; 37 ALR 317
Waimond Pty Ltd v Byrne (1989) 18 NSWLR 642
Water Administration Ministerial Corporation v Jones [2005] NSWCA 181; (2005) 139 LGERA 198 (NWSCA)
Webster v McIntosh [1980] FCA 128; (1980) 32 ALR 603
Whitten v Falkiner [1915] HCA 38; (1915) 20 CLR 118
Wilkinson v Clerical Administrative and Related Employees Superannuation Pty Ltd [1998] FCA 51; (1997) 79 FCR 469; 152 ALR 332
Wilson v Minister for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Affairs [1996] HCA 18; (1996) 189 CLR 1
Woolworths Ltd v Kelly (1991) 22 NSWLR 189
Yager v R [1977] HCA 10; (1977) 13 ALR 247
DECISION AND REASONS FOR DECISION [2006] AATA 710
(1) 3 August 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 June 2005 in respect of VBN;
(2) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 5 August 2005 in respect of VBO;
(3) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 August 2005 in respect of VBP;
(4) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 August 2005 in respect of VBQ;
(5) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 12 August 2005 in respect of VBR;
(6) 2 September 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 5 July 2005 in respect of VBV; and
(7) 13 September 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 22 July 2005 in respect of VBW.
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) decided that the Trustee of a superannuation fund (Trustee) had contravened the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (SIS Act).[1] It went on to decide to disqualify seven of the nine people who had been directors of the Trustee at the time of one or more of the contraventions under s 120A(2). With regard to all seven of the directors, it did so under s 120A(2) on the basis that the nature or seriousness of the Trustee's contraventions provided grounds for their disqualification. We have decided that the Trustee had not contravened the SIS Act. That means that, with regard to all seven of the directors, there is no power to disqualify them under s 120A(2) and we have set aside each of APRA's decisions on that basis. That is an end of the matter so far as five of the seven directors, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR and VBV, are concerned. With regard to the remaining two, VBW and VBN, APRA also based its decisions on their not being fit and proper persons to be responsible officers of body corporate that is a trustee. We have decided that APRA's decisions on this basis should also be set aside. The effect of our setting aside all of APRA's decisions is that none of the applicants is a disqualified person within the meaning of the SIS Act.
2. On the view that we have taken of the case, there are two main issues in this case. The first relates to the Trustee. Has it contravened the covenants in s 52(2)(b), (c) and (g) of the SIS Act? This raises the following sub-issue:
· what is the scope of the covenants - are they restatements of the common law giving APRA, and so the Tribunal, no greater power to consider their breach than enjoyed by a court?
3. The second main issue relates to VBN and VBW. Should they be disqualified under s 120A(3). The sub-issues are:
· what is meant by the expression "fit and proper"?
· did VBN and VBW, or either of them, have a conflict of the duties they owed to the Employer and those they owed as Directors of the Trustee?
4. As well as the two main issues, there were also a number of what we would call satellite issues. These included:
· if APRA did not confine itself to the matters raised in its Statements of Facts and Contentions lodged on 3 October 1995 or in its opening, should it be permitted to raise new matters during the course of the hearing?
· did APRA act in accordance with the model litigant policy?
· if APRA did not, is it required to act in accordance with the model litigant policy and, if so, what are the consequences of its not doing so?
"... make provision for the prudent management of certain superannuation funds, approved deposit funds and pooled superannuation trusts and for their supervision by APRA, ASIC and the Commissioner of Taxation."[2]
Together, these entities are referred to as "superannuation entities"[3]. The foundation of the Commonwealth's power to regulate these matters lies in its powers with respect to corporations or pensions. Those funds and trusts that come within the terms of the SIS Act[4] and comply with it may be eligible for concessional taxation treatment.[5]
6. We are concerned only with a regulated superannuation fund. In summary, a "regulated superannuation fund" is a superannuation fund which has a trustee, is either a constitutional corporation[6] or has as its sole or primary purpose the provision of old-age pensions and has elected that the SIS Act apply in relation to the fund.[7] A "superannuation fund" means a fund that is either an indefinitely continuing fund and is a provident, benefit, superannuation or retirement fund or a public sector superannuation fund.[8] The Fund is also an employer-sponsored fund because it is a regulated superannuation fund and has at least one employer-sponsor[9] as well as a standard employer-sponsored fund.[10]
Equal representation of employer and member representatives
7. Part 9 of the SIS Act sets out rules about representation of employers and members in relation to the management and control of standard employer-sponsored funds.[11] As the Fund is not a public offer superannuation fund and has more than 49 members, it must comply with what are called the "basic equal representation rules."[12] Section 89(1) provides that a fund complies with the "basic equal representation rules" if:
(i) the fund has a group of 2 or more individual trustees;
(ii) the group of trustees consists of equal numbers of employer representatives and member representatives; or
(b) both:
(i) the fund has a single corporate trustee;
(ii) the board of the corporate trustee consists of equal numbers of employer-representatives and member representatives."
"... in relation to a group of trustees of a fund, a policy committee of a fund or the board of directors of a corporate trustee of a fund, means a member of the group, committee or board, as the case may be, nominated by:
(a) the employer or employers of the members of the fund; or
(b) an organisation representing the interests of that employer or those employers."[13]
"... in relation to a group of trustees of a fund, a policy committee of a fund or the board of directors of a corporate trustee of a fund, means a member of the group, committee or board, as the case may be, nominated by:
(a) the members of the fund; or
(b) a trade union, or other organisation, representing the interests of those members."[14]
Standards of operation of a regulated superannuation fund
8. Part 3 of the SIS Act provides a system of prescribed standards applicable to the operation of superannuation entities. In so far as a regulated superannuation fund is concerned, regulations may prescribe standards for their operation (prescribed standards).[15] Examples of the matters that may be prescribed are set out in s 31(2). These matters include the actuarial standards that will apply to funds,[16] the level of benefits that may be provided by funds and the levels of assets that a fund may hold,[17] the financial and actuarial reports to be prepared in relation to funds,[18] the disclosure of information to beneficiaries in funds[19] and the financial position of funds.[20] The trustee of a superannuation entity must ensure that the prescribed standards applicable to the operation of the entity are complied with at all times.[21] A trustee of a superannuation entity must ensure that the prescribed standards applicable to the entity are complied with.[22] A person who does not comply with that obligation, is guilty of an offence[23] but a contravention of the obligation does not affect the validity of the transaction.[24]
Prescribed standards in relation to accrued benefits
9. Regulation 13.16 of the Superannuation Industry Supervision Regulations (Regulations) provides that, subject to qualifications that are not relevant in this case:
"... a beneficiary's right or claim to accrued benefits, and the amount of those accrued benefits, must not be altered adversely to the beneficiary by amendment of the governing rules of by any other act carried out, or consented to, by the trustee of the fund."
Prescribed standards in relation to financial management
10. Part 9 of the Regulations is concerned with the financial management of funds. Regulation 9.08 requires an employer-sponsor, in respect of each year of income of the fund, to pay contributions to the fund in an amount "not less than the certified minimum contributions relating to the fund". The "certified minimum contributions" are defined in r 9.06 to mean "the minimum contributions certified, in accordance with subreg 9.10(1) or 9.18, in a funding and solvency certificate." An actuary must provide a funding and solvency certificate.[25] In addition to other matters required by the Regulations, the actuary must certify in that certificate the solvency of the fund[26] together with:
"...the minimum contributions reasonably expected by the actuary to be required in respect of any member or class of members to secure the solvency of the fund on the expiry date of the certificate ..."[27]
11. The "solvency of the fund" "...is to be read as a reference to the minimum benefit index of the fund being certified in accordance with this Division [9.3] as not less than 1."[28] A reference to a "technical insolvency of the fund" "... is to be read as a reference to the minimum benefit index of the fund not being able to be certified in accordance with this Division [9.3] as not less than 1."[29] The "minimum benefit index" (MBI) in relation to a defined benefit fund means the index calculated in accordance with r 9.15. The MBI is calculated by reference to the formula:
"NRV" means "... the net realisable value of the assets of the fund";
"BEF" means "... the value of the benefit entitlements of former members of the fund"; and
"FMRB" means the "funded minimum requisite benefit" and, in relation to a defined benefit fund, means "... the amount that is the sum of:
(a) the value of the pre-initial date component of the MRB multiplied by the adjusted minimum benefit index; and
(b) the value of the post-initial date component of the MRB"[30]
The "MRB" referred to in the definition of "FMRB" means "... the total amount of the minimum requisite benefits (including any amount that would be payable out of those benefits to the member's spouse or former spouse under a payment split) of all current members of the fund".[31]
Prescribed standards in relation to the disclosure of information to fund beneficiaries
12. At all relevant times, Divisions 2.3 to 2.7 of the Regulations set out the Trustees' obligations to provide information.[32] Among the prescribed standards that a trustee must meet are the requirements that it:
13. Division 2.5 of the Regulations as it then applied, was entitled "Information concerning significant events". Regulation 2.35 set out the general requirement that:
"The trustee of a fund must give information to a member concerning any event in relation to the fund that the trustee reasonably believes the member would reasonably be expected to be informed of."
Regulation 2.36 was entitled "Specific requirements" and provided:
"(1) If the governing rules of a fund are changed or, because of any other act carried out, or consented to, by the trustee, a change occurs in relation to a fund and the change is of a kind stated in subregulation (2), the trustee of the fund must give information concerning the change to each member affected by the change.
(a) have an adverse effect on a member's right or claim to accrued benefits or the amount of those benefits; or
(b) have an adverse effect on the benefits to which a member may become entitled; or
(c) have an adverse effect for the member on the circumstances in which those benefits would become payable; or
(d) have an adverse effect for the member on the manner in which those benefits would be worked out; or
(e) have an adverse effect on the security of the member's benefits."
The covenants in the governing rules of a superannuation entity
14. As a regulated superannuation fund, the Fund is a "superannuation entity".[35] The content of the governing rules of a superannuation entity are the subject of Part 6 of the SIS Act. Section 52(2) sets out a number of covenants. If the governing rules of a superannuation entity do not contain covenants to the same effect, its governing rules are taken to contain them.[36] Among the covenants set out in s 52(2) are:
(a) to act honestly in all matters concerning the entity;
(b) to exercise, in relation to all matters affecting the entity, the same degree of care, skill and diligence as an ordinary prudent person would exercise in dealing with property of another for whom the person felt morally bound to provide;
(c) to ensure that the trustee's duties and powers are performed and exercised in the best interests of the beneficiaries;
(g) if there are any reserves of the entity - to formulate and to give effect to a strategy for their prudential management, consistent with the entity's investment strategy and its capacity to discharge its liabilities (whether actual or contingent) as and when they fall due;
The regulations may prescribe a covenant to be included in the governing rules of a superannuation entity.[37] Without limiting their generality, the regulations may prescribe a covenant that elaborates, supplements or otherwise deals with any aspect of a matter to which a covenant in s 52(2) relates to a matter to which a provision of the SIS Act relates.[38]
"A covenant by a corporate trustee[[39]] of a superannuation entity that is to the effect of a covenant referred to in subsection (2), or to the effect of a covenant prescribed by regulations referred to in subsection (5), also operates as a covenant by each of the directors of the trustee to exercise a reasonable degree of care and diligence for the purposes of ensuring that the trustee carries out the first-mentioned covenant, and so operates as if the directors were parties to the governing rules."
The reference in this provision to "a reasonable degree of care and diligence" is:
"... a reference to the degree of care and diligence that a reasonable person in the position of director of the trustee would exercise in the trustee's circumstances."[40]
16. Although a person must not contravene a covenant,[41] contravention is not an offence and does not result in the invalidity of an inaction.[42] This does not mean that a person is without remedy after suffering loss or damage as a result of the conduct of a person in contravention of a covenant. Such a person may recover the amount of the loss or damage by action against any person involved in the contravention.[43] Defences to such an action are set out in ss 55(5) and (6).
17. Subject only to the qualifications in s 58(2) of the SIS Act, the governing rules of a superannuation entity such as the Fund "... must not permit the trustee to be subject, in the exercise of any of the trustee's powers under those rules, to direction by any other person."[44] To the extent that the governing rules of a superannuation fund provide otherwise, they are invalid.[45] The qualifications permit a direction to be given to a trustee by a court, the Regulator,[46] a direction payable by a beneficiary relating to benefits payable to that beneficiary and, in the case of an employer-sponsored fund, by an employer-sponsor in circumstances prescribed by the regulations.
18. Regulation 4.03(1) provides for an exception relevant to this case. It provides that the governing rules may allow an employer to give a direction to a trustee if, after the implementation of that direction, a defined benefit fund would not become technically insolvent as defined in r 9.06(3), the direction would not require the Trustee to breach a provision of the SIS Act, other than s 55, or the Regulations and if:
"(a) the contributions of the employer-sponsor to the fund include contributions that are not mandated employer contributions (within the meaning of Part 5) and the direction relates solely to either or both of the following:
(i) those non-mandated employer-contributions; or
(ii) benefits related to those non-mandated employer contributions; or
(b) whether or not paragraph (a) applies - the direction relates solely to one or more of the following:
(i) the admission of the new members to the fund; or
(ii) the category of members into which a new member or existing member is to be placed; or
(iii) allowing a person to become an employer-sponsor of the fund; or
(iv) the termination of the fund; or
(v) the appointment of a trustee to an entity that does not have a trustee."[47]
19. Generally speaking, the governing rules of a superannuation entity (other than a self-managed superannuation fund) may not permit anyone other than a trustee to exercise discretions under the Trust Deed.[48] Again, there are exceptions. One arises if the governing rules require the Trustee's consent to the exercise of the discretion. Others arise if:
"(i) the exercise of the discretion relates to the contributions that an employer-sponsor will, after the discretion is exercised, be required or permitted to pay to the fund; or
(ii) the exercise of the discretion relates solely to a decision to terminate the fund; or
(iii) the circumstances in which the discretion was exercised are covered by regulations made for the purposes of this subparagraph."[49]
Regulation 4.04 is made for the purposes of s 59(1)(b)(iii) and mirrors the qualifications set out in r 4.03 in relation to an employer's giving a trustee a direction.
Standards for trustees, custodians and investment managers of superannuation entities
20. Standards for trustees, custodians and investment managers of superannuation entities is the subject of Part 15 of the SIS Act. In so far as it is relevant to this case, it does so by providing that a "... person must not intentionally be, or act as, a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee of a superannuation entity if the person is, and knows that the person is, a disqualified person."[50] A disqualified person may not be an investment manager[51] or a custodian[52] of a superannuation entity or a responsible officer of a body corporate that holds such a position.
21. What is a "disqualified person"? The answer lies in ss 120 and 120A of the SIS Act. Only those provisions relating to individuals are relevant in this case. We will begin with s 120(1):
"(1) For the purposes of this Part, an individual is a disqualified person if:
(a) at any time (including a time before the commencement of this section):
(i) the individual was convicted of an offence against or arising out of a law of the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a foreign country, being an offence in respect of dishonest conduct; or
(ii) a civil penalty was made in relation to the person; or
(b) the person is an insolvent under administration; or
(c) the Regulator has disqualified the individual under section 120A.
22. Section 120A is also relevant. It provides for three ways in which the Regulator may disqualify an individual. The first is that it:
"... may disqualify an individual if satisfied that:
(a) the person has contravened this Act ... on one or more occasions ...; and
(b) the nature or seriousness of the contravention or contraventions, or the number of contraventions, provides grounds for disqualifying the individual."[53]
23. The second way in which the Regulator may disqualify an individual arises if the individual is a responsible officer of a trustee, investment manager or custodian. The Regulator may disqualify such an individual if:
(a) the body corporate has contravened this Act ... on one or more occasions (whether before or after the commencement of this section); and
(b) at the time of the contraventions, the individual was a responsible officer of the body corporate; and
(c) in respect of the contravention or contraventions that occurred while the individual was a responsible officer of the body corporate - the nature or seriousness of it or them, or the number of them, provides grounds for the disqualification of the individual."[54]
24. The third way is found in s 120A(3). It provides that:
"The Regulator may disqualify an individual if satisfied that the individual is otherwise not a fit and proper person to be a trustee, investment manager or custodian, or a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee, investment manager or custodian."
25. The SIS Act provides for both revocation of the disqualification and waiver of the status of an individual as a disqualified person. Revocation is provided for in s 120A(5). The Regulator may revoke a disqualification either on application by the disqualified individual or on its own initiative. Waiver is provided for in s 126B. An individual may apply for waiver of the status of a disqualified person but only if disqualification has come about solely because of the operation of s 120(1)(a)(i) i.e. by having been convicted of an offence in respect of dishonest conduct within the meaning of s 120(1)(s)(i) and the offence did not involve serious dishonest misconduct.[55]
26. The SIS Act requires the Regulator to take certain matters into account in deciding whether or not to waive an individual's status as a disqualified person under s 126B. When the Regulator is APRA, the matters that it must take into account are set out in s 126D(1). That section provides:
"If APRA is satisfied, having regard to any of the following:
(a) the offence to which the application relates;
(b) the time that has passed since the applicant committed the offence;
(c) the applicant's age when the applicant committed the offence;
(d) the orders made by the court in relation to the offence;
(e) any other relevant matter;
that the applicant is highly unlikely to be a prudential risk to any superannuation entity, APRA must, by notice in writing given to the applicant, make a declaration waiving the applicant's status as a disqualified person for the purposes of this Part."
27. Section 126E deals with the effect of a person's applying for a declaration waiving his or her status as a disqualified person. Section 126E(1) applies if:
(b) the person is eligible to make application for a declaration waiving his or her status as a disqualified person; and
(c) the person makes application for such a declaration under subsection 126B(3) within the application period specified in that subsection;
"the person is treated, for the purposes of this Act, (other than the purpose of the application for the declaration) as not being, and as never having been, a disqualified person until that application is decided."[56]
28. If the Regulator decides to make a declaration in relation to a person meeting the description set out in ss 126E(1)(a), (b) and (c), the SIS Act applies as if the person had never been disqualified.[57] If the Regulator decides not to make a declaration, the person again becomes a disqualified person from the date of the decision.[58]
29. If the person is a disqualified person, who is eligible to make an application for a declaration waiving his or her status as a disqualified person, and makes an application for waiver under s 126B(4), the person continues to be a disqualified person for the purposes of the SIS Act pending the decision.[59] If the Regulator decides to make a declaration waiving the person's status as a disqualified person, the person is treated for the purposes of the SIS Act as if the person had never been a disqualified person.[60]
30. Part 16 of the SIS Act sets out special rules about actuaries and auditors of superannuation entities. It imposes obligations on them in relation to a superannuation entity's compliance with the Act or Regulations and with its solvency.
31. Section 130 of the SIS Act is concerned with solvency. It provides that it is to apply to a person in relation to a superannuation entity if:
"(a) the person forms the opinion that the financial position of the entity may be, or may be about to become, unsatisfactory; and
(b) the person formed the opinion in the course of, or in connection with, the performance by the person of actuarial or audit functions under this Act or the regulations in relation to the entity."
32. The person must tell the trustee about that opinion unless informed that the trustee has been told about the matter by another person in writing or otherwise.[61] That person may tell the Regulator about the matter.[62] If the person tells the trustee of the matter but not the Regulator, that person must ask the trustee to provide a written report about any action that the trustee has taken, or proposes to take, to deal with the matter. The trustee must do so within the time specified by the person. If the person has asked for a report and the trustee has either not given it or the person is dissatisfied with the trustee's action or proposed action or with the trustee's inaction, "... the person must give the Regulator a written report about the matter as soon as practicable ..." either after the expiry of the deadline for the receipt of the report or the person becomes dissatisfied with the trustee's action or inaction.[63]
33. The financial position of an entity is taken to be unsatisfactory if, and only if, it is treated as such under the Regulations.[64] Regulation 9.04 provides that, for the purposes of s 130 and r 9.31(3):
"...the financial position of an entity is treated as unsatisfactory if, in the opinion of a person performing an actuarial or audit function in relation to that entity:
(a) in the case of an entity that is a defined benefit fund - the value of the assets of the fund is inadequate to cover the value of liabilities of the fund in respect of benefits vested in the members of the fund;
It was agreed among the parties that the test determining whether the financial position is unsatisfactory is often referred to as the "Vested Benefits Index" or "VBI".
34. Regulation 9.31(3) requires an actuary to make a statement regarding a fund's financial position when making an actuarial report in accordance with r 9.31. An actuary must provide such a report when requested by a trustee of a defined benefit fund and the trustee must request it in relation to each investigation under r 9.29.[65] In the case of a defined benefit fund in operation on 30 June 1994, the trustee must require an actuarial investigation to be made in relation to the fund on a date not more than three years after the previous investigation.[66]
35. Compliance is the subject of s 129. The section applies to a person in relation to a superannuation entity if:
"(a) the person forms the opinion that it is likely that a contravention of this Act or the regulations may have occurred, may be occurring, or may occur, in relation to the entity; and
(b) the person formed the opinion in the course of, or in connection with, the performance by the person of actuarial or audit functions under this Act or the regulations in relation to that entity."[67]
The section has no application if the person has an honest belief that the opinion is not relevant to the performance of actuarial or audit functions under the Act or Regulations.[68]
36. If the section applies, the person must tell the trustee about the matter in writing[69] unless informed that the trustee has been told about the matter by another person in writing or otherwise.[70] That person may tell the Regulator about the matter.[71] If the person tells the trustee of the matter but not the Regulator, that person must ask the trustee to provide a written report about any action that the trustee has taken, or proposes to take, to deal with the matter. The trustee must do so within the time specified by the person.[72] If the person has asked for a report and the trustee has either not given it or the person is dissatisfied with the trustee's action or proposed action or with the trustee's inaction, "... the person must give the Regulator a written report about the matter as soon as practicable ..." either after the expiry of the deadline for the receipt of the report or the person becomes dissatisfied with the trustee's action or inaction.[73]
37. On or about 6 May 1947, a superannuation plan was established by a trust deed (Trust Deed)[74] for the benefit of employees of a particular employer (Employer) and its employees and those of its related companies (Employees) (the Plan). It was vested in trustees, who held it subject to the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions contained in the Trust Deed and any Rules.[75] Initially, the Trustee comprised natural persons but it was amended to comply with the SIS Act's requirement that a regulated superannuation fund have a constitutional corporation as its trustee if its sole or primary purpose is other than the provision of old-age pensions.[76]
38. Under the Trustee's Articles of Association (Articles), it must have no fewer than four directors.[77] During the financial years ending 30 June 2002 and 2003, the Trustee had eight directors. Consistently with ss 89(1)(b)(ii) and 93(4) of the SIS Act, the Articles provide that the Trustee's Board of Directors must consist of:
(b) nominated as member representatives in accordance with Superannuation Law."[78]
The Chairman of the Directors must be appointed by the Employer's Board of Directors.[79]
39. In so far as the directors appointed by the Employer are concerned, they may be removed by the Employer and a replacement appointed by the Employer's giving written notice to the company that is the Trustee.[80] A member representative is removed by following the procedure for that member's appointment.[81] That procedure is set out in the Election Rules established by the Trustee and providing for the eligibility of candidates, their nomination, election and term of office.
40. The Trustee's powers are set out in cl 5 of the Trust Deed and, before specifying certain powers, begin with the general statement that:
"The Trustee may do anything it considers appropriate to administer the Plan and complying with the Applicable Requirements ...".[82]
In so far as its discretions are concerned, the Trustee and any of its officers "may exercise individually or jointly a power or discretion even though that person has another interest in the result of the exercise."[83] In addition, it is "... completely unrestricted in the exercise of its powers and discretions."[84]
41 The Trustee may appoint a person to provide services in connection with the administration of the Plan. It may also obtain advice or opinion of any person, including a lawyer, broker, accountant, actuary or medical practitioner and act on that advice or opinion without being responsible for any loss occasioned by so acting.[85]
42. Until it was closed on 1 April 2001, the Trustee was required by the Trust Deed to invite every Employee to become a Member of the Plan.[86] The Members are entitled to the benefits provided under the Plan but those benefits vary according to the category to which the Member belongs. The allocation is determined by reference to matters such as the date on which an Employee became a Member together with certain personal attributes such as whether they are females, their age and whether they are or were members of other funds.[87] With the exception of the category of Accumulated Members added in 2001, the benefits were defined (Defined Benefits). A Member's contributions to the Plan are specified in cll 11 to 11B of the Trust Deed according to the date on which they became members of the Plan.
43. The benefits payable to most members are defined by reference to the category to which they are allocated and are set out in Schedules to the Trust Deed.[88] In the main, these consist of pension benefits, lump sum benefits or a combination of the two (the Benefit) calculated according to formulae set out in the relevant Schedule. Some of the formulae include a component based on the contributions made by the member concerned. Others do not but have regard to such matters as age and years of membership in the Plan. Members entitled to such benefits are known as "Defined Benefit Members" and are decreasing in number given that membership of the Plan has closed.
44. Since the Trust Deed was amended on 25 August 1997, there has been a further category of Member; the Deferred Benefit category.[89] An existing Member of the Plan, who has been a member for at least ten years, is entitled to belong to this category on leaving the Employer's employment. A "Benefit" means any sum paid or payable to a beneficiary under the Trust Deed.[90] Rather than being paid the Benefit under the relevant category of membership under the Plan, such a member may leave that Benefit in the Plan. That is to say, Deferred Benefit Members may leave in the Plan all or part of any Benefit they would otherwise have taken from the Plan on their leaving the Employer's employment. Deferred Benefit Members may request payment of all or part of the Benefit and the Trustee must pay the requested amount.[91] The amount of Benefit remaining unpaid accrues interest until the Trustee pays the Benefit to the Deferred Members at their request. From that time, it "... shall accrue with interest at a rate determined from time to time by the Trustees after considering the advice of the Actuary from the date on which the Member leaves the Service to the date of payment."[92]
45. If any part of the Benefit or accrued interest remains in the Plan when the Member attains the age of 55 years, that Member is entitled to an early retirement pension.[93] The amount of that pension is calculated by reference to the Schedule to the Trust Deed dealing with the category of membership to which the Member belonged immediately before leaving the Employer's employment.[94]
46. After the amendment of the Trust Deed on 25 August 1997, the Trustee wrote to those Members with more than ten years' service enclosing an information paper entitled "... Staff Superannuation Plan: Early Retirement Pension Option" and a benefit payments instruction form. An example of a letter sent to such Members and dated 2001 advised that:
"You may leave all or part of your Leaving Service Benefit in the Plan where it will accumulate with interest from the date you leave service, at a rate determined by the Trustee."[95]
The Member's options were, subject to preservation requirements, to take the Benefit at any time as a lump sum or, after the age of 55 years, as an Early Retirement Pension. The letter advised that, if the Member wanted to leave the Benefit, or part of it, in the Plan, that Member would have to advise of the amount on the Benefit Payment Instructions form. If the Member did not do that, the automatic roll-over conditions would apply and the Early Retirement Pension Option would no longer be available.
"The amount you decide to leave in the Plan will accumulate with interest from the date you leave service. The interest rate credited will be the Plan's crediting rate as determined by the Trustee. This rate is determined by smoothing the Plan's investment return to avoid major fluctuations from year to year. Details of the Trustee's Investment and Interest Crediting policies are set out in the Trustee's Report to Members each year."[96]
48. After 1 April 2001, those who became employees of the Employer became members of a new category under the Plan provided they applied and were accepted by the Trustee.[97] They are known as Accumulation Members. Existing members of the Plan, whom the Employer invited on or after 1 July 2001 to become an Accumulation Member and who applied to do so and whom the Trustee accepted, also became Accumulation Members. That category did not provide defined benefits but, in general terms, provided for the payment of a benefit equal to the particular Member's Accumulated Credit in the Plan on resignation or retirement.[98] An Accumulation Member may contribute any amount or at any rate as agreed with the Employer and the Employer contributes in respect of an Accumulation Member in respect of an amount or at a rate it determines and agrees with the Member.[99]
"... contribute to the Plan by paying to the Trustees in respect of the Members such sums as ... [the Employer] from time to time determines on the recommendation of the Actuary in order to provide the Benefits set out pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed."[100]
50. Every three years and for so long as the Employer continues to make contributions, the Trustees are required to cause the actuary to make an actuarial investigation and a valuation of the Plan.[101] The Actuary's report must "... include the amount (if any) of surplus or deficit in the Plan at the time of the investigation and all other matters required by the Applicable Requirements to be included."[102] Should the investigation show that there is a deficiency in the Plan's assets, then, subject to cl 41 of the Trust Deed, the Employer:
"... undertakes to make good the deficiency and for that purpose to make such further contributions at a time or times and in a manner as ... [the Employer] in its absolute discretion thinks fit but so that at all times the Plan shall be in credit ... [the Employer] will pay to the Trustees at least an amount as is necessary to meet all admitted claims."[103]
51. Clause 41 is concerned with the cessation of contributions by the Employer. If the Employer gives a written notice to the Trustees of its intention to cease making contributions from a certain date and does so cease, no person may become a Member of the Plan and no Member may make any further Contributions.[104] Provision is made for the payment of Benefits.[105] The Trustees must instruct the Actuary to investigate and value the assets and liabilities of the Plan and report whether the assets are sufficient to discharge or provide for the liabilities.[106] If there is a deficiency, the Employer must, within two years of the date it specified in its notice, pay a sum equal in value to that deficiency.[107] Every three years after that, an Actuary must undertake the same exercise. If there should prove to be a deficiency, the Trustees shall seek to amend the Trust Deed in order to eliminate the deficiency but having regard to the requirements of the Regulations.
52. Clause 16(b) of the Trust Deed provides that, if an investigation conducted under s 16(a) shows that there is a deficiency of assets, the Employer:
"... undertakes to make good the deficiency and for that purpose to make such further to make such further contributions at a time or times and in a manner as ... [the Employer] in its absolute discretion thinks fit but so that the at all times the Plan shall be in credit ... [the Employer] will pay to the Trustees at least an amount as is necessary to meet all current admitted claims."[108]
53. Clause 17(d)(1)(iii) provides that, subject to cl 17(d)(2), the Trustees may, with the agreement of the Employer and the Member or Beneficiary or a person who may become or has been such a person, "... vary the Contributions (including any lump sum) which are otherwise payable by or in respect of the person". The qualification found in cl 17(d)(2) is that:
"No arrangement may be made pursuant to clause 17(d)(1) unless the Actuary certifies that the arrangement is equitable and not prejudicial to the interests of any other Member or Beneficiary in the Plan or ... [the Employer] contributes such additional amounts or rates of Contribution (if any) as the Trustees shall determine after seeking advice of the Actuary."
54. Clause 46 is concerned with the termination of the Plan. If the Employer is wound up, the investments in the Plan are to be valued and realised and, subject to the payment of all costs, charges and expenses, distributed among Members and others according to the provisions of cl 46. If a Beneficiary is in receipt of a pension or annuity, the Trustees must apply the amount to which the Beneficiary is entitled in the purchase of similar benefits by way of periodical payments. If the net proceeds are less than the aggregate value of the interests of the Members and Beneficiaries in the Plan upon its termination, the Employer must pay the difference to the Trustees.[109]
Calculation of interest content of Benefit payments
"Where the calculation of a Benefit requires an amount of interest to be credited the interest shall be calculated in the manner described in this Schedule unless otherwise specified."[110]
Interest is compounded with yearly rests.[111] Until 1 July 1984, the rate of interest was either fixed by an Item of the Schedule or according to defined reference points.[112] After that date and until 1 July 1997, it was again declared by reference to defined reference points. From 1 July 1998, the:
"... rate shall be declared to apply for the ensuing year, such rate being determined from time to time by the Trustees after considering the advice of the Actuary."[113]
56. The manner in which the Trust Deed has dealt with interest has varied. In relation to Category S members, for example, it has provided that the Trustee may "credit or debit interest at a rate they consider appropriate" if the benefit is paid within one month of becoming payable or must do so if paid after that date.[114] "Interest" is not a term used in relation to Category T members. Instead, the Trustee is required to declare a "Plan Earning Rate" to be applied at the Distribution Date each year to the Contribution Accounts remaining in the Plan at that Date.[115] The Contribution Accounts comprise members' contributions. The Trustee must decide whether the Plan Earning Rate is applied on daily balances, average balances or on some other basis.[116] In determining the rate, the Trustee must take into account the Plan's earnings, including all income and realised or unrealised capital gain, realised and unrealised losses, any Plan reserves and the appropriateness of averaging earnings, losses and expenses over several distribution periods.[117] Notwithstanding this provision, the Plan Earning Rate could not be less than "... the rate which is 2% greater than the percentage increase in the AWOTE[[118]] Estimate for the Relevant Period and the rate nominated by the ..." Employer.[119]
57. Initially, there were eight directors of the Trustee but, with effect from 1 January 2000, there were ten.[120] The applicants were directors of the Trustee at various times and in different categories. They, and other directors who are relevant in this case, and their categories and dates of appointment are:
(Disqualified on 9 June 2005 and confirmed on 3 August 2005)
(Disqualified on 5 August 2005 and confirmed on 7 October 2005)
(Disqualified on 9 August 2005 and confirmed on 7 October 2005)
(Disqualified on 9 August 2005 and confirmed on 7 October 2005)
(Disqualified 5 July 2005 and confirmed on 2 September 2005)
(Disqualified on 22 July 2005 and confirmed on 13 September 2005)
(Disqualified by APRA on 22 July 2005 and confirmed on 13 September 2005)
58. At all material times, a firm we will describe as the Actuarial Firm was the actuary and administrator of the Plan. We will describe the member of staff allocated by the Actuarial Firm to advise the Trustee as the Plan Actuary. There were three actuaries over the relevant period. We will refer to them as Plan Actuary A, who held the position up to 1999, Plan Actuary B, who held it to September 2001 and Plan Actuary C, who held it from that time until the present.
59. The Actuarial Firm agreed to provide "Administration Services" set out in Appendices A and B to the agreement in return for fees paid by the Trustee. The Administration Services included the provision of core administration services related to matters such as general advice on the impact of legislation and the preparation of financial records and reports, annual schedules of members' benefits and contributions, reports on Plan membership and accounts and Compliance Certificates. They also included services generally described as "... [Employer] and Trustee Support Services". These services include those necessary to track monthly member and Employer contributions, providing support and counselling on certain matters to members and the provision of secure storage facilities.[121] In addition, they include "Trustee Services". Those services include the attendance at Trustee meetings and the provision of advice and support to the Trustee on issues such as investments and benefit reviews.[122] Additional services that were also available to the Trustee included specific advice on matters such as legislative changes and the evaluation of different Plan designs and their cost to the Employer. The Actuarial Firm also offered to design and produce forms and booklets for members and to design and produce advice to members. Actuarial services offered by the Actuarial Firm included triennial actuarial reviews, the determination of the annual net rate of return, an estimation of and recommendation regarding the interim net rate of return of the Plan for calculating benefits and the determination of any surplus and the formulation of recommendations regarding its distribution.[123]
60. On 18 May 1998, the then Plan Actuary from the Actuarial Firm, Plan Actuary A gave the Trustee a report entitled "... Employer Staff Superannuation Crediting Rate Review" ("1998 Crediting Rate Review"). An Appendix dated 27 November 1997 summarised the then current approach as comprising:
· an interest rate reserve, which records the cumulative difference between the Plan's earning rate and the Plan's crediting rate over the past years. This is used to ensure that all investment returns are passed on to members over time.
· a minimum crediting rate, which is currently the crediting rate of the ... Employer AD Fund.
· trustee discretion to smooth returns within the above constraints of maintaining a reasonable interest rate reserve position and crediting the minimum return."[124]
61. In the Appendices, Plan Actuary A went on to canvass issues with the current approach and advantages and disadvantages of alternative approaches being a modified version of the then current approach and a 5 or 3 Year Compound Average. Plan Actuary A recommended the 3 Year Compound Average and stated that it would be desirable to implement the approach as part of the interim crediting rate review due the following year.[125] The then current crediting rate approach had led to a period beginning in 1991/92 in which the Plan had credited less than the Plan earnings. This had been required to remove a large negative interest rate reserve that had arisen due to the high AD crediting rates of the 1980s and early 1990s. As a result of that policy, new members had been required to subsidise high crediting rates offered to previous generations of members. This had been compounded by the fact that 50% of members left the Employer's service within three years of joining and 70% within five years. Any extended periods of smoothing would result in subsidies being offered across generations of members.[126]
62. A Chart attached to the Plan Actuary A's report showed that the requirement to meet a minimum crediting rate had led to a significant difference between earning and crediting rates. A chart showed that, for the five years between 1988/89 to 1992/93, the Interest Rate Reserve was less than -5.0% and at or below approximately -10.0% in the years 1990/91 to 1992/93 and down to almost -15.0% in 1990/91. It was either at or only a little above -5.0% for the years 1993/94 and 1994/95. It was approximately 0% in 1995/96 and +3.85% for 1996/97.[127] To ensure that the members did not lose the 3.85% reserve, Plan Actuary A recommended that the 1997/98 Plan returns be increased by the reserve before being applied to the crediting rate formula.[128]
63. The 1998 Crediting Rate Review recommended that the Trustee's crediting rate policy for the Plan for the financial year beginning 1 July 1998 should be:
"· Declare a crediting rate based on a 3 year compound average of Plan returns. Apply a minimum of the lesser of 50% net cash rates and 50% net 10 year bond yields.
· For the year ending 30 June 1998, the notional crediting rate reserve of 3.85% is used to increase the annual return to 30 June 1998 prior to applying the 3 year compound average.
· Determine an interim crediting rate from 1 July as an estimated 3 year compound average Plan return, using the current net cash rate (or net 10 year bond rate if lower) as an estimate of the Plan return for the coming year.
· Where the minium crediting rate is applied, the current year's Plan return is notionally increased and the next year's Plan return is reduced by the amount for the previous year's increase.
· Reconsider the crediting rate approach if there is likely to be either a significant change in the Plan's demographics or the Plan's benefit design (eg an introduction of accumulation only benefits and/or a move to member investment choice in the near future)."[129]
The reduction of the Employer's contributions
64. The Employer had asked Plan Actuary A to consider the scope of its contributions in light of the Plan's then surplus position. Plan Actuary A responded to that request in a letter dated 13 July 1998 when it reported that, as at 31 March 1998, the Plan's financial position had improved significantly since the previous actuarial review at 30 June 1996. The Plan's investment earnings of 14.2% per annum had been significantly greater than its assumed earnings of 8.5%. The Vested Benefits Index (VBI) had improved i.e. the coverage of the fund value over the resignation/retrenchment benefits had improved. At the time, Plan Actuary A reported, the VBI was 151% indicating that the fund value exceeded all members' resignation/retrenchment benefits by over 50%. He recommended that it was desirable that the measure should be at least 100%. In light of the defined benefit nature of the resignation benefits in the Plan, it also recommended that it was desirable to maintain a VBI above 115% to provide a buffer against poor short term investment experience. As to accrued benefits, the VBI gave an indication of the progress towards funding retirement benefits. "Given the membership profile of the Plan, this index should typically be at least around 90% to 95%."[130]
65. Plan Actuary A estimated that the Plan's surplus was approximately $60 million at 31 March 1998. In light of that, Plan Actuary A stated that:
"... it is expected that the ...[Employer] could cease all basic company contributions for a period of at least 3 years effective from 1 July 1998. Following this period ... [the Employer] would be expected to recommence contributions at the long term rate."[131]
66. In a newsletter dated August 1998 and addressed to the Plan's Members, the Trustee advised that a new crediting rate method applied from 1 July 1998. It also advised that it had been used to determine the declared rate at the 1 July 1998 annual review. The Trustee described the change:
"These accumulations are credited with a rate determined by the Trustee on the advice of the Plan's Actuary. The crediting rate in the past was determined by smoothing the Plan's investment returns to avoid excessive fluctuations. This rate was subject to a minimum of the rate credited to ... [the Employer's] Capital Guaranteed policies.
Following the review of the Plan's crediting rate strategy, the Trustee has adopted a more formalised approach to determining crediting rates. The rates applied to accumulations will continue to be smoothed. The Plan's crediting rate will be based on average investment returns over the previous three years.
A minimum crediting rate will continue to apply. This will be based on the lesser of half of the net of tax cash rates and half the net tax 10 year bond yields.
If the minimum applies in any one year then that year's return is notionally increased and the next year's Plan return is reduced by the same amount.
The new method has been used to determine the declared rate at the 1 July 1998 annual review. This rate is the average of the Plan returns for the period 1 July 1995 to 30 June 1998. To compensate for past smoothing of crediting rates the Plan's return for the year to 30 June 1998 has been increased by 3.85%."[132]
67. Under the heading of "Amendments to the Trust Deed", Members were advised that, in the past, some accumulation benefits had been credited with interest determined using a different method from that used for the majority of accumulation benefits. The Trust Deed had been amended so that, with effect from 1 July 1998, all accumulation benefits would be credited with interest determined using the one method i.e. by the Trustee after considering the advice of the Actuary.[133]
The triennial actuarial review for the period ended 30 June 1999
68. Plan Actuary B gave the Trustee its triennial actuarial review for the period ended 30 June 1999 in June 2000. It was dated 25 May 2000 (1999 Report). It gave the Trustee a supplementary report dated 28 June 2000 (1999 Supplementary Report). The main purpose of the reports was to evaluate the Plan's financial position. It recommended the Employer's level of contributions to the Plan and the extent to which the Plan's assets were adequate in relation to the benefits payable from the Plan.
69. The 1999 Report noted that the "... key determinant of the cost of providing defined superannuation benefits relating to salary is the margin between investment returns and salary increases. This margin is effectively the 'real net earning rate' of the Plan."[134] Over the three year review period, the margin had been 1% per annum. As this was less than the 1.5% that had been assumed, there had been a negative impact on the Plan's financial position. The average interest "... rate credited over the period was 12.5% per annum, which was similar to the average net earning rate (including crediting rate reserve) of 12.3% per annum."[135] Since the Trust Deed had been amended in August 1997, 80 Members had elected to leave their benefit in the Plan and so creating "significant future liability in the Plan".[136] In assessing the adequacy of the Employer's contributions, the 1999 Report made a number of assumptions. One was that future investment earnings would exceed salary increases by 1.5% for the following three years and thereafter by 3%. Another was that 75% of those leaving the Plan between the ages of 55 and 65 would take their Benefit in the form of a pension as would 75% of those who left their benefit in the Plan after 10 years' service and took their benefit after reaching the age of 55 years.[137] The 1999 Report concluded that the Plan was in a satisfactory financial position as at 30 June 1999 but that it should be monitored on an annual basis to provide "... ongoing conformation of appropriate employer contributions."[138] In the meantime, it recommended that the Employer recommence contributing to the Plan no later than 1 July 2001 at rates it specified in the report. Plan Actuary B considered that the Trustee's Investment Policy Statement was suitable taking into account the nature and term of the Plan's liabilities and the Plan's then financial position.[139]
Trustee's annual report to Members for the year ended 30 June 2000
70. The Trustee explained in its annual report to Members dated September 2000 that the Plan was a defined benefit plan. That meant that, for most members, benefits were calculated as a multiple of salary and were not reliant on the investment returns achieved by the Fund. Only additional accumulation benefits, such as voluntary contributions, were subject to the Plan's investment performance. It reiterated its crediting rate policy in relation to those accumulation benefits and began by noting that the rate credited to a Member's accumulation benefits was determined after consultation with the Plan's Actuary as specified in the Trust Deed. After referring to the smoothing policy, it noted that:
"Under the previous smoothing method a notional crediting rate reserve of 3.85% had been built up. Following the change in the smoothing method during the 1997/98 year, the Trustee determined that it would be appropriate to allocate that reserve over the next three years (i.e. the years ending 30 June 1998, 30 June 1999 and 30 June 2000).
An interim interest rate is applied to the accumulation benefits for members who leave during the year. This interim interest rate may be reviewed in light of investment experience and will be formally reviewed at 1 January 2001. ..."[140]
VBV's letter to the Employer's Plan representative
71. On 29 November 2000, VBV wrote to the Employer's Plan Representative. VBV was then the Chairman of the Trustee's Board of Directors. He referred to the Plan Actuary B's review of the Plan as at 30 June 1999 and its recommendation that the Employer's contribution holiday should come to an end by 30 June 2001. Plan Actuary B, he went on, had also calculated that the VBI would reduce to 102% over the period 2002 to 2004 although salary movements in the same period would also vary that effect either up or down. VBV noted that there had been considerable discussion among the directors on the implications of a VBI which was much closer to 100% than had historically been the case.[141] The issue concerning the Trustee was whether a VBI of less than 100% constituted a real or perceived risk to the Members. He attached Plan Actuary B's paper advising on those implications and advised the Employer's Plan representative that the paper showed that there were significant possibilities that a mismatch of asset value to vested benefit liability would occur. The VBI could be either greater or less than 100%. While the historical position had represented a very safe position for members, VBV recognised that the Employer might regard it as an inefficient use of capital. The Directors' aim needed to be "... to find a sensible and prudent balance between the conflicting objectives of members and the employer."[142]
72. VBV observed that the vested benefits represented a major component of members' wealth and that those members saw the adequate coverage of the liability as the Employer's responsibility. The risk to members by a VBI less than 100% would only be crystallised if events occurred requiring the vested benefits to be paid at one time rather than progressively as in a normal ongoing business. VBV sought the Employer's views on three options. The first two focused on ways to ensure that the vested benefits would be met if the Employer were sold or liquidated. The third focused on increased contribution rates from the Employer by either termination of the holiday or by a higher medium term rate from 30 June 2001.
Increasing numbers of Deferred Benefit Members
73. On 12 December 2000, Plan Actuary B wrote to the Trustee advising that the number of members leaving their benefits in the Plan on their leaving the Employer's employment was increasing. This raised several issues of concern. The main issue was that of funding and the difficulty in assessing the number of Deferred Pension Benefit Members who would opt for a pension. Since that category of membership had been introduced, there had been a greater number of younger members leaving their benefits in the Plan on their being retrenched by the Employer than had been expected. The cost of funding the Plan's benefits had not been calculated on that basis. Estimating the cost was difficult as the liability for those members was unknown. The problem was exacerbated by the linking of the lump sum accumulation to the current amount available as a lump sum to convert to a pension.[143]
74. Plan Actuary B recommended that the value of the pension option be presented separately from the value of the lump sum option. The lump sum benefit would continue to increase at the Plan crediting rate but the income amount would be increased at a different rate. That different rate "... would be determined to control the financial ramifications of the pension option."[144] Plan Actuary B advised that this would not breach either the Trust Deed or regulatory requirements. One reason for adopting the change was that the Employer faced a substantial cost if the then arrangement continued. In light of the fact that some members might argue that they had made decisions on the basis of the application of the conversion factors to the lump sum accumulated with interest, Plan Actuary B advised that clarifying material should be sent to members.
The Employer's Plan representative's reply to VBV
75. In a letter dated 25 July 2001, the Employer's Plan representative advised VBV that:
"Under the existing procedure, non-contributing members receive a higher benefit than current employees who continue to contribute to the Plan. This is because the deferred benefit of non-contributing members increases in line with the Plan earning rate, while the benefit of current employees increases in line with salary increases, which are much lower. This is clearly inequitable and the trustee, as fiduciary, is obliged to deal with the inequity."[145]
76. The Employer, the Employer's Plan representative went on to say in his letter, understood its ongoing obligation to fund the benefits of active members of the Plan and that it was required to contribute to fund those benefits. It was the Employer's view, however, that benefits were funded to the date that members left its service. No further funding was provided for the benefit of members who had left the service. The Employer did not intend to provide any further funding for members who were not active members of the Plan. The Employer's Plan representative also advised that:
"The Plan Actuary has confirmed that funding of the deferred pension benefit for non-contributing members is imposing an unacceptable burden on the employer sponsor. This burden was not foreseen at the time the Plan Rules were amended to allow deferred benefits, and if this issue cannot be satisfactorily resolved the employer sponsor may be forced to consider closing the Plan. This would be to the detriment of all members of the Plan."[146]
The Employer's Plan representative supported the changes recommended by the Plan Actuary. In doing so, he noted the various features of the change and that advance notice of the change would be given to existing non-contributing members.[147]
Employer seeks legal advice regarding Deferred Benefit Members
77. In a letter dated 21 August 2001, the Employer sought legal advice from its solicitors whether it was legally viable to remove the pension option prospectively for Deferred Benefit Members so that benefits then accrued could be converted to a pension but benefits subsequently accrued could only be taken as a lump sum. The question had arisen because the then present actuarial value of the liability to meet pension benefits at the age of 55 years was approximately 28% more than the lump sum benefit. By converting the lump sum benefit to a pension, the assets required to fund that pension were 28% more than the Plan was then holding.[148]
The Trustee's Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2001
78. The Trustee's Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2001 was dated September 2001. In the Introduction, VBV wrote:
"Despite difficult market conditions, I am pleased to report that the Plan has achieved a creditable financial outcome. This is relevant both to accumulation members, members with accumulation balances, and to the Employer in meeting its obligations for the defined benefit division of the Plan. The investment earning for the year ending 30 June 2001 was 5.1%."[149]
He concluded by noting the introduction of an accumulation category in its Plan for new staff members from 1 April 2001. While the defined benefit division of the Plan continued for the Employer's existing staff members, the Employer was considering whether an accumulation option could be provided for existing Defined Benefit Members in the future.
79. The Annual Report advised members that, for the majority of them, the Plan was a defined benefit plan.[150] Defined benefits meant that the benefits were not reliant on the investment returns achieved by the Plan. Only additional accumulation benefits, such as voluntary contributions, were subject to the Plan's investment performance.[151] Under the heading "Plan Earning and Crediting Rates", the Annual Report stated:
"The rate credited to your accumulation benefits (if any) within the Defined Benefits Division is determined after consultation with the Plan's Actuary (as specified in the Plan's Trust Deed).
The crediting rate is determined by smoothing the rate of return to avoid major fluctuations. The Trustee's smoothing method is to use the compound average investment returns over the previous three years. This is subject to a minimum of the lesser of half the net of tax cash rates and half the net of tax 10 year bond yields. When the minimum applies in a year, that year's return is notionally increased and the next year's return is reduced by the same amount.
An interim interest rate is applied to the accumulation benefits for Defined Benefit Division members who leave the Plan during the year. This interim interest rate may be reviewed in light of investment experience and will be formally reviewed at 1 January 2002. ..."[152]
Advice from the new Plan Actuary regarding crediting rates
80. In October 2001, the Actuarial Firm allocated another member of staff to advise the Trustee (Plan Actuary C). Plan Actuary C wrote a letter to the Trustee on 18 October 2001 after it had become apparent that the attacks in New York on 11 September 2001 had contributed to the plunge in world stock market returns. That, in turn, had led to the Plan's earning rate for the July/September 2001 quarter being approximately -5.8%. Plan Actuary C canvassed the net earning rate and the interim and minimum crediting rates and wrote:
"I note that the current crediting rate policies can result in a high degree of smoothing (the current circumstances being a prime example) and effectively assume sufficient reserves are available via the defined benefit section to allow this to occur. They also provide scope for some selection against the Plan by former employees who may choose (to a greater or lesser extent) when to withdraw their benefit from the Plan.
The current crediting rate policies were put in place when the crediting-rate related liabilities were relatively small. These are now in excess of 25% of the Plan's liabilities.
I will give this matter further consideration and advise whether I conclude that a formal review of the crediting rate policies is desirable.
For the time being, however, I confirm that interim rates should continue to be set using the adopted policies, with recommended rates as set out above."[153]
The Employer's Plan Representative's concerns regarding the Deferred Benefit Members
81. The Employer's Plan Representative sent an email to the Employer's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) on 23 October 2001 regarding "... a number of unexpected obstacles to finding a satisfactory solution to the issue of deferred benefits."[154] The Employer had received legal advice that removing the deferred benefit option for all current members entailed an unacceptably high risk of litigation. As an alternative, the Employer had, with its legal advisers, recommended that the fund crediting rate be reduced for all current members and that the deferred benefit option be removed prospectively for all active members who had served nine years or fewer. The pension crediting rate would be lower to fund the cost of providing the pension benefit, which is higher than the lump sum benefit. Before Deferred Benefit Members reached the age of 55 years, they would receive annual statements showing their deferred lump sum based on two different crediting rates. On attaining the age of 55, they would elect to take either the lump sum benefit of the deferred pension based on the lower lump sum. The process for reducing the crediting rate for the Deferred Benefit Members would be to give advance notice of the change in calculating the crediting rates under the Trust Deed and determine the value of the lump sum accrued to the date of the introduction of the change. The variable rates would apply from that time forward.
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 25 October 2001
82. Among those present at the meeting of the Directors on 25 October 2001 were VBV, VBR and Plan Actuary C. Also present as a director was a director who we will call PD1. PD1 had been nominated by the Employer. The Directors noted Plan Actuary C's paper and approved the recommended interim crediting rate for Plan members recommended in it. Plan Actuary C agreed to provide a view on the smoothing process and to present alternatives at a future meeting.[155]
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 17 December 2001
83. Among those present at the meeting of the Directors on 17 December 2001 were VBV, PD1, VBP, ND1, VBO, VBR, VBQ and Plan Actuary C. The Directors noted Plan Actuary C's report that the proposed change in the crediting rate policy for the Defined Benefit Division for Category T members would bring consistency among categories. They resolved to adopt it.[156]
The crediting rate policy as at 30 June 2001 advised to members in December 2001
84. In a document with a sub-heading of "Interest Crediting Rate Policy Approach" and dated December 2001, the Trustee set out its "... approach to setting interest rates to be credited to all member accumulation accounts, subject to the provisions of the Trust Deed and having considered the advice of the Plan's Actuary."[157] It set out the crediting rate in respect of categories ZG/T and ZD/S members but, for most, it was a compound average investment return of the Plan over the previous three years. It would not be less than the lesser of half the net of tax cash rate and half the net of tax 10 year bond yield.[158] At the foot of the document, it was stated that:
"The Trustee will reconsider the approach if there is likely to be either a significant change in the Plan's demographics or the Plan's benefit design."[159]
85. Plan Actuary C wrote to VBV on 23 January 2002 and set out his review of the interim interest rates applicable to benefit payments other than accumulation members and pensioners. He wrote:
"I have noted previously that the current crediting rate policies can result in a high degree of smoothing (the current circumstances being a prime example) and effectively assume sufficient reserves are available via the defined benefit section to allow this to occur. They also provide scope for some selection against the Plan by former employees who may choose (to a greater or lesser extent) when to withdraw their benefit from the Plan.
The current crediting rate policies were put in place when the crediting-rate related liabilities were relatively small. These are now in excess of 30% of the Plan's liabilities, the great bulk of this relating to deferred benefit members.
I have now given this matter further consideration and recommend that a formal review of the crediting rate policies be undertaken. I suggest that the review be referred to the Investment Sub-committee, with agreed recommendations to be put to the Trustee for consideration.
For the time being, however, I conform that interim rates should continue to be set using the adopted policies, with recommended rates set out above."[160]
86. Interim interest rates and review of the crediting rate policy were agenda items for the meeting of Directors held on 29 January 2002.[161] Those attending the meeting included VBV, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR and ND1. VBN was an apology but Plan Actuary C attended for part of the meeting. The Directors noted the advice that they had been given and his recommendations. They resolved to conduct a formal review of the crediting rate policies by the Investment Sub-committee. The members of the Sub-Committee were then VBP and VBR but they were joined by VBO and by ND1 until July when replaced by VBQ.[162]
The Plan Actuary's advice to VBV on 18 February 2002
87. In writing to VBV on 18 February 2002, Plan Actuary C reported on the VBI and its implications since the negative return in the September quarter. The earning rate for the December 2001 quarter had again been negative but only -1.1%. While a substantial improvement, it was well short of the 8% per annum assumed for funding purposes. As a result, Plan Actuary C expected that the vested benefits would not have been fully covered at 1 January 2002. He did not:
"... consider that there is a need at this point to review the employer contribution program with a view to addressing the likely shortfall in coverage, as the Plan may be restored to a satisfactory position without such action if there is a sufficient further recovery in investment markets.
However it would be appropriate that the Company be provided with a copy of this letter so that it is kept informed of the Plan's financial position and the current possibility that additional contributions will be required in order to restore coverage of vested benefits to at least 100%
The position should be reviewed again when March 2001 quarter investment results are available, unless special circumstances dictate an earlier review eg. if substantial discontinuances were being contemplated. As previously noted, there may also be implications for the transfer offer."[163]
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 25 February 2002
88. The meeting of the Directors on 25 February 2002 and was attended by VBV, VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ and VBR. They noted that the crediting rate policies were being dealt with by the Investment Sub-committee in discussion with the Plan Actuary. As to deferred benefits and the actuarial review of associated matters, the Directors noted that the matter then rested with the Employer to make a proposal regarding the matter. They expected the proposal in the next two or three months.[164]
The Investment Sub-committee meeting on 19 March 2002
89. VBO, VBP and VBR as well as ND 1 and the Plan Actuary attended a meeting of the Investment Sub-committee on 19 March 2002. The crediting rate policy review was not discussed in any detail and the meeting noted that Plan Actuary C would circulate a paper about it before the next meeting.[165] The next meeting was scheduled for 18 April 2002 but was deferred to 22 April 2002 to enable Plan Actuary C to prepare the paper.[166]
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors in April 2002
90. In a letter dated 17 April 2002 to VBV, Plan Actuary C recommended that the Trustee set the interim crediting rate policy at 6% per annum for Defined Benefit Members other than Category S and Category T members. Other rates were recommended for those other categories. This was in accordance with the crediting rate policy then applying.[167] The Directors approved the recommendation at their meeting on 22 April 2002 at which VBV, VBN, VBO, VBP, VBR and ND 1 were among those who attended. They noted that the "standard methodology for the review of interim interest rates has been applied." [168]
Meeting of Investment Sub-committee on 22 April 2002
91. Those attending the Investment Sub-committee on 22 April 2002 were VBQ and ND 1 as well as Plan Actuary C. Plan Actuary C had prepared Discussion Notes regarding the review of the Plan's crediting rate policy.[169] In those notes, Plan Actuary C noted that, when the crediting rate policy had been introduced with effect from 1 July 1997, the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve had been 3.85%. As at 1 July 2001, the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve was -5.4%. As the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve represents the excess of past earning rates over crediting rates, this meant that in the four year period, crediting rates had exceeded earning rates by approximately 9%.[170]
92. The Discussion Notes addressed the degree of smoothing and the average reserve. Plan Actuary C noted that the three year average in 2001/2002 based on a nil earning rate was 5.8%. This was much higher than the crediting rate offered by comparable funds and higher than interest rates generally. That would have made sense had the Trustee's been able to subsidise the rate from past earnings that it had held back. That, however, had not been the case and the Trustee had already credited more than it had earned. Plan Actuary C asked the Investment Sub-committee whether this was what the Trustee wanted out of the smoothing method and whether they were comfortable with the level of cross subsidy. Although there would be no new members to consider, those who rolled over contributions and those who made additional contributions were more likely to be credited with an amount approximately 6% less than the earning rate over the following couple of years. This would also apply to new deferred benefits. Plan Actuary C asked whether this would be acceptable to the Trustee and whether it should be drawn to Members' attention. The greater the smoothing above the earned rate, the lower the VBI. This would be recouped if Members were to stay but not if they were to leave or if their deferred benefits were converted to pensions.
93. Plan Actuary C also raised a number of issues regarding the average reserve. If the longer term Crediting Rate Reserve would average approximately -5.4% if the post 1 July 2002 earning rate averaged 7.5% per annum. The average earning rate would need to increase to approximately 13 to 14% to produce a nil average and this was regarded as unrealistic. Therefore, the Crediting Rate Reserve was unlikely to return to a persistent neutral position without modification of the crediting rate method.
94. A possible solution would be to reduce the 2001/2002 earning rate by -5.4% 1 July 2001 Reserve. This would be consistent with the adjustment used when the current crediting rate method had been introduced. That adjustment had meant that the 1997/1998 earning rate had been increased by 3.85% being the reserve carried forward from the previous crediting method. The cross-subsidy issues were likely to be even bigger with the credited rate likely to be around 10% less than the earning rate over the following couple of years. Given the increase in accumulation liabilities in recent years, it might be appropriate to calculate the reserve adjustment on a liability-weighted basis. Alternatively, the Trustee could move away from the three year averaging method altogether.[171]
95. The Plan newsletter dated April 2002 was sent to members of the Board before their meeting on 22 April 2002 and sometime before Easter to members.[172] The newsletter advised of the changes that had been made "to bring Category T members in line with other categories of members in the Plan."[173] One of those changes related to the crediting rate policy described as:
"The rate credited to members' accounts is smoothed by crediting the average three year net Plan earning rates. The reason for this is to avoid major fluctuations in returns. As part of the policy, the crediting rate is subject to a minimum of the increase in AWOTE plus 2%. Late last year the Trustee reviewed the crediting rate policy and has made an adjustment to bring the policy in line with the other categories in the Plan.
The change in the crediting rate policy of Category T members was amended by including the following wording: 'In any year that the minimum crediting rate applies, that year's rate of return is notionally increased and the next year's return notionally reduced by the same amount, subject to each year's Plan Earning Rate being at least the minimum.'"[174]
Plan Actuary C's letter to VBV dated 14 May 2002
96. Plan Actuary C's letter to VBV dated 14 May 2002 updated his letter of 18 October 2001 taking into account the Plan's return for the nine month period ending 31 March 2002 and salary increases to 1 January 2002.[175] The Plan's investment earning rate had been -1.3% and salary increases had been in the range of 3% to 4%. The shortfall of investment earnings had been offset to a small extent by salary increases being less than expected. Even so, it would be expected that vested benefits would not have been fully covered at 1 April 2002. Unless there was a substantial improvement in investment earnings over the June quarter, the Plan was likely to be in an unsatisfactory financial position at the balance date of 30 June 2002. If that were the case, Plan Actuary C said that he would expect to recommend a review of the employer contribution programme to address the shortfall in coverage over a suitable period agreed between the Trustee and the Employer. Plan Actuary C recommended that the Trustee give the Employer a copy of his letter. That occurred in June 2002 when Plan Actuary C sent a copy to the Employer.[176]
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 20 May 2002
97. The minutes of the Trustee's Directors recorded that the Deferred Benefits and Actuarial Review's associated matters had not yet been finalised. The Board was waiting for the outcome of the Employer review/working group.[177] It noted Plan Actuary C's letter "... commenting on the financial position of the Plan. It was agreed that the employer be kept informed of the Plan's financial position as it has been done in past."[178]
Meeting of Investment Sub-committee on 29 May 2002
98. Plan Actuary C prepared further Discussion Notes for the Investment Sub-committee's meeting on 29 May 2002.[179] It summarised the previous notes and went on to discuss the recoupment of the negative reserve and general methodology.
99. Plan Actuary C advised that the Reserve position was unlikely to return to a persistent neutral position without modification of the crediting rate method. As the relevant crediting rate liabilities were approximately $80m at 30 June 2001, subsidisation of the crediting rate involved a significant cost if not recouped. The Trustee, Plan Actuary C recommended, needed to put in place a process for recouping the over crediting of recent years. It needed to do so over a period that was reasonable. A period of three years, for example, might be reasonable as it would have been consistent with the then current crediting policy and the crediting rate could be reduced by approximately 1.8% each of the three years. A second approach would be to reduce the 2001/2002 earning rate by the -5.4% Crediting Rate Reserve as at 1 July 2001. Plan Actuary C repeated his previous advice regarding this approach.[180] There was a further question and that was whether there should be any other modification to the then current crediting rate method. Plan Actuary C repeated his previous advice on this subject[181] and asked whether the Trustee wanted to retain the then current method for 2001/2002. Other options Plan Actuary C raised were: retain the method but introduce further artificial adjustment to achieve a lower rate in 2001/2002; move to a shorter average period of, say, two years; and move to a subjective determination based on earning rate and the notional reserve each year. Plan Actuary C also raised, but did not address, minimum rates, reliance of members on the application of the then current method in 2001/2002, special categories and member investment choice for additional benefits or deferred benefits.
"· the Trustee needs to put in place a process for recouping the overcrediting of recent years
· the preference was for a shorter period than 3 years, if achievable taking into account other objectives
· the Trustee should depart from the three year average method in 2001/02, as it is expected to result in unnecessarily high overcrediting which will need to be recouped in later years
· it appears that a subjective method is likely to be necessary rather than a formula approach
· ... [the Plan Actuary] should do some illustrations of crediting rates in 2001/02, 2002/03 and 2003/04 based on earning rates of -3% - +3% in 2001/02 and 5%-10% in 2002/03 and 2003/4, to give the Trustee a feel for the potential range of outcomes."[182]
101. ND1 "... noted that the committee had some complex issues to deal with and was hampered by the lack of a Plan Executive who could vet and provide some in-depth opinion on the issues and advice provided by the Plan's service providers, as well as employer input."[183]
102. On 5 June 2002, a consultant, whom we will call EC1, to the Employer wrote to another member of staff at the Actuarial Firm regarding the valuation report. We will refer to him as Actuary D. Actuary D was the Employer's consultant actuary from the Actuarial Firm. He did so after speaking with the CEO of the Employer. Among the matters that the CEO had questioned was the identity of the person who decides the crediting rate. It was noted that "[t]he trustee alone should not do this as it puts a financial obligation on the employer."[184] EC1 reported that the CEO was keen on urgent action and wanted to fix the interest rate issue as soon as possible and then look at the pension factors.
103. The Actuarial Firm replied on 6 June 2002 and directed the response to VBN. Among other matters, the Actuarial Firm explained that the interest rate is used for Deferred Benefit Members, additional accumulation accounts for Defined Benefit Members (mostly rolled-in entitlements from other funds) and accumulation entitlements for some Members.[185]
104. On 7 June 2002, the Plan Executive wrote to VBN:
"Following our conversation this morning, I have drawn up a high level implementation plan assuming we reach agreement in principle with ... [the CEO] to:
As agreed we will need to prepare a business case to obtain funding etc. You previously suggested that the project could be run from Compliance. ... I agree that this would be a good solution. I can be involved in preparing the business case and draft Trustee/Board papers. ..."[186]
105. On 7 June 2002, the Plan Executive copied an email to VBQ regarding a meeting that he had organised with the CEO. Apart from the Plan Executive and VBQ, Ms Wendy Davis and Actuary D would be attending. The Plan Executive gave them all a copy of his correspondence with Actuary D and a "decision tree with the QC replies and issues".[187] The objectives of the meeting were "to agree (1) changes to the crediting rate for deferred pensioners and (2) all future benefit accruals to be in lump sum form without a pension option (3) next steps and target timescale."[188] The Plan Executive said that he was preparing a high level plan but wanted to include a discussion whether objective (2) replaced the need for further radical steps under the deferred benefit plan for the moment.
106. In an email dated 7 June 2002 addressed to VBN, the Plan Executive said that he had drawn up a high level implementation plan assuming that they reached agreement with the CEO to amend the crediting rate from the specified date for deferred pensioners and amend the Trust Deed so that all future benefit accruals after the specified date would be by lump sum payment with no pension option.[189]
107. Minutes of the meeting were kept.[190] With regard to the crediting rate, they recorded:
"6.1 ... [The CEO] wished the definition of the crediting rate as quoted in the 2001 Trustees report to be reviewed. Rates will have ups and downs, and the crediting rate should be capable of going negative.
6.2 How long has the current definition be used?
6.3 Due to the smoothing method and falling investment returns, the crediting rate has been substantially higher than the earning rate over most of the last four years. It was mentioned that the Investment Committee of the Trustees are considering reducing the crediting rate by more than the published formula to claw-back some of the existing excess. When agreed, this will be published in the next Trustees' report.
Action: 6.1 to 6.3 ...[VBQ], as a member of the Investment Committee of the Trustees."[191]
109. The meeting also addressed the pension factors noting that, in all cases, the accrued pension to the specified date would continue to attract the existing factors published in the Trust Deed. The Plan Executive was to prepare a business case to implement the changes to the crediting rate and pension factors. There was also a discussion regarding the ways in which the Employer's liability could be reduced in respect of pension factors on existing accrued benefits for deferred pensioners. After the next valuation, an offer should be considered to encourage deferred pensioners to take the lump sum with an additional cash incentive.
The Plan Actuary's review of the crediting rate policy dated 18 June 2002
110. Plan Actuary C's main recommendations arising from his review of the crediting rate policy conveyed to VBV on 18 June 2002 were:
"▪ That the three year average method be discontinued, effective for 2001/02 and subsequent years, and
111. Plan Actuary C referred to different ways of estimating the Crediting Rate Reserve. It could be estimated on a liability-weighted basis.[193] Also detailed in the body of his report was his recommendation that the Trustee put in place a process to recoup the over crediting over a period that it considered reasonable e.g. three years.[194] The Trustee would need to adopt a reserving strategy. That would normally take the form of a minimum and maximum reserve level. A range of between -5% and +5% could be considered, Plan Actuary C suggested. Given that the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve was -5.4% as at 1 July 2002, it might well be less than -5% in the 2001/2002 year.[195]
112. With regard to the rate of interest on benefit payments, Plan Actuary C recommended:
"The same interest rates are currently used for crediting members' accumulation accounts and for adding interest to benefit payments for the period between the date of leaving service and the date of payment. I consider that this is a satisfactory approach while the interim rates are positive but believe that special consideration of this issue would be required if the Trustee were to consider adopting a negative crediting rate. ..."[196]
113. If his recommendations were accepted, Plan Actuary C also recommended that:
"▪ As advised in my crediting rate review letter of 17 April 2002, the latest interim rates were based on an estimated net earning rate of 0.6% to 30 June 2002 (calculated using the nine month investment return to 31 March 2002 of -0.8% and the ten year bond rate of 5.5% p.a. (net of 15% tax) as a proxy for the return for the period from 1 April 2002 to 30 June 2002).
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 24 June 2002
115. The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 24 June 2002 was attended by VBV, VBN, VBP, VBQ, VBR and Plan Actuary C among others. The minutes record that the meeting lasted for seventeen minutes short of four hours. Among the items discussed were the crediting rate policy and the interim crediting rate. The meeting noted the recommendations of the Plan Actuary and those of the Investment Sub-committee.[198] The Board resolved that:
"▪ the negative reserve be recouped over 2 years,
The directors requested the Investment Committee to review all related factors and issues.
The directors discussed the need to communicate the changes to members noting:
Communication to be include in the next Newsletter."[199]
116. The Board also resolved to adopt the interim crediting rates recommended by Plan Actuary C in his report of 18 June 2002.
117. Plan Actuary C drafted the section of the Newsletter to members relating to the crediting rate policy and interim crediting rate. It was reviewed by a member of staff of the Actuarial Firm and another who was a lawyer in that firm. We will refer to them as MS1 and MS2. MS2 advised that the text complied with legislative requirements and was neither misleading nor deceptive.[200]
118. The Newsletter began by advising members under the heading of "Return Expectations" that many superannuation funds would be reporting negative returns in the 2002 financial year. It explained that an investment will produce a negative return if "the negatives outweigh the positives".[201] Returns from overseas shares had been strongly negative while Australian shares had fallen slightly in 2001/2002. It explained that high levels of inflation in the 1980s and the strong performance of shares in the 1990s had been the main reasons why there had not previously been negative returns. Despite fluctuations, the pattern of the share markets showed a steady upward trend. Members were reminded that superannuation was a long-term investment and returns should be examined over the long-term to gain a realistic picture of their superannuation's performance.
119. Defined Benefit Members were reminded that they:
"... should understand that their main defined benefits are based on a factor times superannuation salary and are therefore not affected by fluctuations in investment returns. However, any additional accumulation balances they have will be subject to investment return fluctuations."[202]
The crediting rate policy for the Defined Benefit Division was explained in the Newsletter:
"In recent years the rate credited to accumulation benefits within the Defined Benefits Division has been determined based on the average earning rate over the previous three years (subject to some adjustments). This approach was aimed at reducing fluctuations in yearly returns passed on to members' accounts, while still reflecting the actual earnings over longer periods.
The trustee has reviewed this policy having particular regard to the investment earnings outlook for the current year and the year to year differences between earning rates and crediting rates which have occurred and may arise in future from the three year average approach. The outcome of the review was a decision to change the crediting rate policy to allow the Trustee flexibility to determine the rate each year having regard to the current year's earning rate, past earning rates vs crediting rates and other relevant considerations, rather than using a formula approach.
Consistent with the revised policy, the following interim crediting rates have been adopted for benefit calculations for members leaving the Plan (or deferred benefit members converting to a pension):
· 7.8% for Category T members (reflecting the Trust Deed minimum Average Weekly Ordinary Time Earnings increases plus 2% pa carried over from the ... Plan).
The above interim rates apply for updating accumulation accounts (and/or adding interest from the date of leaving service to the date of payment) for the period from 1 July 2001."[203]
Plan Actuary's advice regarding final crediting rate for 2001/2002
120. In his letter dated 23 July 2002 to VBV, Plan Actuary C advised that he had not yet determined the Plan's net earning rate for 2001/2002 as the final details were not then available to him. On the information that he then had, he expected that the relevant earning rates would be in the order of -5.5% to 6.0% per annum. In order to provide some preliminary information, Plan Actuary C assumed that the earning rate for the year would be -5.9%. He took into account the Board's decisions regarding the recoupment of the negative Crediting Rate Reserve and that the Trustee would aim to manage the Crediting Rate Reserve within the range of -5% to +5% as well as the need to strike some balance between members' needs and expectations and previous practice. Plan Actuary C posed some very difficult questions with which the Trustee would be faced:
"· Should the 2001/02 crediting rate be subsidised, with the result that the Crediting Rate Reserve will go even further into the red?
· Should all or part of the current negative Reserve be recouped, meaning that the declared rate would be even lower than -6% pa?
· Should all members be treated the same way or would an approach of different crediting rates for different groups of members achieve a better overall result?"[204]
With regard to the last question, Plan Actuary C said that he considered the disadvantages outweighed the advantages but raised it for consideration.
121. Plan Actuary C advised that he expected to recommend that the crediting rate for 2001/2002 would be the actual earning rate for the year. This would avoid "... drawing on the Crediting Rate Reserve given that it is already slightly lower than the target minimum of -5%".[205] Recouping any Credit Rate Reserve would be extremely difficult to justify when the actual earning rate was already such a large negative.
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 29 July 2002
122. Among those attending the meeting were VBV, VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ and VBR as well as ND1 and Plan Actuary C. The meeting noted that the deferred benefits and actuarial review's associated matters had not been finalised as they were waiting for the outcome of the Employer review/working group.[206] With regard to the crediting rate, Plan Actuary C advised that he had discussed the matter with EC1.[207] At that stage, the minutes of the meeting note that VBN left the meeting. The Directors then discussed the need to consider the crediting rate information and measure the effect on the Plan. The matter was carried forward to an extraordinary meeting.[208]
Plan Actuary's meetings with representative of Employer at Trustee's request
123. On 31 July 2002, EC1 arranged for a paper entitled "... [Employer] SSP Discussion Paper" (Discussion Paper) to be sent to Plan Actuary C and the second Actuary from the Actuarial Firm, VBN and the CEO.[209] The paper provided background to their meeting on 1 August 2002. The Discussion Paper discussed crediting rates, Pension Factors and the scope to provide future service benefits of existing members through a defined contribution scheme. With regard to the crediting rate, the Discussion Paper canvassed the Trustee's decisions to date and the various options that had been considered by Plan Actuary C as well as his recommendations.
124. On 6 August 2002, Plan Actuary C sent the CEO a note setting out a brief outline of his recommendations and asking whether they were acceptable from his point of view.[210] He recommended that the crediting rate declared for 2001/2002 be -5.8% per annum and that the Trustee aim to recoup the negative crediting rate Reserve by 30 June 2004 at the latest. The recoupment pattern would take actual earnings into account. A special tax refund would be used to take the Crediting Rate Reserve back to -5.0% from -5.4%. Interim crediting rates would be set having regard to the projected earning rate for the 2002/03 year and using the actual year to date earnings as they emerged, the recoupment of the negative reserve. Some smoothing would be retained but, if the earnings were below -2.5%, the interim rate would be negative.
125. Plan Actuary C's letter to VBV on 12 August 2002 set out a table showing the Crediting Rate/Reserve for the Plan and their averages in the period from 1997/1998 to 2001/2002. The Start Reserve on 1 July 1997 was 4.2%:[211]
126. He did so in the context of a letter advising the Trustee that it needed to declare a crediting rate for the period 2001/02 and to set an interim rate to apply from 1 July 2002 to Category S and T members and other categories of the Defined Benefit Division of the Plan. As in his note to the CEO, Plan Actuary C stated that the net earning rate for the relevant Plan for 2001/02 was -5.8%. At 30 June 2001, the notional Crediting Rate Reserve was -5.4%. That was based on building up the Reserve from a starting point of +3.85% at 1 July 1997 when the three year average crediting rate method began. In 2001/02, the Plan received special tax refunds relating to the period between 1990 and 1993. As they would have boosted the starting Reserve at 1 July 1997 to 4.2%, that would have increased the reserve at 1 July 2001 to -5.0%.
127. Appendix 1 to his letter illustrated Plan Actuary C's view of the impact on the Reserve of the various options for the 2001/02 declared rate:
"· Continuation of the three year average method would result in the Reserve deteriorating to -13.8% i.e. aggregate over-crediting of 13.8% since 1 July 1997. The Trustee has therefore previously agreed to cease using the three year average.
· A 2001/02 crediting rate of nil would result in the Reserve deteriorating to -10.6% since 1 July 1997.
· A 2001/02 crediting rate equal to the net earning rate of -5.8% would result in the Reserve remaining at -5.0% i.e. aggregate over-crediting of 5% since 1 July 1997".[212]
128. Plan Actuary C noted that the Trustee had already agreed that the three year average interest crediting rate would be discontinued with effect from 2001/02. The interest crediting rate for 2001/02 and subsequent years would be determined having regard to the advice of Plan Actuary C, the earning rate for the year and the level of the relevant Crediting Rate Reserve. The Trustee would aim to manage the Crediting Rate Reserve in the range of -5.0% to +5.0% although a reserve outside that target range might be adopted in special circumstances. Plan Actuary C then set out matters that a considering in setting the crediting rate would include:
"· The level of subsidy between different generations of members.
· The financial risk to the Plan of year to year smoothing not evening out, due to changes in the amount of crediting rate liabilities. In particular, it is noted that the bulk of crediting-rate related liabilities are in respect of deferred benefit members, who can withdraw their balances at any time or, once over 55, convert to a pension at the time of their choosing. If substantial amounts are withdrawn or converted when accounts have been over-credited, then future declarations will have to be disproportionately reduced (i.e. remaining members will be disadvantaged) or there will be a financial strain which will fall to the employer sponsor to meet. The latter should only occur if agreed with the employer.
· The needs and expectations of members and the smoothing policy utilised in the past.
· The ongoing crediting rate policy ... - in particular the desire for the Reserve not to fall below the -5% level."[213]
129. On 13 August 2002, Plan Actuary C sent an email to, among others, VBV, VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ and VBR and copied it to others including MS1. The email attached an Information Notice to be sent to members regarding changes to the crediting rate policy (1998-2001) to be applied for the 2001-2002 financial year. He noted that it would require "legal clearance".[214]
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 13 August 2002
130. At its meeting on 13 August 2002 attended by VBV, VBN, VBP, VBQ and VBR and lasting a little over two and a quarter hours, the Board noted the background paper prepared by Plan Actuary C. The Directors made a number of resolutions. Among them were that the Crediting Rate Reserve be returned to a nil or positive state by 30 June 2004, that there be a further review of the crediting rate policy and Investment Policy with the aim of moving away from smoothing and providing members with some choice of investment policy and that the interim crediting rate be set at nil.
Information Notices to Plan members sent on or about 19 August 2002
131. The Trustee informed the Members of the crediting rate for 2001/02 in a letter sent on or about 19 August 2002. It referred to its advice in its Newsletter of June 2002 that it would no longer be basing the Credit Rate on the three year average earning rate approach that had applied since 1 July 1997. The main factors giving rise to the change were said to be the market performance in 2001/02, the likelihood that maintaining the three year averaging approach would result in a 2001/02 crediting rate well in excess of the actual earning rate and that the level of actual earnings held back in previous years would not support a subsidy for 2001/02. Had the three year averaging method been retained, the newsletter suggested that there would have been a deterioration of the Crediting Rate Reserve to approximately -14.0%. A table was included to show how aggregate crediting rates had exceeded aggregate earning rates since 1 July 1997.[215] The Trustee also advised that it had decided not to recoup any of the generous crediting rates that had been set in the past but that it intended to do so by 30 June 2004 through the Credit Rates it set.
The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 2 September 2002
132. A Plan Executive or Plan Manager was appointed on 2 September 2002.[216] He is an actuary, who reported to an officer in the Employer other than any of the Employer representative Directors and the CEO.[217] His appointment was recorded in the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Directors held on that day. That meeting was attended by, among others, VBV, VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ and VBR as well as ND1, Plan Actuary C and MS1. It noted the appointment of a Plan Executive. With regard to crediting rate policies, the minutes record that "employer input needed re level of smoothing it will accept. Interim rate to be reviewed at each Trustee meeting."[218] It adopted Plan Actuary C's recommendation regarding the interim crediting rate
Legal advice given in letter dated 14 September 2002
133. The Plan's legal adviser wrote to VBV on 14 September 2002 responding to:
"· Whether the Trustee provided misleading information under the Trade Practices Act 1974;
· Whether there has been a contravention of the SIS Regulation 13.16;
· The (perceived) retrospectivity of the change to the policy;
· Members (sic) concerns about timing of their decisions to withdraw funds;
· Provide comments on the employer proposal on future changes."[219]
He was given the papers from the Board meetings of 24 June, 29 July and 2 September 2002, the June 2002 Newsletter, the August communication to members and members' letters written to the Trustee.
Employer's contributions after adoption of new crediting rate policy
134. After the Trustee had adopted its new crediting rate policy, the Employer agreed to additional contributions of $5 million by 31 December 2002.[220] The additional contributions represented additional contributions of $375,000 per month from 1 July 2002 "in respect of normal benefit payments" and an additional amount of $3,500,000 in respect of benefit payments and transfer amounts arising from the sale of one of the Employer's businesses.[221] In addition, the Employer agreed to contribute $23 million in the year ending 30 June 2003 and $25 million in the year ending 30 June 2004.[222]
135. In January 2002, the Employer made an offer to the members to transfer to another Category of the Plan. That category would be in the nature of an accumulation, rather than a defined benefit fund. We will refer to it as the Accumulation Category.
136. Before the Employer made the offer, it was considered by the Trustee's Directors at various meetings between September and December 2001.[223] The meeting of the Trustee's Board on 24 September 2001 was attended by, among others, VBR, VBV and PD1. In relation to the Accumulation Category, the Directors noted that the transfer offer material had to disclose the fees. The Actuarial Firm would see that the material had been updated.[224] PD1 asked that actuarial advice be provided in respect of the reasonableness of the actuarial assumptions made in the member projection statements.[225]
137. VBP, VBV, ND1, PD1 were among those attending the Board meeting of the Trustee on 26 November 2001. The Directors noted that the Actuarial Firm had drafted the transfer booklets that had been reviewed by the Employer's Legal and Compliance Sections. Those Sections had made comments as had Trustee Directors. The minutes of that meeting continued:
"the directors noted that the employer has responsibility for plan design and the transfer offer, however the Trustee is responsible for information to the members, including new members, further noting SIS and fiduciary responsibilities and obligations. The directors requested independent legal advice that the information contained in the transfer booklets is not misleading or deceptive. ... [A member of the Actuarial Firm] agreed to obtain legal advice on behalf of the Trustee once all amendments had been incorporated. The directors requested appropriate sign offs and requested that the employer certify from expert sources that everything is fair, reasonable and balanced.
The directors noted that in relation to deferred benefit members the pension benefit does not provide a benchmark for comparison. ... [The Employer's Plan Representative] reported the employers [sic] intention is to finalise this matter prior to the December Board Meeting. The directors requested to receive all information and documents that would go to the members, together with the ... Legal and Compliance sign off.
Further requested independent legal advice that the process taken does not breach any trustee duties or obligations under SIS or fiduciary duties. ... [Members of the Actuarial Firm] agreed to draft a letter."[226]
139. At its meeting on 17 December 2001, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR, VBV, PD1 and ND1 were among those attending. The Trustee Board received advice from a solicitor, whom we will call FSS, from a firm whom we will call FS. FSS advised the Directors regarding the Trustee's responsibility in relation to the preparation and release of information to the Members regarding the Employer's proposed Transfer Offer.[228] The Directors noted that certain financial advisers would have access to the base data and the Employer would assist eligible advisers by providing training on the Plan and the use of the model. PD1, who attended that meeting, was concerned that the information portrayed in the graphs was based on misleading assumptions. The Directors noted that the assumptions behind and design of the new Accumulation Category had been made on the basis of expert advice.
140. FSS advised the Directors that they should refer any matters of concern to the Employer.[229] Later, the minutes of the meeting record that FSS advised the Directors that "... under SIS legislation, the Trustee must reach a view that members received effective communication to make an informed decision."[230] FSS also:
"... commented that from Defined Benefit member perspective it is difficult to determine what they [are] giving up and getting in return. Therefore consideration to providing a value should be made."[231]
141. FSS also advised the Directors that ... "the Group Legal sign-off was from an employer's perspective which differs to the Trustee perspective however it can be accepted."[232] They agreed that the transfer kit should contain a letter from the Trustee. That letter should give a simple example, although qualified by reference to its being based on then current rates and be subject to change. It should also make a reference to the need to obtain financial advice.[233]
142. VBV signed a letter to be sent with the Transfer Offer. It read in part:
"... After careful consideration, the Trustee has decided that it should write to you separately from ...[the Employer], both in order to emphasise the potential significance of any decision that you might make and to encourage you to obtain financial advice before making any decision.
The issues involved in the Transfer Offer are complex and no matter what you believe to be your level of understanding, the Trustee encourages you to take an active interest and to obtain financial advice from an appropriately qualified adviser. Financial advice in this situation is a wise investment.
Obviously you should read and understand all the Transfer Offer materials. Aspects of particular relevance to you are:
In your own interests, you are encouraged to be fully informed about and interested in this important opportunity."[234]
143. When the Transfer Offer was communicated to Members, they were sent a package including the Trustee's letter as well as:
· a personalised transfer benefit statement which included the Member's account balance as at the end of 30 June 2001;
· a detailed comparison of the benefits available if a Member had a Defined Benefit Pension and if that Member were to choose to transfer to the Accumulation Category;
· the compilation of several examples showing the benefits available under each to a Member and based on varying projections;
· a projection of the Member's current benefit arrangements under the Plan together with the pension benefit available to that Member at varying ages;
· on the basis of a sample purchase price, a comparison between the pension available under the Plan and annuities available commercially from the Employer Sponsor;
· an example of the way in which pension conversion rates are calculated with reference to a Member's benefit; and
· a statement that the Employer would provide each member with a voucher worth $200 that could be used to offset the cost of obtaining financial advice from financial advisers approved by the Employer.[235]
144. The Transfer Offer package contained a comparison of benefits under the Defined Benefits Category and the Accumulation Category. One passage stated:
"Your Defined Benefit Pension Option Can Be Valuable
The pension conversion rates available under the Defined Benefit Section of the Plan can be a very valuable option, depending on your personal circumstances and the economic parameters at the time you retire.
Considerations involved in assessing the attractiveness of the Plan pension conversion option will include your health, whether or not you have a spouse, your spouse's age and health (if applicable), the amount of your benefit, your income needs and your risk tolerance, as well as tax treatment and social security rules.
At the current time, the pension conversion rates offered by your Defined Benefit Division of the Plan are generally very favourable relative to commercial annuity rates ..."[236]
The document went on to set out comparisons illustrating the favourable pension conversion rates.
145. In a paper dated 30 July 2002, EC1 prepared a Discussion Paper regarding crediting rates, Pension Factors and the scope to provide future service benefits of existing Members through a defined contribution scheme. He noted that Plan Actuary C was proposing a crediting rate of -5.9% equal to the earnings rate in the year ending 30 June 2002 and recommending that the remaining -5.4% of over-crediting be clawed back over the following two years. The future approach to smoothing needed to be resolved. If it were abandoned, he wrote, members should be permitted some investment choice although some already had the choice to take their benefits from the Plan.
146. From a funding point of view, he suggested that the Employer's objectives should be to reduce the number of deferred pensioners who had the benefit of generous pension factors fixed in the Trust Deed. Reduction of their number would reduce future uncertainty over funding of the Deferred Benefit fund. He continued:
"The cost to the Fund of pre-1995 members taking a pension is at least 28% more than the cost of the lump sum. The cost is, arguably, much higher (ie up to 100% more) when judged against ... [the Employer's] annuity rates. This is probably an over-statement as account needs to be taken of commissions, expenses, profit margin and different life expectancy of annuitants vs fund pensioners. ..."[237]
147. He sent copies of his paper to the CEO, Plan Actuary C, Actuary D and VBN on 31 July 2002 to provide background for a meeting they were to have on 1 August 2002. Also on 31 July 2002, Actuary D wrote to EC1 setting out estimates he had made on the basis of the Actuarial Review conducted in 1999.[238] He estimated the saving in future benefit costs expressed as a current day lump sum equivalent as some $13m although the savings could be greater if the accrued benefit available for conversion to a pension were fixed at a specified day. Actuary D canvassed the relevant issues and concluded that "plus 28% is of the right order of magnitude in considering the cost of the pension option (and closer than the 'plus 90 odd' that might be implied by the reported ... [Employer] annuity price)."[239]
148. Plan Actuary C wrote to the CEO on 6 August 2002 setting out what the Trustee had reserved for and the enhancement that could be done without additional contributions from the Employer.[240] He emphasised that the decision regarding an incentive to take the lump sum option was a decision separate from the crediting rate decision and not to be raised with the Trustee until the Employer made a decision regarding it if it made a decision at all.[241]
149. In mid August 2002, the Trustee sent Information Sheets to Deferred Benefit Members to advise them of the change to the crediting rate policy and of a "Potential Employer Offer". In the latter regard, the Information Sheet included the following passage approved by VBV after a discussion with the CEO:[242]
"The Trustee has been informed by ... [the Employer] that it is considering making a limited offer to members aged 50 years and above with deferred benefits. We understand that this offer may involve an enhancement to the account balances for members who choose to take their benefit as a lump sum. We understand that ... [the Employer] expects to provide details of this within the next four weeks."[243]
150. In the meantime, work continued on developing the proposal. The CEO wrote to VBV regarding changes in the Plan's benefit design and enclosing a paper prepared by EC1.[244] The Employer indicated that it would withdraw the option for employees to elect on retirement to take a pension for life instead of a lump sum. The change did not affect benefits accrued up to 1 December 2002.
151. A further paper was prepared for the Employer's Board meeting on 28 August 2002.[245] That paper summarised the estimated financial position of the Plan at 30 June 2002 and recent action taken by the Trustee and the Employer. It recommended making an additional contribution of $2.5m to the Plan in the first half of the year and a further $2.5m in the second half. A contribution rate of $5.0m each year was "... roughly equivalent to funding the deficit over a period of 8 years."[246] In so far as the Employer Offer was concerned, the paper recommended:
"... that these deferred members be offered the option to take a lump sum amount 5% higher than their current account balance. This is effectively like at 10%-12% incentive, as they can otherwise expect crediting rates in future to be 5%-7% lower than the earning rate."[247]
152. At its meeting on 28 August 2002, the Board considered the proposal. VBW attended part of the meeting[248] while VBV and VBN attended the whole meeting. The minutes record:
"It is proposed to make an offer to existing deferred members to encourage them to take a lump sum rather than a pension. Members who withdraw lump sums from the fund will be offered a 5% enhancement to account balances."[249]
153. By early September 2002, VBW had been appointed as a director of the Trustee in place of ND1. He too was appointed as an Employer-representative. On 12 September 2002, Plan Actuary C notified the Trustee that the Plan was in an unsatisfactory financial position within the meaning of the SIS Act.[250] On that same day, the CEO wrote to VBV advising him of the Employer's proposal to make an offer to Deferred Benefit Members above 50 years of age.
154. On 17 September 2002, the CEO sent an email to the Plan Executive and copied it to others including VBN and VBW. After expressing concern about whether or not the offer should be extended to those under 50 years of age, the CEO wrote:
"The point is that if people withdraw their lump sum from the fund we avoid the high (and potentially unknown and higher) cost of the lietime [sic] annuity. ... If there is also a 'valuation profit' on the under 50s if they take an enhanced lump sum then I see no problem. ..."[251]
The Plan Executive responded on 19 September 2002 to the effect that he was looking into the matter. At the meeting of the Trustee's Board of Directors earlier in the week, the legal issues had been discussed. VBV and VBN were to talk to the CEO the following week.[252]
155. On 20 September 2002, Actuary D prepared a note regarding the Employer Offer. He canvassed the current account balances of Deferred Benefit Members then totalling $70m but noted that the actuarial reserve for those members was higher than that. It was higher because of the proportion of members who would ultimately opt to take a pension option rather than a lump sum and the additional cost of the pension option. On average and on the basis of assumptions adopted for the 1999 actuarial review, the pension option represented approximately 28% of the account balance for those members who opted for it.[253]
156. The Trustee's Board of Directors resolved at its meeting on 7 October 2002 to ask the Employer to commence making additional contributions to cover the estimated portion of benefit payments not then covered by the Plan's assets. The Plan Executive relayed this request when he wrote to VBW on 10 October 2002.[254] VBW confirmed the Employer's agreement to the additional contributions on 14 October 2002.[255]
157. VBN and the Plan Executive were among those who attended the Employer Plan Steering Committee on 18 October 2002. Among the matters discussed were the progress of the Employer's Offer, the removal of future pension accruals and the Trustee's future investment strategy.[256]
158. When the Plan Executive was initially welcomed to the Trustee's meeting on 2 September 2002, he was welcomed as filling that role. The role of the Plan Executive was later subject to some debate. In an email to VBW and the Plan Executive on 25 October 2002, the CEO wrote:
"As far as I am concerned ... as Plan Manager, is employed by ... [the Employer] as an expert in superannuation to ensure the employer manages its superannuation plan better than we have in the past. No objection to ... [the Plan Executive] giving help, advice to the Trustees but his role is to manage the plan for ... [the Employer], not for the Trustees ... - please can you confirm my understanding.
Not sure the message has yet got through as the Trustees continue to meet and make decisions without discussing them in advance with the employer. One of ... [the Plan Executive's] jobs is to make sure that ... [VBW] and I are made aware WELL IN ADVANCE of any financial issue coming before the Trustee so that we can consider our position and make sure the Trustee knows what it is before making any decisions. The current approach has GOT TO CHANGE. The trustees are still meeting and discussing/deciding on crediting rates, policy on choice of fund etc without a formal process to get [t]he employers [sic] view first.
In fact I want an URGENT review of the investment policy of the fund carried out, and a review of investment performance BY AND FOR THE EMPLOYER. Please could ... [the Plan Executive] talk to me and ... [VBW] about getting this underway."[257]
The email also discussed the Employer's contributions to the Plan.
159. An officer of the Employer suggested to the Plan Executive that VBW should be a member of the Employer Plan Steering Committee and he later did so. The officer also recommended that the CEO be copied into the minutes of the committee's meetings and that the CEO be made aware that its role was to develop and review recommendations put to him for his approval or endorsement.[258] In a further email copied to, among others, the Plan Executive and VBW, the CEO wrote about a complaint that had been received from a Deferred Benefit Member regarding the smoothing policy. The CEO thought that the complainant had raised a fundamental issue:
"... As it clearly affects the financial liability of the employer I would like to be involved in the seeking of advice and the briefings given to advisers on this point. It also does go straight to the issue of investment policy and whether the current policy is appropriate."[259]
160. A second consultant actuary engaged by the Employer, Actuary E, wrote to the Plan Executive on 30 October 2002 advising on the impact that the Employer Offer could have on the Plan. Unlike Actuary D, Actuary E was not employed or engaged by the Actuarial Firm. He enclosed a draft letter for the Employer's consideration. It was addressed to the Trustee and included drafts of material to be sent to Deferred Benefit Members.[260] The Plan Executive sent a copy of the letter to others including the CEO, VBN and VBW on the same day.[261]
161. Actuary E outlined the offer's advantage to Deferred Benefit Members:
"- It offsets a significant portion of the reduction in benefit caused by the 2001/2002 crediting rate of -5.8%;
- It offsets any reduction caused by a negative interim crediting rate, subject to a maximum further increase of 5%; and
- Members will leave the Plan before the negative crediting rate reserve is recouped via the crediting rate (noting that they have the option of leaving the Plan at any time in any case)."[262]
162. Actuary E went on to assess the Employer Offer on the basis of the data and valuation calculations provided by the Actuarial Firm. That data, he wrote, had manually updated Members' accounts between 1 July 2001 and 30 June 2002. It had then calculated the present value of the pension option for members individually on the basis of fixed pension conversion factors, pension valuation factors and an appropriate assumption about the gap between future salary growth and investment returns.[263] Actuary E canvassed the financial impact of the Employer Offer on the Plan. To the extent that Members, who would otherwise have taken a pension option, accept the offer, the Plan's expected liabilities are reduced. That comes about from the payment offer of 105% of a Member's account balance being less than the value of a pension option, which is approximately 128% of that account. To the extent that they would have taken a lump sum, the Plan's liabilities are increased as the payment offer was 5% greater than their account balances. That increase was offset by the removal of the risk that they might later choose to take a pension. Members taking the Employer Offer would not contribute to the notional recoupment of the notional investment reserve of -5% of assets. Members taking the offer would receive a further benefit as a result of the Plan's interim crediting rate. Actuary E went on to assess the financial impact of the offer having regard to each avenue Members could adopt and then looking at their combined effect.
163. The letter drafted by Actuary E for the Employer told the Trustee that the Employer proposed the following offer to be made to Deferred Benefit Members:
"Acceptance of the offer requires the member to immediately exit the Plan.
- 105% of any account balance which the member has the option to convert to a pension benefit now or in the future; plus
· If the interim crediting rate is negative for the period from 1 July 2002 to their date of exit, a further increase in their total account balance to offset the impact of the negative crediting rate, subject to a maximum further increase of 5%.
It is further noted that by accepting this payment offer a member will avoid the reductions in the crediting rate for the 2002/2003 and 2003/2004 financial years, planned so as to recoup the current negative investment reserve, (as foreshadowed in the Trustee Report as at 30 June 2002).
Members who do not accept the payment offer will retain their existing entitlements."[264]
"We note that the Trustee is required to consider only the following aspects of the offer:
· That it does not detrimentally affect other Plan members; and
· That it can be legally implemented under the terms of the Trust Deed.
We note that the value of the offer in relation to existing benefit entitlements will be communicated fully to members as part of the offer process, allowing members to make a proper assessment of the payment offer in light of their own financial circumstances."[265]
164. The Employer attached at Appendix A a document entitled "Notice to Deferred Benefit Members" (Employer Offer Notice).[266] The Employer Offer Notice, which was in draft form, conveyed information similar to that which Actuary E had conveyed to the Employer and in the draft letter to the Trustee. As to the pension option, the draft stated:
"The valuation basis adopted for the latest actuarial investigation of the Plan values the pension conversion option at an average of 128% of members' account balances for those exercising the option at age 55, reducing slightly to around 120% of the account balance for members exercising the option at 65.
The actual value of the pension option for any individual member will depend on their ultimate life span, their marital status (and life span of their spouse) as well as future earning rates and CPI increases."[267]
165. A meeting of the Board of Directors of the Employer discussed the Plan on 30 October 2002. VBW and VBV were both present at the commencement of the discussion of that item.[268] VBV expressed the opinion that the Trustee would prefer to see the pension option removed for future service and the only issue was to determine the best way that was to be done. The CEO, the minutes recorded, then asked both VBV and VBW to leave the meeting. They did, returning only after the Board had discussed an unrelated matter regarding the Plan and its Trustee.[269]
167. On 11 November 2002, MS3, who is an actuary, from Actuary E's firm sent an email to the Plan Executive, and copied it to Actuary E, attaching a revised draft of the Employer Offer Notice. She referred to a discussion with an unnamed person or persons and advised that she had removed the paragraph referring to the actuarial valuation. In its place, she had inserted another telling Members to consider carefully how valuable the pension option was or might be to them and that they might wish to seek advice. She concluded by saying that "As we discussed, it is important for the Trustee to make sure the member understands the value of the option when they consider the payment offer."[272]
168. The next, and final draft of the Employer Offer Notice advised Deferred Benefit Members:
"The actual value of the pension option for any individual member will depend on their ultimate life span, their marital status (and life span of their spouse) as well as future earning rates and CPI increases.
It is important that you carefully consider how valuable the pension option is, or may be, to you. You may wish to seek appropriate advice on this issue.
On acceptance of the payment offer, and hence exit from the Plan, you would forgo the pension conversion option."[273]
169. On 12 November 2002, the Plan Executive sent an email to CEO and VBW and copied it to VBN. It stated:
"Attached is the revised letter re the 5% offer for deferred benefit members. Of note in the Appendix is that the valuation '129% figure' has been removed and a comment that the investment strategy for the deferred benefit members is expected to be more conservative has been added (... [VBW] and I spoke about the strategy this morning)."[274]
170. On 18 November 2002, VBV advised the meeting of the Trustee's Board of Directors that he was waiting on written confirmation from the CEO outlining the details of the Employer Offer.[275] As part of the offer it would be important to consider the investment strategy and risk for Deferred Benefit Members. Several points were made. It was noted that a paper on the future crediting rate policy would be available at the 16 December 2002 meeting. That paper would need to be considered in conjunction with any Employer Offer for an enhanced payment. The Plan Executive, Plan Actuary C and MS1 were working on a future crediting rate policy paper. The Directors discussed the various issues and noted the related issue of the Employer's desire to cease future pension accruals for Defined Benefit Members.[276]
171. They also discussed the CEO's letter dated 18 November 2002 and his request to proceed with the proposal to change future pension accruals.[277] In his letter, the CEO wrote that the Employer had obtained legal advice that the change was permitted by the Trust Deed. The amendment could not reduce Members' accrued benefits to the date of the amendment but it is widely accepted that benefits in respect of future service are not part of accrued benefits. The CEO wrote that he understood that the Trustee had received legal advice recommending that the Trustee should seek an opinion from counsel and/or a ruling from the Court. He considered that approach to be unreasonably cautious. In addition, he understood that Plan Actuary C was prepared to certify to the Trustee that the proposed amendment did not adversely affect the value of the accrued benefits.[278] The CEO concluded by writing:
"... [The Employer] wishes to make it clear that the option to take either cash or a pension on the terms under the Trust Deed cannot continue. Few, if any, other superannuation plans in Australia offer this option, and an option of this nature if allowed to continue, will put serious financial strain on the Plan. We do not believe it is necessary for the Trustees to seek a Court ruling.
Accordingly, I must make it clear that if the Trustees are unable to consent to the change proposed by ... [the Employer], I will recommend to the Board that ... [the Employer] cease contributions to the ... [Employer Plan]. In these circumstances the Plan would be wound up. ... [The Employer] would install a Plan for future service benefits but a replacement Plan would not contain the option to convert the superannuation lump sum into a pension. The members' booklet makes clear under the section ... that the Trust Deed does allow the Plan to be wound up. This is not ... [the Employer's] preferred course of action - we would rather continue the existing Plan but it has to be on a financially sound basis.
I would request that the Trustees consent to the amendment without further delay."[279]
172. On 21 November 2002, the Plan Executive sent an email to the CEO and VBW copying advice sent from the Actuarial Firm to the effect that:
"We would recommend that the unfunded portion of any payments arising from the offer be met via a once-off contribution. This will avoid the offer having any detrimental impact on the asset coverage of remaining members' vested benefits. Our calculations use the overall ratio of 88% of net assets to vested benefits at 30 June 2002, based on the recently advised provisional actuarial review results."[280]
The Plan Executive explained that the Trustee was looking for a cash injection even though the Plan's net liabilities might reduce. He suggested that they and VBN might discuss the implications when they met later in the day.
173. A meeting of the Employer Plan Steering Committee took place on 22 November 2002. VBW was among those who attended. It was decided to put the Employer Offer on hold until there was agreement regarding the longer term superannuation policy.[281]
174. The Board of Directors of the Trustee met on 19 December 2002. Among those attending were VBV, VBN, VBO, VBW and VBP. In considering the crediting rate policy, it was agreed that the initial focus would be on the Deferred Benefit Members and that other accumulation accounts would be considered later. VBV noted that an Employer Offer could not be made until decisions had been made on the crediting policy and the recoupment of the negative crediting rate reserve. In coming to decisions regarding investment objectives, the Directors had regard to the SIS Act and identified the whole of the Plan's circumstances as relevant in formulating those objectives i.e. membership profile including age and expectations, benefit structure and the likelihood of future support by the Employer.[282]
175. Plan Actuary C had prepared a paper dated 16 December 2002 reviewing the investment and crediting rate policies for the Deferred Benefit Division.[283] He summarised that paper for the Directors and they discussed the options. They preferred a cash-based crediting rate and the main considerations leading them to adopt that view were:
"▪ The introduction of deferred benefits has resulted in a substantial additional amount of actual and potential pension liabilities.
The Board of the Trustee asked for advice on the manner in which its decision could be implemented and the recoupment of the crediting rate reserve.
176. On the following day, 20 December 2002, VBW wrote an email to the CEO:
"There were two important issues on the staff super fund yesterday.
As I said last night the Trustee Board has resolved to adopt a cash only investment strategy for deferred benefit members. The plan actuary and ... [the Plan Executive] are now working on how this gets implemented in conjunction with the offer to deferred benefit members. There is also a separate piece of work underway to recommend an appropriate investment strategy to match the rest of the liabilities, ie defined benefits and pensions in payment.
In implementing this strategy I do not believe the Trustee Board will agree to recouping the 5% overcredited against a cash investment return. I have to say I am not comfortable with this myself as a trustee. I understand the company's position and that it will have to consider its preparedness to continue to make contributions - so be it. That is a relevant consideration but not the only one.
The other matter which was discussed is the deficit. The Trustees responsibility under law is to have a plan to restore the financial position of the fund although clearly it is for the company to determine how it will fund the plan. The Board considered ... [the Actuarial Firm's] funding paper and it will write to the company with some observations on it and request from the company an indication of how it proposes to address the shortfall such that the Trustees can meet their obligation under law to have a plan. Based on the discussion yesterday notwithstanding the plan actuary's recommendation to restore the position over 5 years the Trustees accept that it may be longer than this and would be comfortable provided there is some additional payment shortly - ... [VBV] told them that the company was considering making an additional payment this year!"[285]
177. On 6 January 2003, VBW wrote to the Plan Executive and the CEO stating that, based on Actuary C's calculations and summary paper and previous discussion at the Trustee's Board meeting, he could see no reason why the Trustee would not accept the Employer's funding plan. If the CEO agreed, he would include the matter on the agenda for the Employer's Board meeting as well as Plan Actuary C's paper. He would also advise VBV of the proposed funding plan.[286] The CEO replied agreeing to the proposal but wanting to meet with him and the Plan Executive. He did so in an email sent an email to VBW on 6 January 2003. He asked VBW for a paper for presentation to the Employer's Board meeting on 28 January 2003 relating to staff superannuation issues. The CEO indicated that he was becoming very irritated regarding the lack of progress in the matters. He remained:
"... concerned with ... [VBV's] attitude re the withdrawal of the pension option for future service, and I am also concerned that the current view of the Trustees with regard to the deferred members and crediting rates will make the special offer of such little relative value that no-one will accept it. We need to get the Board more involved in these issues."[287]
178. On 8 January 2003, the CEO of the Employer copied an email to VBW, VBN and the Plan Executive. In it, he canvassed a range of issues relating to the inappropriateness of a smoothed return for Deferred Benefit Members and the inappropriateness of the design of the scheme relating to them. He pointed out that the Trustee has a duty to ensure that all Members are treated fairly and not just the Deferred Benefit Members. As far as the Employer's shareholders were concerned, it was never envisaged that they would bear the additional cost generated by the policy relating to the Deferred Benefit Members. In his view, it was not appropriate for the Trustee to ignore the fact that the account balances still exceeded the underlying asset value by about 5 or 6%. The smoothing mechanism was intended to smooth but not to deliver a return to Deferred Benefit Members that had not been earned. The cost of not recouping the deficit would be magnified if it were to be applied in the future to securing guaranteed pensions in the future on the extraordinarily generous rates. He then canvassed possible solutions to recoupment but concluded by saying that moving from the old to the new would be a matter of judgment for the Trustee based on actuarial advice. The Employer Offer could not be put until the approach to crediting rates and the remaining asset deficit was resolved. One of the potential attractions for this approach would be that the Employer would agree to bear the cost of not recouping the deficit from members who take up the offer. If the Trustee has a policy of not recouping the deficit, this either makes the offer less attractive, or more expensive, to the Employer.[288]
179. On 8 January 2003, MS4 from the Actuarial Firm wrote to VBV, VBW and VBN with a copy to the Plan Executive. She wrote that she and the Plan Executive felt that a circular should be sent to the Deferred Benefit Members as early as possible in view of the complaints that were being received. VBW responded that he understood the desire to keep them informed but thought it dangerous to create new expectations. Although there was a definite willingness by the Trustee to resolve the matters, they were not simple and there could be no guarantee when they would be resolved.[289] VBN also queried whether the matters could be addressed by February.[290] The draft was amended to remove mention of timing and MS4 advised of that amendment on 9 January 2003.[291] The solicitor from the Trustee's solicitors made further suggested changes on 13 January 2003.[292] We will refer to the solicitor as TS and his firm as TSF.
180. Actuary E wrote to the Plan Executive on 10 January 2003 advising on the implications of the Employer's giving notice under cl 41 of the Trust Deed.[293] He emailed it to the Plan Executive, who forwarded it to VBN.[294] VBN advised the Plan Executive that this was not the CEO's preferred option at that time but, if that course had to be taken, "heaps of advice" would not be needed.[295]
181. The CEO wrote to the Plan Executive on 13 January 2003 regarding the Deferred Benefit Members and crediting rates. He noted that, apart from those who had become Deferred Benefit Members since 1 July 2001, all had been credited with more than their asset share. The CEO went on to summarise the consequences of choosing to convert to cash returns on accrued balances or to recoup the remaining overcrediting. He could not see any reason why the Trustee could not decide to move from a fully smoothed approach to a cash approach in this way. Whichever option it chose, the Employer Offer was "... not looking worth very much".[296] He asked whether the Plan Executive could summarise the financial impact if the Employer were to increase the Employer Offer from 5% of account balances to 10%.
182. On 15 January 2003, TS gave further advice to the Employer through the Plan Executive. He recommended that the Employer Offer Notice not be sent to Deferred Benefit Members at that time. His reasons were that there was no certainty when the review of the investment and crediting rate policy would be completed, it was uncertain whether the Employer would make an offer to Deferred Benefit Members and many of the relevant Members had already engaged in correspondence with the Trustee and so would learn nothing new from the draft notice. Until the Trustee could be more certain of these issues, he did not recommend its circulation.[297]
183. MS4 from the Actuarial Firm took responsibility for the coordination of the comments and the preparation of the material regarding the Employer Offer.[298]
184. On 22 January 2003, Plan Actuary C wrote two letters to VBV. The first dealt with the Plan's financial position and the need to monitor it more closely than annually. If a review of the Plan indicated that the financial position of the Plan differed significantly from what had been expected, Plan Actuary C would discuss a revised programme of additional contributions with the Employer and the Trustee.[299] His second letter addressed the crediting rate and the investment policy for Deferred Benefit Members. As part of that, it addressed whether the Trustee's decision that the investment strategy for Deferred Benefit Members should be 100% cash was appropriate or whether it would lead to further complaints from Members.[300]
185. VBW and the Plan Executive prepared a paper for the Employer Plan Steering Committee some time before 24 January 2003. It addressed the financial status of the Plan, crediting rates, withdrawal of the guaranteed pension option for future service and the status of complaints from Deferred Benefit Members. It concluded by noting that the Trustee would be considering all of the issues at its meeting on 24 January 2003.[301]
186. On 24 January 2003, the Trustee decided to adopt the second of two alternatives proposed by Plan Actuary C in his letter of 22 January 2003. That is, that it would advise the Employer that, provided investment returns averaged 8% per annum, its proposal to contribute $17m in 2002/2003 with a further $5m per annum thereafter until 100% coverage of the VBI and the Accrued Benefits Reserve was achieved. It would reassess the adequacy of this programme annually.[302] The Trustee also decided not to recoup the 5% Notional Crediting Rate Reserve.[303] Although not recorded in the Minutes, VBW recalled that the Employer Offer was discussed at the meeting.[304]
187. On 28 January 2003, VBW sent an email to the CEO and copied it to the Plan Executive. He advised the CEO of the outcome of the Trustee's Board meeting. With regard to the crediting rate policy and the Employer Offer, he wrote that it had been resolved:
"To prepare an implementation strategy in relation to moving to a cash investment strategy/crediting rate policy for deferred benefit members and communications materials. This would need to be communicated in conjunction with employer's offer if still proposed. The Trustee Board are not however prepared to agree a recoupment of the $2m overcredited against a cash strategy. They understand however, that in light of this the employer may wish to review its position re the offer and more generally."[305]
188. On 29 January 2003, the Employer's Board met. VBW introduced the discussion of the agenda item dealing with the Plan and VBV reported on recent proceedings of the Trustee Board. The CEO also discussed the proposed Employer Offer and it was agreed that an offer of between 5 and 10% of account balances could be offered.[306]
189. The next day, VBW sent the Plan Executive a note of the Employer's Board's proceedings regarding the Plan. He told the Plan Executive that they needed to move quickly on the implementation of the cash crediting rate. Two months' notice of the change should be given and it should be implemented over a phased period of 12 months. VBW observed that:
"The offer is integral to the change because those that became deferred members since negative investment returns have the opportunity to recover most of their losses. We need to dust of (sic) the files re what this cost plus run some numbers if we were to increase it to 10%."[307]
190. On 4 February 2003, VBW sent an email to the CEO, who replied that cash returns are not necessarily a proxy for inflation. The Employer would be free to mismatch and to try to recover some of the cost of the annuity guarantee.[308]
192. On 21 February 2003, VBW sent an email to the CEO setting out his consolidated thoughts on the status of the various issues surrounding the Defined Benefits Scheme. He thought that they needed to work their way towards preparing a communication to the Members. In that way, they would bring the issues to a head and resolve them as quickly as possible.[311] He also sent it to Plan Actuary C for comment and copied it to the Plan Executive.[312] Plan Actuary C provided his comments later that day.[313]
193. The Plan Executive wrote to VBW on 26 February 2003. Among the matters he addressed was the possibility of the Employer's allowing Members to take some cash out under its Employer Offer. Allowing them to do that might lead to more Members accepting the offer and so to a reduction in the pension liability. Work for the Trustee meeting could proceed without its knowing exactly what form the Employer Offer would take.[314]
194. VBW sent the email to CEO on 26 February 2003.[315] The CEO replied in an email on 27 February 2003 that it had been helpful. He expressed his concern that an offer for partial cash would lead to Members getting 10% more on the cash they would have taken anyway and so increasing, rather than reducing, the ultimate cost. On that basis, it would be highly appropriate for the actuary to assume that what was not taken in cash would be taken in pension.[316]
195. The CEO sent an email to VBW on 1 March 2003 asking him to tell certain matters to the Trustee at its next Board meeting. The two main topics were Deferred Benefit Members and existing Members. With regard to Deferred Benefit Members, the Employer wanted to move as soon as possible with the Employer Offer. It would consist of a 10% enhancement where the Member takes 100% of the benefit in cash or transfers to another superannuation plan. The only exception would occur if a Member were to take the maximum pension qualifying for taxation concessions. He noted that the Trustee did not want to recoup the negative Crediting Rate Reserve at the time. While the Employer did not agree with the Trustee's position, it would not pursue it so long as it put the Employer Offer as quickly as possible. The Employer agreed with the policy to move to cash returns on 1 July 2002 and agreed to the crediting rate policy VBW was suggesting. The CEO told the Trustee that the Employer wished to examine the Trust Deed and Rules regarding the investment policy. As far as the CEO was concerned, the:
"... employer regards this as a balance of cost scheme and therefore is of the view that no changes to investment policy should take place without the consent of the employer. In the short term there should be no change in policy notwithstanding the move to a cash crediting rate for deferred members."[317]
196. As far as the existing Members were concerned, the CEO asked VBW to tell the Trustee that the Employer would be withdrawing the pension option for future service as soon as possible. The Employer would give the Trustee an indemnity regarding any action that might arise from the change. It should give minimum notice of, say, one month of the change.
197. There was a further meeting of the Trustee's Board of Directors on 5 March 2003. Among those attending were VBV, VBN, VBP, VBQ, VBW, the Plan Executive, Plan Actuary C and MS1. Plan Actuary C gave an overview of his letter of 27 February 2003. The Directors resolved that the Cash Crediting Rate be based on a suitable external rate, the investment policy be reviewed to take account of the crediting rate policy and that the then current investment policy be maintained pending any decisions arising from the review.[318]
198. VBW advised the meeting that the Employer supported the proposed change to the new cash crediting rate policy. Subject to that change, the Employer agreed to meet the cost of foregoing recoupment of the negative Crediting Rate Reserve. VBW also gave the Directors an overview of the Employer Offer it intended to make available to Deferred Benefit Members. The Trustee would ask for written confirmation of both proposals from the Employer. Given that was forthcoming, the Trustee and the Employer would need to coordinate their actions. Responsibility would lie with VBW, in his role as an officer of the Employer, the Plan Executive and Plan Actuary C on behalf of the Administrator. The Directors were to review and approve the material issued to the Deferred Benefit Members.[319] They agreed to ask TS to review the Member communication material and documentation and to respond to any enquiries from the Members.[320]
199. VBW wrote an email to the Plan Executive on 15 March 2003. He told the Plan Executive that he was becoming very nervous about the Employer Offer. He added:
"... The market continues to work against us as we discussed the other day. We must get the member comms out bey [sic] end of month. I am going to have lots of egg on my face with ... [the CEO] if this does not happen. Please make sure we are well placed to achieve this time line and bear in mind the approval process we will need to go through will take time."[321]
200. MS1 of the Actuarial Firm sent draft newsletters in respect of the new crediting rate policy and the Employer Offer to the Plan Executive and VBV on 18 March 2003. She copied her email to Plan Actuary C and advised all that she would send drafts to TS for review that day.[322] Also on 18 March 2003, MS4 emailed to VBV, VBW and VBN a draft of a communication to Members.[323]
201. On 21 March 2003, VBW's personal assistant sent MS1 at the Actuarial Firm his comments regarding the draft newsletter to Members and an email he had sent to the Plan Executive.[324] She wrote that VBW "... would like his comments to be reflected in any future version before he receives another copy."[325] Later that day, MS4, on behalf of MS1, sent drafts of various documents including the Employer Offer Notice to VBN. VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBV and VBW as well as, among others, the Plan Executive and Plan Actuary C. The drafts incorporated changes suggested by VBN, VBW, the Plan Executive, Plan Actuary C and MS1. They were then "undergoing legal review" by TS.[326]
202. Also on 21 March 2003, VBW sent an email to the CEO in relation to their previous discussions regarding the Employer Offer. In summary, VBW explained that it was too difficult to allow any partial withdrawal of account balances and to reconcile that with a Member's Reasonable Benefit Limits. He remained of the view that there was an optimal point at which Members might be allowed to make a partial withdrawal. That point was a matter of judgment. VBW told the CEO that he was happy to proceed on whatever basis he was most comfortable with be it no option for partial withdrawal or with a minimum withdrawal of something like 60% or 75%.[327] The CEO responded on 23 March 2003 opting for 75%. VBW advised the Plan Executive, who responded that the Trustee now needed the Employer to give written advice that it would forego the recoupment of the negative 5% Crediting Rate Reserve and the terms of the Employer Offer.[328]
203. TS gave the Plan Executive his preliminary views on the newsletters relating to the change in crediting rate policy and the Employer Offer in his letter dated 24 March 2003. With regard to the draft Employer Offer Notice, he wrote:
"10. I have not sighted the Employer Offer referred to on page 5 of the New Crediting Rate Policy newsletter and, of course, in the newsletter devoted to the offer itself. There are two issues of broad application that I raise in relation to the Employer Offer. The first is that consideration should be given to providing members with the document received by the Trustee from the Employer which sets out the offer.
On the basis of their evidence, we accept that VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBV and VBW did not recall receiving a copy of TS's advice.[330]
204. TS met with representatives of the Actuarial Firm and the Trustee on a number of occasions regarding the Employer Offer. They occurred on 5, 26 and 27 March and 1 April 2003.[331] VBV provided comments on the draft documents on 25 March 2003 after discussing them with VBW and the Plan Executive.[332] On 26 and 28 March 2003, MS4 advised the Directors and the Plan Executive that the drafts were being worked on and that the comments had been received.[333] MS4 sent TS a draft of the letter from the Employer to the Trustee outlining the Employer Offer on 28 March 2003. [334] TS followed this with further advice to the Plan Executive in a letter dated 31 March 2003. He addressed both the newsletter regarding the Cash crediting rate and the Employer Offer Notice. In relation to the latter, he recommended that:
"Out of an abundance of caution, I suggest that the Trustee Recommendation in Section 4.4, be amended to read as follows:
'In the circumstances the Trustee recommends that each member should obtain independent financial advice in relation to the Employer Offer, including but not limited to the pension option and the new Crediting Rate Policy'."[335]
205. Early on 1 April 2003, VBW emailed to the CEO a package of information to be sent to Deferred Benefit Members as well as the letters to be sent from the Employer to the Trustee in relation to the same matters. There were still to be a few minor changes to be made relating to style but VBW wanted to be sure that the CEO was comfortable with all of the substantive points before the package was sent out to Members. As far as he knew, he and the CEO had discussed all of the substantive points and there was nothing new.[336] The CEO responded later in the morning indicating that they were "generally fine".[337] He also noted that there was nothing in the documents relating to the withdrawal of the pension option and asking about it.
206. VBW also wrote an email to the Plan Executive on the morning of 1 April 2003. He commented on the draft letter to be sent by the Employer to the Trustee regarding its agreement that the negative Crediting Rate Reserve not be recouped. It had been attached to an email the Plan Executive had sent him the previous day. VBW told the Plan Executive that he had also received the information package from the Actuarial Firm and had sent it to the CEO for final sign off. He returned the draft letter with comments. Before suggesting a form of words for consideration, VBW wrote:
"The one outstanding issue I have is the covering letter which I still think could be a bit more helpful. Without actually drafting it I think it should go something like this. Also if we can make it a bit more friendly and not sound like this is bad news! I know we have to be careful."[338]
207. MS4 sent revised drafts to TS in the early afternoon of 1 April 2003. She sought his comment before she sent them to the Plan Executive and then to the Trustee.[339]
208. The Plan Executive replied to VBW's email on 2 April 2003. He asked that he receive the Employer's letters as soon as possible as the Trustee would not give its approval until it saw them.[340] Attached were the final drafts of the Employer's letters to the Trustee regarding recoupment and the Employer Offer. VBW signed the letters on behalf of the Employer.[341] They were dated 31 March 2003.
209. On 2 April 2003, TS sent his comments on the documents relating to the change to a Cash Crediting Rate and the Employer Offer.[342] MS4 revised the drafts and returned them to TS.[343] She told him that the Plan Executive had signed off on them and asked him to "review them fully and provide appropriate legal certification". At 12.37 pm on 3 April 2003, MS1 sent an email to all of the Trustee's Directors enclosing the final package of information and the two signed letters sent by the Employer. She told them that they had previously been provided with drafts and had undergone extensive review including legal review by TSF. Also included in the email was a Circular Resolution.
210. In fact, TS did not send a proposed letter of certification until later in the afternoon of 3 April 2003.[344] It was dated 2 April 2003. Subject to a qualification in [4] of the letter, TS confirmed that the firm was of the opinion that:
"(1) It is in order for the Trustee to publish the Documents and to subsequently issue copies of the Documents to Deferred Benefit Members of the Plan in accordance with the information requirements of the Corporations and SIS Acts_;_
(2) The Documents and their language and form are consistent with and/or satisfy the requirements of:
(b) the applicable provisions of the SIS Act and Regulations_; and_
(c) the applicable provisions of the Corporations Act and Regulations."[345]
The qualifications in [4] concerned the identity of the documents in relation to which TS expressed his opinion, an assumption that the Trustee had made valid resolutions to introduce a new crediting rate policy and Employer Offer, the limit of the matters checked and a limitation upon those to whom the certification could be disclosed.[346]
211. On 4 April 2003, the Directors signed the Circular Resolution.[347] Also on that day, VBW responded to the CEO's query regarding the withdrawal of the pension option. He explained that the processes to deal with it were entirely different from those to deal with the Employer Offer and crediting rate policy but he was pushing all of them as hard and as fast as possible. The pension accrual withdrawal required an amendment to the Trust Deed and he would forward it to the CEO as soon as possible.[348] The CEO responded later that day to the effect that there would have been benefit in dealing with the withdrawal of the pension accrual before the other matters relating to Deferred Benefit Members. That was because it was the pension accrual that was costing them money potentially and there was a risk of some creating lots of noise and publicity. It was too late to worry about that then.[349]
212. On 7 April 2003, the Trustee sent the Deferred Benefit Members a package comprising a covering letter,[350] a notification regarding the new crediting rate policy[351] and the Employer Offer Notice.[352] The covering letter, dated 7 April 2003, advised Members that the package included important notices relating to the new crediting rate policy and the Employer Offer. Two forms were included. One enabled the Member to make an election regarding the crediting rate policy and the other to make an election regarding the Employer Offer. The letter, signed by VBV as Chairman of the Trustee's Board, concluded:
"There are significant differences in the circumstances of each individual Deferred Benefit Member. As a consequence, the Trustee is unable to make a recommendation to Deferred Benefit members as a group in relation to these matters. The Trustee therefore recommends that each member should seek their own independent financial advice regarding the elections available to them."[353]
In the August 2002 newsletter to members, the Trustee advised that ... [the Employer] was considering making an offer to Deferred Benefit Members. The Trustee has now received an offer from the Employer. As the impact of the offer will vary for each member, the Trustee is unable to make a recommendation to Deferred Benefit members as a group as to whether the offer should be accepted or not, and has therefore resolved:
1.1 That details of the offer be conveyed to Deferred Benefit Members.
1.2 That the Trustee recommends each member should obtain independent financial advice in relation to the offer.
1.3 ...
As a Deferred Benefit member, you are entitled to convert your Retained - Defined Benefit Account to a pension benefit on or after your 55th birthday (subject to preservation requirements). The conversion factors are set out in the Plan Trust Deed and Member Booklet.
The pension is payable for your lifetime and is indexed annually in line with CPI (with a maximum increase of 5% p.a.). On your death, if you have a spouse who survives you, the pension will be reduced by 40% and paid to your surviving spouse. If the total of all pension payments made is less than the initial capital value applied to commence your pension, the Trustee will pay the difference to your dependants or legal personal representative.
The actual value of the pension option for individual members will depend on their ultimate life span, their marital status (and life span of their spouse) as well as future earning rates and CPI adjustments.
It is therefore important that you carefully consider how valuable the pension option is, or may be, to you.
The Trustee recognises that there are significant differences in the circumstances of individual members. As a consequence, the Trustee is unable to make a recommendation to Deferred Benefit members as a group as to whether to accept the Employer Offer or not."[354]
214. The package contained an Employer Offer Acceptance Form. The front page of that form contained five points that Deferred Benefit Members should keep in mind before completing the form. Parts of the first four were in bold type. The fifth, which was entirely in bold type, was at least as prominent as the others despite its being made last. It stated:
"The Trustee recommends you obtain independent financial planning advice on the Employer Offer."[355]
215. There was no dispute between the parties that the Employer Offer was accepted by 47 Deferred Benefit Members. After the Employer made a new offer as a consequence of its entering an Enforceable Undertaking under s 262A of the SIS Act, one of those 47 elected to reverse his decision.[356]
216. We will first consider the various legal principles on which our decision is based before considering the evidence against those principles. The principles themselves fall into two categories. The first concerns principles relating to the manner in which the case was presented. The second concerns the interpretation and application of the provisions of the SIS Act and, in particular, of the covenants.
Relevance of APRA's disqualifying seven, but not all, of the Trustee's directors involved in the decision-making
217. Understandably, the applicants questioned that APRA had decided to disqualify only seven of the Trustee's directors who were involved in the decision-making. Given that one is gravely ill, there seemed to be tacit acceptance that no action should have been taken against that director. The other, ND1, is not. In so far as she was a member of the Board of Directors at the relevant times and played a part in making the decisions and taking the actions under consideration in this case, there is little, if anything, to distinguish the position of that director from that in which the rest of the directors find themselves. APRA sent her a letter on 16 November 2004 asking her to show cause as to why she should not be disqualified under s 120A(2) of the SIS Act.[357] After receiving her submission, which relied in part on the Trustee's submission, the delegate said, without any elaboration:
"I have reviewed the material and have decided that you should not be disqualified under s 120A(2) of the SIS Act."[358]
218. Mr Santamaria QC drew our attention to Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Parker[359] and Rich v Australian Securities and Investments Commission.[360] In Parker, decided the year before the High Court made it clear in Rich that disqualification is a penalty, Drummond J had said that the punitive nature of the decision with which he was concerned meant that he could take into account that the Australian Securities and Investments Commission had chosen to proceed against only one of four directors. He said: "Disparity between the sentences imposed on co-offenders can justify an otherwise appropriate sentence imposed on one of the offenders being reduced."[361] On behalf of APRA, Mr Tracey QC submitted that we should pay no regard to APRA's decision not to disqualify ND1 at all. He pointed to the decision-making regime in which APRA operated.
219. At the outset, we note the general position in relation to decisions affecting persons other than the applicants is that stated by Spender J in Theo v Secretary, Department of Family and Community Services:[362]
"... the proceedings in the Tribunal fall to be determined on the material before it, and not on the basis of whether that material was the same as, or different to, the material before other decision-makers in other applications. Generally there cannot be an estoppel against the terms of a statute."
220. That decision-making regime persuades us that the general principles are applicable in this case. We can have no regard to the delegate's decision not to disqualify ND1 in any sense. In summary, the decision-making regime is such that APRA can make a decision regarding a set of circumstances only once. It cannot decide that it does not like the decision its delegate has made and appoint another to decide the matter again. As it cannot do that, it can never properly be known in a case such as this whether APRA embraced the decision or did not. It is not a decision that the Tribunal can review as review has not been sought. Therefore, ND1's circumstances cannot be taken into account in considering the matters we must decide.
221. The decision-making regime, to which we refer, is found in the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority Act 1998 (APRA Act). It establishes APRA as a body corporate[363] for the purpose, among others, of regulating bodies in the financial sector in accordance with Commonwealth laws providing for prudential regulation or for retirement income standards.[364] Among its functions are those conferred on it by the SIS Act.[365] It has power to do anything that is necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with the performance of its functions.[366] APRA consists of between three and five members.[367] It may delegate its functions or powers to one of its members or to an "APRA staff member"[368] and the delegate must comply with any directions given by APRA.[369] An "APRA staff member" means any of the following persons: a person appointed by APRA under s 45, assisting it under s 46 or engaged by it under s 47. Under s 47(1), APRA may engage consultants or other persons to provide advice to it or perform services for it.
222. APRA has stated that neither Mr Kennedy, who was the delegate who made the decision, nor Ms Tongue, who reviewed his decision, is a staff member. Presumably, they were appointed under s 47. It is not necessary to explore that further for, as a delegate, there is no question that they were properly engaged and properly made their decisions under ss 120 and 344 of the SIS Act respectively. Their decisions became APRA's decisions.[370] Once Ms Tongue had reviewed Mr Kennedy's decision, there is no express provision in the SIS Act for APRA to review its delegate's decision. The only express right of review is given by s 344(1) to a "person who is affected by a reviewable decision of the Regulator". In this case, each of the applicants is clearly such a person in relation to the particular decision made about each of them. Each of the applicants is the person who may ask APRA to review its decision. In so far as the decision relating to ND1 is concerned, none of the applicants may ask APRA to review its decision. While each of the applicants is presumably taken aback by the decision and perhaps puzzled by it, that is a different thing from saying that each, or any, of them is affected by it.[371]
223. Section s 344(8) is concerned with applications to the Tribunal. Although it is expressed in the passive voice, its ordinary meaning is that "Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Regulator ..." by the person affected by the APRA's reviewable decision. The provision must be read with s 344(1) that sets the review process in motion. For the reasons we gave in the previous paragraph, none of the applicants could have sought application of the delegate's decision relating to ND1. She would not have had any interest in doing so.
224. Could APRA have looked at the matter again and made a fresh decision about ND1 if it thought that she should have been in the same position as the seven applicants? After all, s 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 (AI Act) provides that "Where an Act confers a power ..., then, unless the contrary intention appears, the power may be exercised ... from time to time as the occasion requires." In considering whether there is a contrary intention, regard needs to be had to the passage from the judgment of Gleeson J in Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Bhardwaj[372]:
" The requirements of good administration, and the need for people affected directly or indirectly by decisions to know where they stand, mean that finality is a powerful consideration. And the statutory scheme, including the conferring and limitation of rights of review on appeal, may evince an intention inconsistent with a capacity for self-correction. Even so, as the facts of the present case show, circumstances can arise where a rigid approach to the principle of functus officio is inconsistent with good administration and fairness. The question is whether the statute pursuant to which the decision-maker was acting manifests an intention to permit or prohibit reconsideration in the circumstances that have arisen. That requires the examination of two questions. Has the Tribunal discharged the functions committed to it by statute? What does the statute provide, expressly or by implication, as to whether, and in what circumstances, a failure to discharge its functions means that the tribunal may review the exercise of its powers or ... reconsider the whole matter afresh?"[373]
225. Here APRA has discharged its function in relation to ND1, albeit through its delegate. The nature of the decision under review and the structure of the review provisions both suggest that the decision, once made, cannot be revisited. The decision to disqualify under s 120A of the SIS Act requires APRA first to decide whether certain circumstances exist. Only if they do, can it exercise its discretion to disqualify. Under s 120A(2), the circumstances include whether the Trustee has contravened the Act and under s 120A(3) they include whether a person is a fit and proper person to be a responsible officer of the Trustee. Decisions as to whether those circumstances exist are made on information available to APRA whether as a result of its extensive investigatory powers or otherwise. The circumstances necessarily relate to events in the past even if they also encompass ongoing events. To suggest that it can gather the information about such circumstances and make a decision but then put it to one side if it does not like the decision seems contrary to the requirements of good administration. It does not bring finality. It discounts the APRA's extensive investigative powers if they are to be used intermittently as APRA chooses and calls into question the finality of the review process to which we have referred. Its position can be contrasted with that of an agency such as Comcare that may reconsider its decision, and by implication its delegate's decision, at any time.[376]
226. Having regard to all of these matters, we consider that APRA discharged its functions in relation to ND1 when Mr Kennedy made his decision. That Mr Kennedy did not give reasons for his decision is most unfortunate for his decision is a bitter pill for those who feel, rightly or wrongly, that they have conducted themselves in a manner similar to that adopted by ND1. Good administration demands that all persons in a similar position be treated in a similar manner. Had Mr Kennedy given some insight into his reasons, the applicants would at least have been in a position to know how he saw their position differing from her position. That might have assisted them in understanding how they had erred in his eyes. It would have given them insight into how he had made his decisions without discrimination amongst the directors.
227. This principle is applied in the administration of other areas of the law. Speaking in the context of taxation, Lord Scarman in Inland Revenue Commissioners v National Federation of Self Employed and Small Business Ltd[377] was:
"... persuaded that the modern case law recognises a legal duty owed by the revenue to the general body of the taxpayers to treat taxpayers fairly; to use their discretionary powers so that, subject to the requirements of good management, discrimination between one group of taxpayers and another does not arise; to ensure that there are no favourites and no sacrificial victims."[378]
228. The duty to act fairly to all does not preclude the duty to act fairly to the individual. As Lord Templeman said in Re Preston:[379]
"Mr Brodie, on behalf of the appellant, submitted that if, as Lord Scarman announced in the Self-Employed case [1981] UKHL 2; [1982] AC 617, the commissioners owed a duty of fairness to the general body of taxpayers, the commissioners must equally owe a duty of fairness to each individual taxpayer. I agree, but a taxpayer cannot complain of unfairness, merely because the commissioners decide to perform their statutory duties including their duties under section 460 to make an assessment and to enforce a liability to tax. The commissioners may decide to abstain from exercising their powers and performing their duties on grounds of unfairness, but the commissioners themselves must bear in mind that their primary duty is to collect, not to forgive, taxes. And if the commissioners decide to proceed, the court cannot in the absence of exceptional circumstances decide to be unfair that which the commissioners by taking action against the taxpayer have determined to be fair. The commissioners possess unique knowledge of fiscal practices and policy. The commissioners are inhibited from presenting full reasons to the court for their decisions because of the duty of confidentiality owed by the commissioners to each and every taxpayer.
The court can only intervene by judicial review to direct the commissioners to abstain from performing their statutory duties or from exercising their statutory powers if the court is satisfied that the 'unfairness' of which the applicant complains renders the insistence by the commissioners on performing their duties or exercising their powers an abuse of power by the commissioners."[380]
229. The principles in this case have been approved by the Federal Court.[381]
Although focused on the collection of revenue, the principles are no less applicable in the exercise of powers in the area of prudential regulation. Whether they have been followed can only be seen if the decision-maker gives reasons for each decision and not merely for those decisions that may lead to applications for review being lodged in this Tribunal.
230. The Trustee and the applicants submitted that, unless the Tribunal is affirmatively satisfied of the relevant matters in s 120A, it is bound to set aside APRA's decisions. They relied on a passage from the judgment of Woodward J in McDonald v Director-General of Social Security:[382]
" If the AAT finds itself in a state of uncertainty after considering all the available material, unable to decide a question of fact either way on the balance of probabilities, it will be necessary to analyse carefully the decision it is reviewing. If, for example, it is a decision whether or not to cancel a pension in the light of changed circumstances, then it has failed to achieve the statutory requirement of reaching a state of mind. ..."[383]
231. They relied too on a passage from the judgment of Beaumont J in Minister for Health v Thomson[384] when he said:
"Generally speaking, concepts of onus of proof used in adversary proceedings are inapplicable in administrative proceedings in the social security area: (see McDonald v Director-General of Social Security) ... However, where, as here, a breach of discipline, or something analogous, is alleged, the onus of proving such a breach lies upon the accuser. ..."[385]
232. This passage was approved by Hill J in Casarotto v Australian Postal Commission[386] when he said that "It may be that what was said by Woodward J in McDonald should be confined to the context of social security legislation."[387] In Secretary, Department of Social Security v Willee,[388] Foster J also approved the passage. In the case before him, he would have found no error had a disciplinary committee proceeded on the basis that the Secretary bore the general onus of establishing the breach it had charged.[389] His Honour said:
"... In my opinion, in a de novo hearing, the person in the position of prosecutor bears the overall onus of establishing not only the offence but also all the facts upon which he seeks to rely for the grounding of a penalty of a particular nature. ..."[390]
233. No mention was made in any of these cases of the judgment of Fox J in Minister for Health v Thomson when he said:
"... I do not think it useful, and it may be misleading, to talk in terms of onus of proof in relation to proceedings such as those with which the committee was concerned. The committee was one of inquiry, and it was inquiring into the services charged by one doctor. It was obliged to find the facts, so far as it could do so, concerning those services. There were not multiple parties to the inquiry. The process of hearing was one in which documentary evidence was formally laid before it by its secretary and thereafter Dr Thomson gave evidence and was questioned at length by members of the committee. No other evidence was called. To talk of onus of proof, its legal sense, is in my view inappropriate: cf McDonald v Director-General of Social Security ..."[391]
234. The Trustee and the applicants referred also to two earlier High Court cases. The second of those cases was Unity Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd v Rocco Pezzano Pty Ltd.[392] It concerned proceedings originally taken in the Supreme Court of Western Australia under the Insurance Contracts Act 1984. It does not relate to merits review. The first does concern merits review. It is The Commonwealth v Muratore [393] in which the High Court considered an application for judicial review of a determination made under the Compensation (Commonwealth Employees) Act 1971. Jacobs J, with whom Gibbs, Stephen and Aickin JJ agreed, said of allegations made by the Commonwealth that an employee is either physically able to earn in some suitable employment an amount not less than that employee's former weekly pay at the date of injury or is not physically incapacitated for work:
"... In both situations the Commonwealth is, or would be, alleging that the circumstances of the employee had changed; and the onus lies upon the party alleging the change of circumstances to prove it. The position is quire [sic] different if there has been no previous finding of partial incapacity with a consequent assessment of the compensation payable. It is established that the employee then bears the onus of proving the partial incapacity for work and its reflection in the degree of his ability to earn ..."[394]
235. The submission made by the Trustee and the applicants gives us the impression that it is underpinned by notions of a legal burden or onus of proof. If that is so, we cannot accept it for none of the cases goes so far. In the first instance, neither party bears a legal onus of proof in the Tribunal unless the legislation governing the decision under review provides to the contrary. That was made clear by Woodward J in McDonald v Director-General of Social Services.[395] This is not contradicted by the subsequent cases and, in particular, is not contradicted by Beaumont J's judgment in Minister for Health v Thomson. His Honour was speaking of the practical reality that the party wanting to change the status quo must ensure that the relevant evidence is brought to the Tribunal to consider. The party may introduce the evidence, may draw it out in cross-examination of the other party's witnesses or trust that the other party will produce it.
236. When the evidence is insufficient to persuade the Tribunal, its very insufficiency will determine the outcome of the case. That is because, as Woodward J said, the Tribunal must analyse the question it must decide. As it stands in the shoes of the decision-maker,[396] it has all the powers and discretions of the decision-maker whose decision is under review. It may exercise them after having regard to all relevant material whether that material was seen or considered by the decision-maker or not. In other words, unless its powers are qualified by the relevant legislation, the Tribunal undertakes the review afresh. Therefore, the question it must analyse must be the question that the decision-maker, in this case APRA, had to ask and answer.
237. Given that s 120A gives APRA the power to disqualify an individual "if satisfied" of certain matters specified in that section, the question that the Tribunal must ask itself has two parts: is it satisfied of those certain matters; and, if it is satisfied, should it disqualify all or any of the applicants? The requirement that it be "satisfied" of those matters:
"... is to be understood as requiring that ... [the decision-maker] _be persuaded of the matter according to the balance of probabilities (_Rejfek v McElroy [1965] HCA 46; (1965) 112 CLR 517 at 521). That is, that the ... [decision-maker] be persuaded, having given proper consideration to those circumstances and that the Act requires him or her to give consideration to, that such matters be more probable than not."[397]
The word "satisfied" is not qualified by a word such as "affirmatively". The test is that of satisfaction alone. If, after considering all of the material in a particular application, we are not persuaded on the balance of probabilities[398] that the first question should be answered in the affirmative, we will not be satisfied of the matters that must precede any consideration of the discretionary question whether disqualification should be imposed. We will decide that disqualification is not the correct or preferable decision and set aside APRA's decision. If we are satisfied that the first question should be answered in the affirmative, we will ask ourselves whether the discretion to disqualify that particular applicant should be exercised.
Is APRA circumscribed by its Statement of Facts and Contentions?
238. VBT and the applicants have submitted on various occasions that APRA has strayed from the matters it canvassed in its Statement of Facts and Contentions (SFC) by seeking to rely on new grounds. Mr Collinson submitted that an SFC, like pleadings, is designed to avoid surprise. He referred us to the decision of Senior Member Bayne in Re Payne and Comcare.[399] The Tribunal had been asked to review Comcare's decision refusing to meet the costs of a home spa recommended by Mrs Payne's doctor. At the hearing, Comcare sought to contend that Mrs Payne was no longer suffering an injury and so not entitled to compensation. Senior Member Bayne refused to allow Comcare to do so.[400] In giving reasons for his ruling, he carefully analysed the Tribunal's General Practice Direction (GPD) and noted its requirements that an SFC be lodged before the second conference held under s 34 of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975 (AAT Act). He said:
"It thus appears that the GPD contemplates that the statement of facts and contentions will be taken to have framed the issues of fact and law for consideration at the hearing. In practice however, the parties may shift ground after the second conference. ... [T]he discussion at the conference may have indicated to a party a weakness in its theory of the case. A member of the tribunal may at the conference have issued directions to facilitate this process of refinement of the issues."[401]
Senior Member Bayne went on to consider the issue on the basis of what was fair between the parties and what enabled the Tribunal to conduct its business in a timely and cost-effective way.[402]
239. Mr Sackar QC drew our attention to a passage from the reasons for decision of Senior Member Allen in Aerolink Air Services Pty Ltd v Civil Aviation Safety Authority.[403] Senior Member Allen permitted the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) to lead evidence in relation to the breaches of the Civil Aviation Act 1988 it had alleged in its SFC lodged with the Tribunal some six weeks before the hearing. He also permitted CASA to lead evidence in relation to a further allegation that had arisen out of evidence given in another matter before the Tribunal and that the applicant in that case was in a position to deal with. His reasons for his decision were:
"6. As pointed out by the then President of this Tribunal in Re Applicant and Deputy Commissioner of Taxation _[1995] AATA 95; 41 ALD 683 at 688 the principal (_sic) of trial by ambush has never applied in the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (AAT). The Tribunal has in place Practice Directions, which require legally represented parties to submit well before the hearing Statements of Facts and Contentions in order that each party may know the case it has to meet. Moreover, subsection 28(1) of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975 ('AAT Act') specifically provides that if a person makes a decision in respect of which an application may be made to the AAT, then any person entitled to make application to the AAT for review of that decision is entitled to demand from the decision maker reasons in writing for the decision. This provision is clearly designed to provide to the party aggrieved the specific reasons for the decision which can then be challenged in the Tribunal. As the Tribunal pointed out in Re Geoffrey Thompson & Growers Coop Pty Ltd and Export Developments Grant Board 7 ALN, N242 at N244 where grounds other than or in addition to those relied upon at the time of making the decision under review are to be raised by a Respondent notice should be given to an Applicant and the Tribunal well in advance of the hearing.
7. What the Respondent attempted in these proceedings was to give certain reasons for its decision and then at the hearing to add to and expand on those reasons, thus altering the case the Applicant had every reason to think it was required to meet upon review. This is clearly contrary to the intent both of the AAT Act itself and the Tribunal's Practice Direction. Apart from a direct subversion of the principles of modern administrative law, it does not fit well at all with the Respondent's ethical responsibilities as an entity of the Commonwealth to act as a model litigant: see Moline and Comcare [2003] AATA 827 and the directions given by the Attorney General of the Commonwealth."
240. While we would not presume to question Senior Member Allen's decision in the case before him, our case requires us to consider the principles underlying his decision a little further. True it is that s 28 of the AAT Act enables most persons, who are affected by a decision[404] and who have not already been given reasons,[405] to ask a decision-maker for reasons. The decision-maker may refuse the request if not made within specified time limits[406] but must otherwise give a statement setting out findings of fact, referring to the evidence on which those findings were based and giving reasons for the decision.[407] Certainly, a statement of reasons may assist a person in deciding whether to apply to the Tribunal for review, pursue a claim in a court or make some approach to government or otherwise. It goes too far, however, to suggest that the decision-maker's reasons circumscribe, in some way, the grounds that will be raised by the decision-maker at the hearing before the Tribunal. That the decision-maker is not bound by them is clear from s 37(1)(a) of the AAT Act. It requires the decision-maker to give a statement of reasons and does so regardless of whether the person has been given a statement of reasons under s 28 or otherwise. There is no suggestion in s 37 that the decision-maker is anyway bound by any earlier statement of reasons although s 37(1AB) does authorise the President to permit a decision-maker to lodge a document setting out the reasons for the decision. Unless the issues are so clear cut as to require no further elucidation and the evidence complete, the parties and the Tribunal will then draw on that statement and the supporting materials in developing and refining the issues in the conference and directions hearings as well as in any alternative dispute process.
241. It is in these preliminary stages that the SFC is required either under the GPD made under s 33 of the AAT Act, as referred to by Senior Member Bayne, or under a specific direction of the Tribunal directed to the needs of the particular case. It is apparent from the GPD that the SFC will be filed quite early in the proceedings. That enables it to function as a tool to define the issues as the parties see them and to provide a background against which the parties, either with or without the assistance of the Tribunal, can become aware each other's cases. That may lead them to test their cases and perhaps explore settlement.
242. An SFC cannot limit the issues that the Tribunal must consider for to do so would be to impinge on its duty to conduct a de novo review of the decision.[408] It must satisfy itself that the decision it reaches on that review is objectively the right one to be made on the facts of the case and according to the law.[409] If more than one decision is open to it, it is required to reach the preferable decision of those decisions that may correctly be made.[410] It could not fulfil these functions were it to limit itself to the issues defined by the parties or one of them. Rather:
"The considerations that are, or are not, relevant to the tribunal's task are to be identified primarily, perhaps even entirely, by reference to the Act rather than the particular facts of the case that the tribunal is called on to consider."[411]
243. For the same reasons, the decision-maker's reasons cannot restrict the Tribunal's jurisdiction. In Re Becker and Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs,[412] Brennan J noted that that the Tribunal has been based on the judicial model independent of the Executive:
"Its function is to decide appeals, not to advise the Executive. The remedies which it awards may be limited or large, but the remedies are incidental to the decision at which it arrives. The decision of the Tribunal in the particular circumstances of each case is therefore to be resolved according to its opinion as to the merits of that case. It forms that opinion after considering the views of the decision-maker, but it is not bound by those views. ...".[413]
244. If the Tribunal is not bound by the views of the decision-maker, it cannot be bound by the views of the decision-maker as to what is relevant or not nor the views of the parties as a whole. In this, it is quite different from the courts. As McHugh J said in Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Wang[414]:
"Care must be taken not to confuse the role of the [Refugee Review] tribunal with that of the court which must necessarily find or rely on facts that are relevant to defined [sic] issues between the parties, issues that concern facts that have occurred in the past."[415]
Even though the decision-maker is represented at a hearing in the Tribunal and not in the Refugee Review Tribunal, this passage is equally applicable to the Tribunal. Both conduct merits review. In the Tribunal, the proceedings may often have the appearance of adversarial proceedings but appearances should not obscure the differences between merits review and adversarial litigation:
"In adversarial litigation, findings of fact that are made will reflect the joinder of issue between the parties. The issues of fact and law joined between the parties will be defined by interlocutory processes or by the course of the hearing. They are, therefore, issues which the parties have identified. A review by the [Refugee Review] Tribunal is a very different kind of process. It is not adversarial; there are no opposing parties; there are no issues joined. The person who has sought the review seeks a particular administrative decision - in this case the grant of a protection visa - and puts to the Tribunal whatever material or submission that person considers will assist that claim. The findings of fact that the Tribunal makes are those that it, rather than the claimant, let alone adversarial parties, considers to be necessary for it to make its decision. ..."[416]
245. This passage refers to the Refugee Review Tribunal in which the Minister is generally not represented at the hearing. The Tribunal is somewhat different and is regarded as being under a duty to act judicially.[417] Deane J, with whom Fisher J agreed, had considered the Tribunal's position in the earlier case of Sullivan v Department of Transport:[418]
"... In the ordinary case, a tribunal which is under a duty to act judicially and which has the relevant parties before it will be best advised to be guided by the parties in identifying the issues and to permit the parties to present their respective cases in the manner in which they think appropriate. Circumstances may, of course, arise in which a statutory tribunal, in the proper performance of its functions, will be obliged to raise issues which the parties do not wish to dispute and to interfere, either by giving guidance or by adverse ruling, with the manner in which a particular party wishes to present his case. ..."[419]
246. In light of these principles, it would be wrong to give an SFC a status equivalent to that of pleadings in a court. The parties may well identify the issues but they are not the sole arbiters of them. The Tribunal may identify them and will be under an obligation to do so if the issues identified by the parties do not permit it to reach the decision that is correct in law as well as in fact or, where there is more than one correct decision, the preferable decision. While the Tribunal's obligation to give reasons may extend only to its reasons in respect of the reasons that it considers relevant, it may commit an error of law if it does not address in its reasons those issues that are necessarily raised for consideration by the relevant legislation. Saying that, though, is not the same as saying that a party can change its SFC and its position as and when it will. There are three other obligations that must be taken into account in deciding the question.
247. The first is APRA's obligation to be a model litigant. This is a reference to the:
"... old-fashioned traditional, and almost instinctive, standard of fair play to be observed by the Crown in dealing with subjects, ... [which is] elementary ..."[420]
It is equally applicable to courts and public administrators who share a concern in securing good administration and so in maintaining public confidence in the integrity of administrative government.[421]
248. The model litigant obligation has now been given a statutory foundation. On 1 September 1999, the Attorney-General issued Legal Services Directions (Directions) applying generally to legal work or to Commonwealth legal work being performed, or to be performed, in a particular manner.[422] They are binding on a body such as APRA.[423] The Directions expressed expanded upon the old-fashioned standards of fair play. Although the Directions have since been replaced,[424] they were in force during the entire hearing. Under them, "Claims are to be handled and litigation is to be conducted by the agency in accordance with the Directions on the Commonwealth's Obligation to Act as a Model Litigant ...".[425] Clause 2 of the Directions:
"... requires that the Commonwealth and its agencies act honestly and fairly in handling claims and litigation brought by or against the Commonwealth or an agency by:
(a) dealing with claims promptly and not causing unnecessary delay in the handling of claims and litigation,
(g) not relying on technical defences unless the Commonwealth's or the agency's interests would be prejudiced by the failure to comply with a particular requirement,
The obligation imposed by the Directions is further explained in the notes appearing at the end. Of relevance in this case are:
249. Lest there be any doubt whether the Directions applied to the Tribunal, the Attorney-General specified in the general notes that the word "litigation" includes proceedings "... before the courts, tribunals, inquiries and in arbitration and other alternative dispute resolution processes" unless otherwise indicated.[426] By doing so, he continued the common law tradition of requiring the Commonwealth to observe what could be described as fair play in both a curial and an administrative context. While this is the requirement imposed by the Directions, Mr Tracey drew our attention to s 55ZG(3) of the Judiciary Act 1901 providing that "The issue of non-compliance with a Legal Services Direction may not be raised in any proceeding (whether in a court, tribunal or other body) except by, or on behalf of the Commonwealth". This provision complements s 55ZG(2) which provides that the Attorney-General may enforce compliance with the Legal Services Direction.
250. The second obligation is the obligation on the part of the decision-maker and those acting on its behalf to assist the Tribunal.[427] With effect from 1 May 2005, this principle has been included in the AAT Act in the form of s 33(1AA). It provides that the decision-maker must use "... best endeavours to assist the Tribunal to make its decision in relation to the proceeding"[428] (emphasis added). The obligation of the Tribunal under s 39 of the AAT Act, to which we refer below,[429] means that the assistance will have to be transparent so that the other party has an opportunity to address any issues that the decision-maker raises. Just as what is fair in a given situation depends on the circumstances so too must what amounts to assistance and when it should be rendered.[430]
251. The third obligation is imposed on the Tribunal. It has a duty to "... ensure that every party to a proceeding before the Tribunal is given a reasonable opportunity to present his or her case ...".[431] This duty must extend to ensuring that each party has a reasonable opportunity to know the issues being relied on by another party and also the issues that the Tribunal itself regards as relevant. Giving the parties a "reasonable opportunity" to present a case is one aspect of natural justice, or of procedural fairness.[432] As with the obligation to assist the Tribunal, what amounts to procedural fairness "... in a given situation depends upon the circumstances. And it is not a one-sided business."[433]
252. There are at least two sides of the business. The parties and the issues they raise form one side of that business, the issues raised by the relevant legislation are another. If the new issue were an issue required to be decided under the relevant legislation in order to make a decision, it could not be ignored however late in the piece it were raised. If it were raised during the hearing and the other party could not deal with the point at the time, the Tribunal would have little option but to adjourn the proceedings. Its hands would be tied, quite properly, by its obligation to give each party a reasonable opportunity to present its case. There are cost implications in such a course but they could be accorded little, if any, weight as they are essential to the review of the decision.
253. If the new issue were simply a new contention in relation to an issue that must be decided under the legislation but that has already been raised, the situation may be different. Cost considerations to the parties may have greater weight in the consideration of what amounts to a reasonable opportunity for a party to present a case. Considerations such as the time at which the party became aware of the issue and raised it with the other party and/or the Tribunal will be of some relevance. The effect on the orderly disposition of the business of the Tribunal may, on occasion, be relevant. The Tribunal's role to reach the correct or preferable decision will also be a factor that must be taken into account.
254. In this case, there have been various amendments to APRA's SFC over the course of the proceedings. Changes at such a late stage might in another case have caused us to be a little critical of APRA. Not so in this case. It must be remembered that the Trustee and the applicants argued vigorously for an early hearing of the applications for review. Their arguments were strongly resisted by APRA on the basis that they could not prepare seven cases. A very early hearing was set down despite APRA's protestations that it would not be ready. It was set down on a general understanding that APRA might have to develop its case at a late stage and the parties would accommodate that as would the Tribunal. APRA has done that. Where it has raised new issues or presented new arguments, we are satisfied that the applicants and the Trustee have had a reasonable opportunity to present their cases.
When should evidence be accepted as expert evidence?
255. In his opening, Mr Tracey stated that APRA's position regarding the meaning of the words "reserves of the entity" in s 52(2)(g) would be supported by expert evidence regarding the terminology used in relevant professions.[434] In summarising the evidence that would be called with regard to the crediting rate issue, Mr Tracey said:
"Can I conclude by saying something about the evidence that we propose to
call. We have put on statements from six directors, and one expert, and
there is another one coming, ... - I am sorry, six members, who have been complainants about relevant events. In substance, what each of those members will tell the Tribunal is that they had no notice of the change of crediting rate policy or even that the matter was under consideration before the decision was taken by the board on 24 June 2002. They will tell you that they didn't find out about it until July."[435]
256. There was no mention of a third expert until APRA presented its volume of closing submissions. It referred to PD1, who had complained to APRA. In its written submission, APRA said that PD1:
"... gave important, unchallenged evidence about the nature and operation of the crediting rate reserve. ... [PD1]'s expertise as an actuary specialising in superannuation, including modelling the behaviour of smoothing crediting rate policies, is set out in [14] of his statement. APRA submits this evidence as to the nature of the crediting rate reserve as a 'reserve' within the meaning of covenant (g) is compelling."[438]
257. In oral submissions, Mr Santamaria said that APRA had never put PD1 forward as an expert but simply as an aggrieved member. PD1's witness statement was not prepared in accordance with the Federal Court's Practice Direction and the Trustee and applicants had not challenged his evidence because it was not germane to any case being put forward by APRA in relation to the reserve.[439] Mr Tracey responded:
"... [W]e submit that ... [PD1's] opinion evidence has been admitted without challenge. He was clearly giving evidence from a range of perspectives: as a member of the fund, as a director, and as an actuary. Next, his statement demonstrates his experience and expertise, and should be given significant weight. A substantial scholastic paper involving modelling of crediting rates and reserves is exhibited to his statement, and although ...[PD1] cannot said to be entirely independent vis-a-vis the subject matter, we would note that [Plan Actuary C] is also someone hardly entirely independent, having given advice to both the employer sponsor and the trustee.
He has been promoted by the applicants as an expert, as Mr Collinson so
referred to him at transcript 2171, and all that we want to say is that relevantly, there is nothing to distinguish between them on the basis of their perceived interest. They are nonetheless experts, and they have expressed expert opinions, on which the parties seek and do rely. There is other evidence that is suggestive of the accuracy of ... [PD1's] evidence."[440]
258. While there is no doubt that the Tribunal is not bound by the rules of evidence[441] it is not a case that there are no rules. The Tribunal must act lawfully. It will make an error of law unless "... there is evidence rationally and legally capable of supporting a finding of fact, then the finding of fact does not involve an error of law."[442] At the same time, it must ensure that, subject to certain qualifications that are not relevant in this case, it must give every party to a proceeding a reasonable opportunity to present its case and to inspect any documents to which the Tribunal proposes to have regard in reaching its decision. [443] In meeting each of these obligations, the rules of evidence can provide very useful guidance to the Tribunal. After all, those rules have been developed in the civil and criminal courts to assist them in making findings of fact on the basis of logically probative evidence. Rules of procedure and concepts of procedural fairness developed in the courts can assist it in meeting its obligation under s 39(1) of the AAT Act .
"... the opinion of witnesses possessing peculiar skill is admissible whenever the subject matter of inquiry is such that inexperienced persons are unlikely to prove capable of forming a correct judgment upon it without such assistance, in other words, when it so far partakes of the nature of a science as to require a course of previous habit, or study, in order to obtain knowledge of it."[446]
In more modern times, Gaudron J, quoting from a judgment of King J in R v Bonython,[447] expressed the principles in this way:
"The position at common law is that, if the relevant, expert or opinion evidence is admissible with respect to matters about which ordinary persons are unable 'to form a sound judgment ... without the assistance of [those] possessing special knowledge or experience ... which is sufficiently organised or recognised to be accepted as a reliable body of knowledge or experience'."[448]
260. On some occasions, there may be no question that a witness possesses such special knowledge or skill or, indeed, that there is an area of knowledge in which that special knowledge or skill has been accepted as reliable. On others, there may be a question about one or the other and the issue will have to be tested. Even if there is no question on those matters, there may be questions on issues such as whether the expert's knowledge will assist the court to find the facts in issue. All of these questions presuppose that the party or parties not calling the witness know that the witness is being called on the basis of that witness's special knowledge or skill and not simply as a witness who can attest to the facts in issue. They also presuppose that the witness understands the boundaries of the evidence that an expert witness may give. So, for example, an expert witness may not generally give evidence as to the ultimate issue that a court must decide[449] and should state the assumptions of fact that underpin the opinion given to the court.[450] Parties themselves have been permitted to give expert evidence but only if their evidence meets the standards expected of independent expert witnesses.[451]
261. Current practice in the Federal Court reflects the common law principles. It relates to practitioners who wish to retain a witness "... for the purpose of preparing a report or giving evidence in a proceeding as to an opinion held by the witness that is wholly of substantially based on the specialised knowledge of the witness ...".[452] Practitioners are required to give each such witness a copy of guidelines explaining expert witnesses' general duty to the Court and the form of the expert evidence to be given. As for their general duty, they are told that they have an overriding duty to assist the Court on matters relevant to their expertise, that they are not an advocate for a party and that their paramount duty is to the Court and not to the person by whom they are retained. The Guidelines specify the form in which the expert's written report is presented. Those matters include such matters as the assumptions of fact made by the expert witness, the literature and other material used in making the report and the expert witness's qualifications. These sorts of matters assist both the Court and the other parties to the proceedings. They enable both the Court and the parties to determine the preliminary questions whether they accept the witness as an expert witness and whether that witness has expert knowledge. In addition, they enable the Court and the parties to test the expert evidence that is given.
262. The Tribunal does not have a Practice Direction of the sort issued by the Federal Court. Despite that, the principles that have been set out by that Court seem no less applicable to the Tribunal. If the Tribunal is to have regard to evidence as expert evidence it must be assured of the same matters of which a court must be assured. It must afford the parties the same opportunity as a court would afford the other parties to a proceeding to test such matters as the expert qualifications of the witness. In the case of a witness who has relevant professional qualifications and who is a person interested in the outcome, it can only do this if it is aware that the witness is presented as an expert witness. If it is not aware, and could not reasonably have been aware, then it has not been given a reasonable opportunity to test the evidence.
263. It is one thing to decide not to challenge the evidence of a person who has professional qualifications and who is giving evidence of his own opinions in the Tribunal but who has not been presented as an expert witness and another to decide not to test the evidence of an expert witness. Given that the Tribunal is not bound by the rules of evidence, a party may decide not to challenge evidence given on the first basis on the understanding that the Tribunal may decide not to exclude the evidence even though it breaches the rule against hearsay. Instead, the party may decide to argue that it should be accorded little, if any, weight and particularly as it has been given by a witness who has had an interest in the matter. A decision not to challenge evidence given on the basis that it is expert evidence is to accept that it is likely to be accorded weight by the Tribunal if its factual assumptions are consistent with the findings of fact made by the Tribunal.
264. APRA's written closing submission referred to PD1's expertise as an actuary specialising in superannuation, including modelling the behaviour of smoothing crediting rate policies, being set out in [14] of his statement. That paragraph reads:
"I appreciated that there was a medium term risk in the accumulated difference growing large, although under an averaging-based smoothing policy, in the long term, the difference (or reserve) would revert to zero. However, in my view, the risks in such a smoothing policy were manageable. I had considered actuarial models, and by way of example a model of a crediting rate smoothing policy, as part of a substantial paper I presented to IAAust in November 1997 entitled 'Uses of S.I.S. (Superannuation Investments Simulations)'. The paper demonstrated (at Table 3.1, see chart and footnote at bottom right hand side of page 31) that three year smoothing in an accumulation superannuation fund invested in a 'balanced portfolio' will produce a reserve outside the range of -5% to +5% for approximately 5-% of the time, but that (as a consequence of the 3 year averaging) the reserve usually reverts to more than -5% within a few years (and seldom gets less than -20%, nor greater than +20%). The result would not be different for accumulation benefits within a defined benefit fund. I provided a copy of the paper to each person who was a member of the Trustee board at the time. ... "[453]
Earlier in his statement, PD1 had referred to his having been employed as an actuarial student and later as an actuary by the Employer for 34 years. In that time, he had held a variety of managerial, superannuation, actuarial and investment roles in the Employer.[454] He had also set out his further actuarial studies and his extensive professional experience in the superannuation industry.
265. Having regard to these passages from PD1's statement and to his statement as a whole, we do not consider that the Trustee or the applicants would have had an understanding that PD1 was called as an expert witness. In view of that, we do not consider that we can accord his opinions the weight that would otherwise be accorded those of an expert witness of whom notice has been given to the parties.
266. Before we leave the issue of expert evidence, we note that APRA relied on PD1's evidence as to the nature of the crediting rate reserve as a "reserve" within the meaning of s 52(2)(g). While not expressed in terms of relying on the evidence to determine the meaning of "reserve", it edges upon such a submission. Lest it be intended to do more than edge upon it, we remind ourselves that the general rule is that evidence may not be admitted to establish the ordinary meaning of a word or phrase. As Jordan CJ explained in Australian Gaslight Co v Valuer-General: [455]
"The question what is the meaning of an ordinary English word or phrase as used in the statute is one of fact not of law ... The question is to be resolved by the relevant tribunal itself, by considering the word in its context with the assistance of dictionaries and other books, and not by expert evidence ... although evidence is receivable as to the meaning of technical terms ... and the meaning of a technical legal term is a question of law ..."
267. Determining whether a word has a trade or technical meaning is a question of fact and evidence is admissible.[456] Whether or not that word is intended to be given that trade or technical meaning or another is a question of law.[457] Hill J summarised the circumstances in which evidence of the meaning or usage of a word in a trade can be given. He did so in Pepsi Seven-Up Bottlers v Commissioner of Taxation:[458]
"(1) Where it is clear that a word in the statute is used in a specialised or trade sense and that usage differs from the ordinary English usage of the word. The courts will be more ready to conclude that the word is used in a specialised or trade usage where the statute to be construed is a revenue law directed to commerce.
(2) Where the word is used in a specialised or trade sense in the statute, the word has an accepted trade usage and it is necessary to determine whether that trade usage differs from the ordinary English usage.
(3) Where the word is used in a specialised or trade sense in the statute and it is necessary to determine whether there is an accepted trade usage as a preliminary to showing that the usage differs from the ordinary English usage.
(4) Where the word in a statute is directed to a particular trade and there has not been occasion for a widespread adoption by the general public of the word or a particular denotation of the word.
(5) Where the trade usage assists in supplying the context of background of surrounding circumstances necessary to the construction of a word used in the statute.
(6) Where the trade usage may assist the court by way of background to determine whether the word used in the statute is used in a specialised or trade usage or in accordance with ordinary English usage."[459]
The construction of the covenants in s 52: the submissions
268. Mr Tracey submitted in the first instance that the words of the covenants in s 52 of the SIS Act are to be given their ordinary meaning. They are not to be read down or otherwise restricted by the application of principles of trust law. In interpreting the covenants, the primary focus must be upon the words that Parliament has chosen when read with the benefit of the definitions and in the context of the other provisions of the SIS Act. A construction that assists the purpose or object underlying the legislation must be preferred.
269. The applicants and the Trustee submitted that the covenants cannot be interpreted in a vacuum. Their language is derived directly from the general law duties imposed on trustees. Section 52(2)(b) is the prudent person covenant, s 52(2)(c) is the best interests covenant and s 52(2)(g) is the reserves covenant. Parliament wanted to ensure that trustees could not avoid their duties by means of a provision in the superannuation fund's governing rules absolving them of their duties. The focus of the covenants is not on the outcome of the trustee's decision-making process but on the process itself. The grounds on which the courts have been prepared to interfere with the exercise of a trustee's discretion have been quite narrow. Even if it were appropriate to interpret the covenants in s 52 according to the ordinary meaning of the words in which they are expressed, that meaning could not displace the established principles by which exercise of a trustee's discretions are reviewed. Furthermore, even if the covenants were interpreted by reference to their ordinary meaning, the trustee's conduct would need to be measured by reference to a guiding principle. Determination of that guiding principle would inevitably lead to the existing general law principles.
A sketch of some of a trustee's duties under the general law
270. In establishing a trust, a settlor or testator can specify the trustee's powers, duties and discretions but may not derogate from what are always a trustee's core duties to perform the trusts honestly and in good faith for the beneficiaries. In Rankine v Rankine,[460] De Jersey CJ described these as "an irreducible core of obligations".[461] Other duties that have been treated in the same way are those to keep and render accounts[462] and to act personally.[463]
271. The trustee also has a duty to observe the terms of the trust. In Pikos Holdings (Northern Territory) Pty Ltd v Territory Homes Pty Ltd,[464] Kearney J said:
"The requirements of the trust deed take precedence over any perceived economic benefit to the beneficiaries ... It is a trustee's duty to adhere
rigidly to the terms of the trust deed under which it is appointed, and that duty which modifies all other duties (apart from statutory duties and duties ordered by a court). A trustee departs from the provisions of the trust deed at its peril of afterwards having to satisfy a Court that its departure was necessary or beneficial."[465]
272. In addition to these duties are several duties that may be mitigated by the trust instrument.[466] We will refer briefly to several of them. A trustee has a duty of care that arises first in the management of the trust affairs and then in respect to the beneficiaries. In Speight v Gaunt,[467] Lord Blackburn said:
"The authorities show that as a general rule a trustee sufficiently discharges his duty if he takes in managing trust affairs all those precautions which an ordinary prudent man of business would take in managing similar affairs of his own."[468]
"It ... does not follow, that, because prudent men may, and often do, conduct their own affairs with the hope of growing rich, and therein take the hazard of adventures which they deem hopeful, trustees may do the same; the preservation of the fund, and the procurement of a just income there from, are primary objects of the creation of the trust itself, and are to be primarily regarded."[469]
In In re Whiteley; Whiteley v Learoyd,[470] Lindley LJ accepted the principle but explained that:
"... in applying it care must be taken not to lose sight of the fact that the business of the trustee, and the business which the ordinary prudent man is supposed to be conducting for himself, is the business of investing money for the benefit of persons who are to enjoy it at some future time, and not for the sole benefit of the person entitled to the present income. The duty of a trustee is not to take such care only as a prudent man would take if he had only himself to consider; the duty rather is to take such care as an ordinary prudent man would take if he were minded to make an investment for the benefit of other people for whom he felt morally bound to provide. This is the kind of business the ordinary prudent man is supposed to be engaged in; and unless this is borne in mind the standard of a trustee's duty will be fixed too low; lower than it has ever yet been fixed, and lower certainly than the House of Lords or this Court endeavoured to fix it in Speight v Gaunt ..."[471]
273. Sir Robert Megarry in Cowan v Scargill[472] explained that:
"That duty includes the duty to seek advice on matters which the trustee does not understand, such as the making of investments, and on receiving that advice to act with the same degree of prudence. This requirement is not discharged merely by showing that the trustee has acted in good faith and with sincerity. Honesty and sincerity are not the same as prudence and reasonableness. .... [A]lthough a trustee who takes advice on investments is not bound to accept and act on that advice, he is not entitled to reject it merely because he sincerely disagrees with it, unless in addition to being sincere he is acting as an ordinary prudent man would act."[473]
274. Sir Robert Megarry VC also considered the trustee's duty towards the beneficiaries of the trust in Cowan v Scargill. He did so in considering whether five of ten trustees were in breach of their fiduciary duties in delaying the adoption of a new investment plan relating to monies contributed by coal workers and their employer. He said:
275. Sir Richard Scott VC underlined the context in which Sir Robert Megarry had set out these principles. It was the context of an exercise of an investment power, Sir Richard Scott said in Edge v Pensions Ombudsman.[477] He was not dealing with an exercise of a discretionary power to choose which beneficiaries, or classes of beneficiaries, should be the recipients of trust funds. Had he been dealing with the exercise of such a discretionary power, it would have been:
"... meaningless to speak of a duty on the trustees to act impartially. Trustees, when exercising a discretionary power to choose, must of course not take into account irrelevant or improper factors. But, provided they avoid doing so, they are entitled to choose and to prefer some beneficiaries over others. ..."[478]
276. In Edge v Pensions Ombudsman, the trustees, wanting to minimise adverse taxation consequences, amended the trust fund's rules allowing them to reduce its surplus by reducing employers' and members' contributions. In this way, they increased the benefits for employees but not for pensioners. The Pensions Ombudsman decided that this was unjust and that the trustees had acted in breach of trust. He directed that the amendment be set aside. On appeal, Sir Richard Scott VC allowed the appeal explaining that:
"... it is not for a judge to exercise the discretion. The judge may disagree with the manner in which the trustees have exercised their discretion but, unless they can be seen to have taken into account irrelevant, improper or irrational factors, or unless their decision can be said to one that no reasonable body of trustees properly directing themselves could have reached, the judge cannot interfere. In particular he cannot interfere simply on the ground that the partiality shown to the preferred beneficiaries was in his opinion undue."[479]
277. On appeal, the Court of Appeal said of the duty to act impartially:
" Properly understood, the so-called duty to act impartially ... is no more than the ordinary duty which the law imposes on a person who is entrusted with the exercise of a discretionary power: that he exercises the power for the purpose for which it is given, giving proper consideration to the matters which are relevant and excluding from consideration matters which are irrelevant. If pension fund trustees do that, they cannot be criticised if they reach a decision which appears to prefer the claims of one interest - whether that of employers, current employees or pensioners - over others. The preference will be the result of a proper exercise of that discretionary power."[480]
278. The Pension Ombudsman had noted that the trustees' policy was to maintain the viability of the funds and considered pensioners' existing benefits as adequate. He had concluded that this and past general improvements to scheme benefits were not valid reasons to exclude pensioners and Deferred Benefit Members from benefit increases. Sir Richard Scott rejected this as an appropriate conclusion to reach:
"In this passage the Pension Ombudsman was putting himself in the position of the trustees. He was endeavouring himself to assess the fairness of the trustees' decision to confer additional benefits on members in service and none on member pensioners. This was not, in my judgment, his role. He was not entitled to substitute his own opinion for the opinion of the trustees themselves on what was fair or what was a valid reason for the decision. The reason given ... [by the trustees] cannot, in my judgment, be categorised as irrelevant or irrational or in any other respect improper to be taken into account."[481]
279. The duty to act impartially with regard to a power of investment does not necessarily mean that the interests of some beneficiaries may not, in the outcome, be preferred to those of others. In In re Charteris; Charteris v Biddulph,[482] the Court of Appeal considered the trustees' discretionary power to postpone or delay the sale or conversion into money of any part of the real or personal estate that a will directed be sold and converted. The trustees declined to exercise the power to appropriate some of the investments as it was a most inopportune time for their realisation. The trial judge found that the trustees had acted to benefit the residual beneficiaries to the detriment of the person entitled to the income for the term of his life.[483] He had concluded that the trustees' first duty was to provide the specific legacy in full. They had declined to realise any of the trust assets in order to do that because, if they did, there would be little or nothing left for the residual beneficiaries.
280. The Court of Appeal allowed the trustees' appeal. Warrington LJ said:
"The duty of trustees entrusted with a discretionary power of this kind is not to have regard to the interests of one person or of another interested in the estate, but to have regard to the interests of the estate as a whole, and I take it that in such a case as the present this means that they are to exercise their discretion in the way that will, in their opinion, tend to produce ultimately the largest amount of money for distribution amongst the several persons interested...."[484]
It might be that the life tenant received a lesser amount of income than he would have received had the trustees converted the estate but this was immaterial. The trial judge had confused the motive of the trustees in the exercise of their power with the outcome. In postponing realisation, the trustees had acted on proper grounds. As they were, the court could not interfere.
281. In considering what investments to make, trustees must put on one side personal interests and views. This was touched upon in Edge v Pensions Ombudsman. The rules of the trust fund required there to be employee members. From time to time, they would have to exercise discretions in which their duty and their interest might conflict. There was, in his judgment, "... no rule of equity that requires them to account for the benefits that an entirely proper exercise of discretionary powers may produce for them."[485]
A sketch of a court's power to review the exercise of a trustee's discretion
282. We will begin with the general principles upon which the courts may review a trustee's discretion before moving to consider briefly the nature of each of the three covenants that are relevant in this case: the prudent person covenant, the best interests covenant and the reserves covenant.
283. In Karger v Paul,[486] McGarvie J considered a trust established by a will. The testatrix had left her entire estate to her husband:
"... during his lifetime with power to my Trustees in their absolute and unfettered discretion and upon the request of my said husband to pay or transfer the whole or part of the capital of my said estate to ... [my husband] for his own use absolutely.
4. UPON the death of my said husband then my said Trustees shall pay or transfer to my cousin RITA KARGER ... the rest and residue of my Estate for her own use absolutely."
After receiving a request from the husband, the trustees, one whom was the husband, transferred the entire capital to the estate of the husband. The husband died leaving his estate to a person other than Rita Karger. Ms Karger sued the surviving trustee and Ms Karger alleged that the trustees had acted wrongly and so deprived her of her entitlement under the will.
"... In my opinion the effect of the authorities is that, with one exception, the exercise of a discretion in these terms will not be examined or reviewed by the courts so long as the essential component parts of the exercise of the particular discretion are present. Those essential component parts are present if the discretion is exercised by the trustees in good faith, upon real and genuine consideration and in accordance with the purposes for which the discretion was conferred. The exception is that the validity of the trustees' reasons will be examined and reviewed if the trustees choose to state their reasons for their exercise of discretion."[487]
285. The High Court expressed similar principles in Attorney-General v Breckler[488] in considering a trust deed giving the trustees an absolute and unfettered discretion. The majority of the High Court set out a passage from Wilkinson v Clerical Administrative and Related Employees Superannuation Pty Ltd:[489]
" Where a trustee exercises a discretion, it may be impugned on a number of different bases such as that it was exercised in bad faith, arbitrarily, capriciously, wantonly, irresponsibly, mischievously or irrelevantly to any sensible expectation of the settlor, or without giving a real or genuine consideration to the exercise of the discretion. The exercise of a discretion by trustees cannot of course be impugned upon the basis that their decision was unfair or unreasonable or unwise. Where a discretion is expressed to be absolute it may be that bad faith needs to be shown. The soundness of the exercise of a discretion can be examined where reasons have been given, but the test is not fairness or reasonableness."[490]
286. We will begin with the exception identified by McGarvie J in Karger v Paul. He stated first that:
"... that the validity of the trustees' reasons will be examined and reviewed if the trustees choose to state their reasons for their exercise of discretion."[491]
As to the purpose of that examination and the manner in which it differs from cases in which the trustees have not given their reasons:
"When trustees disclose their reasons, making those reasons examinable, they are examined to see whether they satisfy the standard of being valid reasons. The principle which I apply is that, apart from cases where the trustees disclose their reasons, the exercise of an absolute and unfettered discretion is examinable only as to good faith, real and genuine consideration and absence of ulterior purpose, and not as to the method and manner of its exercise."[492]
287. It is clear from the judgment that trustees exercising a discretionary power are not required to disclose their reasons for their decisions to the beneficiaries or otherwise and so are not required to expose their decisions to review.[493] Why that should be so was explained by McGarvie J by first referring to the judgment of Salmon LJ in Re Londonderry's Settlement.[494] Salmon LJ had given the court's power as one of the reasons why trustees are not obliged to give beneficiaries their reasons for exercising their discretionary powers in a certain way. He continued:
"... Another ground for this rule is that it would not be for the good of the beneficiaries as a whole, and yet another that it might make the lives of trustees intolerable should such an obligation rest on them ..."[495]
288. In Re Londonderry's Settlement, Harman LJ had given a further explanation:
"... This is a long-standing principle and rests largely, I think, on the view that nobody could be called upon to accept a trusteeship involving the exercise of a discretion unless, in the absence of bad faith, he was not liable to have his motives or his reasons called in question either by the beneficiaries or the court. ..."[496]
A further reason is apparent from the earlier case of Re Beloved Wilkes' Charity[497] in which Lord Chancellor Truro said that:
"... it is to the discretion of the trustees that the execution of the trust is confided, that discretion being exercised with an entire absence of indirect motive, with honesty of intention and with a fair consideration of the subject."[498]
289. In the more recent case, Esso Australia Ltd v Australian Petroleum Agents' & Distributors' Association, Hayne J had adopted a similar course. Unless a decision of a trustee can properly be described as perverse, his Honour said, a court "will not sit on general appeal from the decisions of the trustee".[499] Earlier in his judgment, he had said:
"In my opinion the approach spoken of in Re Beloved Wilkes' and Karger v Paul is not inconsistent with the kind of approach taken in administrative law cases. It is not inconsistent because the premise from which any review of a decision of the trustee which was taken in exercise of a discretion given to the trustee is, in Lord Truro's words, that 'it is to the discretion of the trustees that the execution of the trust is confided.' In the absence of a statement of reasons, it will not usually be possible to reach the kind of conclusion of which Dixon J spoke in Avon Downes [Pty Ltd v Federal Commissioner of Taxation [1949] HCA 26; (1949) 78 CLR 353 at 360] viz. 'that you can see that in some way he must have failed in the discharge of his exact function according to law' because it will not ordinarily be possible to say from the conclusion reached that it is capable of explanation only on the ground of some misconception by the trustee. In particular, in the absence of a statement of reasons, it will not usually be possible to conclude that the trustee has taken into account irrelevant matters or has failed to take into account relevant matters. First and foremost, it will not be possible to say from the decision reached by the trustee what it was that the trustees did (or did not) take into account."[500]
290. What are the "essential component parts" of the exercise of a discretion that must be present and whose absence will justify a court's interfering if one or more is absent? McGarvie J identified three in Karger v Paul: that the discretion be given real and genuine consideration,[501] that that it be exercised in good faith[502] and that it not be exercised for a purpose other than that for which the discretion was conferred.[503]
291. Considering the first component part, McGarvie J said that the exercise of the discretion:
"be given real and genuine consideration. ... [W]hen the occasion for the exercise of a discretionary power has arisen, trustees, while not bound to exercise the discretion, are bound to consider whether it ought in their judgment to be exercised ... I think that it goes without saying that they must give real and genuine consideration. It seems to me that it is in this sense only that the Court can examine whether the trustees gave 'proper' consideration to the exercise of the discretion. ... The courts will examine whether a discretion has been exercised irresponsibly, capriciously or wantonly ... This is another way of saying that there may be an examination of whether trustees have exercised their discretion on real and genuine consideration ..."[504]
292. Of the second component, McGarvie J considered that:
"... the test of acting honestly is the same as the test of acting in good faith ... Honest blundering and carelessness do not of themselves amount to bad faith ... An act which falls short of good faith is done in bad faith."[505]
The third component part is self explanatory although it has no relevance when the trustee's discretion is unfettered.
The principles to be applied in construing s 52
293. During the hearing, reference was made to codification of trustees' obligations. In their book, Statutory Interpretation in Australia[506], DC Pearce and RS Geddes describe a codifying Act:
"A consolidating Act gathers together and re-enacts all legislation on a particular topic: a codifying Act does that but also incorporates all the relevant common law on the topic into the Act. A code thus becomes a complete statement of all the law on a particular issue with which it deals. ... This means that it supersedes the existing common law to the extent that the code and the common law conflict. ..."[507]
294. Assuming for the moment that s 52 presumes to codify the law relating to a trustee's obligations, what is the effect of codification? Is it possible to have regard to the prior law or is the section presumed to supersede the previous law? DC Pearce and RS Geddes explored three answers to that question:[508]
· "...[the Criminal Code of Western Australia] forms part of a code intended to replace the common law, and its language should be construed according to its natural meaning and without any presumption that it was intended to do no more restate the existing law. It is not the proper course to begin by finding how the law stood before the Code, and then to see if the Code will bear an interpretation which will leave the law unaltered." (Brennan v R[509])
· "The [Tasmanian Criminal] Code is to be read without any preconception that any particular provision has or has not altered the law. It is to be read as an enactment of the Tasmanian Parliament. ... [I]t was enacted when it could be said of the criminal law that it was 'governed by established principles of criminal responsibility'. And for that reason we cannot interpret its general provisions concerning such basic principles as if they were written on tabula rasa, with all that used to be there removed and forgotten. Rather is ch iv of the Code written on a palimpsest, with the old writing still discernible behind." (Vallance v R[510])
· "The meaning ... is to be ascertained in the first instance from its language and the natural meaning of that language is not to be qualified by considerations deriving from antecedent law (Bank of England v Vagliano Bros ...). An appeal to earlier decisions can only be justified if the language of the statute is itself doubtful or if some other special ground is made out, eg if words would have previously acquired a technical meaning.
Here the ordinary meaning of the words is clear and it is not suggested that they previously acquired a technical meaning. Accordingly, it is not to be presumed that the section was intended to reiterate the antecedent law or to conform as closely as possible to that law." (Sungravure Pty Ltd v Middle East Airlines Airliban Sal[511])
295. Despite their differences, each of these approaches contains a common thread. That common thread is that regard is first to be had to the language of the legislation. This is consistent with the rules of statutory interpretation that apply whether the SIS Act were regarded as a codification or restatement of the existing law or simply as enacting a new legislative regime. They begin with "the cardinal rule of statutory interpretation that requires the words of a statute to be read in their context ..."[512] In a passage quoted with approval by Mason J in K & S Lake City Freighters Pty Ltd v Gordon & Gotch Ltd,[513] Viscount Simonds said in Prince Ernest Augustus of Hanover:[514]
"... The real question which we have to decide is: What does the word mean in the context in which we find it here, both in the immediate context of the sub-section in which the word occurs and in the general context of the Act, having regard to the declared intention of the Act and the obvious evil that it is designed to remedy?"[515]
296. The same principle was expressed in this way by Mason and Wilson JJ in Cooper Brookes (Wollongong) Pty Ltd v Federal Commissioner of Taxation:[516]
"... The fundamental object of statutory construction in every case is to ascertain the legislative intention by reference to the language of the instrument viewed as a whole. But in performing that task the courts look to the operation of the statute according to its terms and to legitimate aids to construction."[517]
In the same case, Gibbs CJ sounded a note of caution:
"... if the language of a statutory provision is clear and unambiguous, and is consistent and harmonious with the other provisions of the enactment, and can be intelligibly applied to the subject matter with which it deals, it must be given its ordinary and grammatical meaning, even if it leads to a result that may seem inconvenient and unjust."[518]
297. In two judgments, Kirby J has explained why this approach is equally applicable when Parliament has chosen words that have been used by the courts in explaining common law or equitable principles. In Federal Commissioner of Taxation v Linter Textiles Australia Ltd (in liq)[519], there was a question whether a company beneficially owned its shares in another for the purposes of s 80A(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. Kirby J, in dissent,[520] said:
" The meaning of beneficial ownership of property and rights in property obviously depends on the context. ...
... [E]quating the concept of beneficial ownership in s 80A(1), by reference to 'the traditional sense which encompasses both equitable ownership, and legal ownership where nobody else would be regarded by a court of equity as having a proprietary interest in the shares' ... diverts attention from the interpretation and application of the Act. It glosses the statute with concepts developed for other, earlier and different legal purposes. To burden s 80A of the Act with all of the expositions about beneficial ownership derived from the law of trust, and elsewhere in the law, is to fall into a serious error of statutory interpretation. The duty of the interpreter is to give the words in the Act meaning in the context and to achieve the purposes of s 80A and those purposes alone."[521]
298. In the subsequent case of Federal Commissioner of Taxation v Stone,[522] Kirby J explained the dangers in diverting attention from the language of the legislation to principles previously developed in the courts:
"... the danger of incorporating judicial words when fulfilling the task of giving meaning to legislative command ... is such that remarks can easily be taken out of context. Thus, they may pay insufficient attention to the provisions of the legislation there under consideration. This is a very common problem in statutory interpretation. In effect, it derives from the methodology of the common law and the respect that it conventionally accords to judicial elaboration.
In every case where an earlier judicial elaboration is said to be relevant to giving meaning to provisions in legislation, it is essential to compare the statutory language that is under consideration. Otherwise, judicial words, uttered in relation to earlier and different statutory formulae, will be applied unthinkingly although the foundation of the written law has changed."[523]
299. Apart from the words themselves in a provision and the remaining words of the relevant legislation, what is the material to which we may refer in discovering Parliament's intent? This question was answered by Brennan CJ, Dawson, Toohey and Gummow JJ in CIC Insurance Ltd v Bankstown Football Club Ltd:[524]
" It is well settled that at common law, apart from any reliance upon s 15AB of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 (Cth), the court may have regard to reports of law reform bodies to ascertain the mischief which a statute is intended to cure .... Moreover, the modern approach to statutory interpretation (a) insists that the context be considered in the first instance, not merely at some later stage when ambiguity might be thought to arise, and (b) uses 'context' in its widest sense to include such things as the existing state of the law and the mischief which, by legitimate means such as those just mentioned, one may discern the statute was intended to remedy .... Instances of general words in a statute being so constrained by their context are numerous. In particular, as McHugh JA pointed out in Isherwood v Butler Pollnow Pty Ltd (1986) 6 NSWLR 363 at 388, if the apparently plain meanings of a provision are read in the light of the mischief which the statute was designed to overcome and of the objects of the legislation, they may wear a very different appearance. Further, inconvenience or improbability of result may assist the court in preferring to the literal meaning an alternative construction which, by the steps identified above, is reasonably open and more closely conforms to the legislative intent ..."[525]
300. In addition to CIC Insurance Ltd v Bankstown Football Club Ltd, a number of cases have considered the use that may be made of extrinsic material e.g. Wacando v Commonwealth of Australia and State of Queensland [1981] HCA 60; (1981) 148 CLR 1; 37 ALR 317 at 25-26; 335-6 per Mason J; TCN Channel Nine Pty Ltd v Australian Mutual Provident Society [1982] FCA 169; (1982) 42 ALR 496 at 507-508; and Alexandra Private Geriatric Hospital Pty Ltd v Blewett (1984) 2 FCR 368; 56 ALR 265 at 375-6; 271-2 per Woodward J). It is clear that reference may be made to parliamentary debates as well as to a Second Reading Speech made by a Minister in relation to a bill and explanatory memoranda. So too may reference be made to other legislation on occasion. Australian Securities Commission v AS Nominees Ltd & others[526] provides an example of the SIS Act's being used as part of the extrinsic material to identify whether public interest was a proper matter on which to rely to justify a winding-up of a company. Apart from the standards of conduct prescribed in s 52, Finn J was referred to provisions dealing with the keeping of minutes and records, ensuring that investments were made on an arm's length basis and accounting records. Finn J said:
"... These provisions either reflect, or are emanations of, established common law rules. In those circumstances where statute and the common law point in the same direction, it is, in my view, entirely appropriate to use such legislation to assist in illuminating the public interest in this matter. That interest is to protect investors from abuses of trust by ensuring proper standards are maintained in trust management and in trustee behaviour."[527]
In Wacando v The Commonwealth which, like TCN Channel Nine Pty Ltd v Australian Mutual Provident Society, was decided before the introduction of s 15AB of the AI Act, Mason J acknowledged that the inadmissibility of Parliamentary Debates as an aid to the construction of statutes is supported by powerful authority. He distinguished the Minister's statement, or Second Reading Speech as it is known, in introducing a Bill:
"... But there is a case for treating the Minister's statement, particularly when it is not contested, as cogent evidence of the mischief aimed at, evidence as cogent as the extrinsic material from which the court would draw an inference in many cases."[528]
301. Woodward J decided the case of Alexandra Private Geriatric Hospital Pty Ltd v Blewett after the enactment of s 15AB in 1981 but preferred to rely on TCN Channel Nine Pty Ltd v Australian Mutual Provident Society. He did so because he was not concerned with "the interpretation of a provision of an Act"[529] as provided for in s 15AB but with the:
"... determination of the policy underlying the part of an Act which includes particular provisions granting powers, in order to determine what restrictions are to be implied on the exercise of those powers."[530]
His Honour decided that it was appropriate to consider Hansard reports and any other relevant material as an aid in determining Parliament's true intent.
302. What is captured in the term "relevant material"? In Commissioner of Taxation v Murray[531], Hill J said:
"... the intention of the Commissioner in submitting a matter for consideration of a governmental committee and the deliberations of that committee will ... tell little at all of the parliamentary intention. At best such material may suggest the mischief some person had in mind when framing a Bill before it is put before Parliament. But if the Parliament is not appraised of that mischief by the proponent of the Bill in a second reading speech, by an explanatory memorandum in debate, it will be hard to be sure that the mischief was in truth that which Parliament sought to overcome. A surer guide in such a case will be the words of the statute themselves. Particularly will that be the case where the words to be construed are ordinary English words not attended with ambiguity."[532]
303. We have looked also the AI Act and the circumstances in which it permits us to look to extrinsic material. Section 15AA of the AI Act came into operation on 12 June 1981 and so some three years before s 15AB. It was also concerned with "the interpretation of a provision of an Act". Section 15AA(1), which is now s 15AA, provided that:
"In the interpretation of a provision of an Act, a construction that would promote the purpose or object underlying the Act (whether that purpose or object is expressly stated in the Act or not) shall be preferred to a construction that would not promote that purpose or object."
304. Regard may also be had to s 15AB of the AI Act. It provides, in so far as it is relevant and subject to s 15AB(1), that:
"... in the interpretation of a provision of an Act, if any material not forming part of the Act is capable of assisting in the ascertainment of the meaning of the provision, consideration may be given to that material:
(a) to confirm that the meaning of the provision is the ordinary meaning conveyed by the text of the provision taking into account its context in the Act and the purpose or object underlying the Act; or
(b) to determine the meaning of the provision when:
(i) the provision is ambiguous or obscure; or
(ii) the ordinary meaning conveyed by the text of the provision taking into account its context in the Act and the purpose or object underlying the Act leads to a result that is manifestly absurd or unreasonable."
Section 15AB(1) makes it clear that consideration "may" be given to extrinsic material but that it is not required. Section 15AB(3) specifies the matters that should be included in any consideration of whether or not to consider extrinsic material or what to give weight it. Those matters are:
"(a) the desirability of persons being able to rely on the ordinary meaning conveyed by the text of the provision taking into account its context in the Act and the purpose or object underlying the Act; and
(b) the need to avoid prolonging legal or other proceedings without compensating advantage."
305. In summary, the material which may be considered falls into four general categories: those set out in the document containing the text of the legislation or referred to in that text (AI Act, ss 15AB(2)(a), (d) and (g)); any report or document that has come to the attention of either House of Parliament or the text has been made available to their members before the legislation was enacted (AI Act, ss 15AB(2)(b), (c) and (e)); any Second Reading Speech by a Minister (AI Act, s 15AB(2)(f)); and any official records of votes, proceedings and debates text (AI Act, s 15AB(2)(h)). Stated even more generally, they are materials that are either found or referred to in the text of the legislation or are materials that were available to Parliament before it enacted the legislation or that reflect its consideration.
Interpretation of s 52: reproduction of general law obligations or not?
306. The long title to the SIS Act states that it is making "... provision for the supervision of certain entities engaged in the superannuation industry ...". It then proceeds to do so in a variety of ways and we have referred to them above in relation to regulated superannuation funds. In doing so, they not only touch upon, but change, what would otherwise be the position at common law or in equity. Take, for example, the operating standards provided for in s 31 in relation to regulated superannuation funds. In providing that regulations may prescribe operating standards in relation to such matters as those who may contribute funds, the amounts they may contribute and the benefits they may receive, the SIS Act is cutting directly across the principle that such matters are determined by the trust deed. In providing that operating standards may relate to the keeping and retention of records, the preparation of financial and actuarial reports and the disclosure of information to beneficiaries, they may complement a trustee's existing duty to render accounts.
307. The Second Reading Speech given in the House of Representatives by Mr Johns, the then Parliamentary Secretary to the Treasurer described the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Bill (Bill) and six cognate bills as giving effect to new prudential arrangements for superannuation announced by the then Treasurer, Mr Dawkins, on 21 October 1992 (Treasurer's Statement). Mr Johns said that the government was introducing the legislation in order to give added protection to superannuation savings and to promote an efficient superannuation industry. The long term benefits of those measures would significantly outweigh the costs of their implementation. The Bill provided for:
"... effective supervisory arrangements involving direct enforcement powers for the Insurance and Superannuation Commission, enabling effective enforcement of the prudential requirements and obligations placed on funds and trustees; for trustees and investment managers to be made subject to adequate legislative sanctions for the proper performance of their fiduciary responsibilities and increasing their accountability to their members; clear delineation of the basic duties and responsibilities of trustees, and indicating that trustees have primary responsibility for the operation of funds; that trustees and investment managers must be suitable to act as fund trustees and to manage fund moneys respectively ..."[533]
308. During the Second Reading debate in the House of Representatives, Mr Rocher advised that the Bill and the six cognate bills had, subject to some concerns and reservations that could be addressed, the coalition's support.[534] He continued:
"... far-reaching changes to the regulation and prudential supervision of superannuation funds, approved deposit funds and pooled superannuation trusts in Australia. Measures contained in the bills reflect the government's objective of ensuring that Australians increasingly provide for their own retirement, and also reflect a conviction on the part of government that superannuation is the preferred savings vehicle by which such provision is to be made.
The legislation represents a major change to the legal basis for the regulation and prudential supervision of superannuation funds in this country. To date, superannuation funds have relied largely on trust law and common law precedents to guide them in their operations. There have been relatively few statutory requirements, despite the mass of superannuation legislation in recent years which has largely been concerned with defining the tax treatment of superannuation savings.
Most of the considerable uncertainty that has plagued superannuation in recent years has emanated from those often changing statutory requirements and taxation measures. The legislation largely overturns the existing legal basis for superannuation fund operations and replaces it with the type of black letter law that now characterises the new corporation law that has been introduced with mixed success.
The new black letter law will be administered by a better resourced and more powerful Insurance and Superannuation Commission, ..."[535]
309. These passages suggest that the Bill was intended to go beyond a mere attempt to restate the law. It was intended to change the law and to impose standards that might or might not reflect the existing law. The Treasurer's Statement reinforces this impression. In the section entitled "Outline of the Government's policy approach", Mr Dawkins said, in part:
"Prime responsibility for the viability and prudent operation of the superannuation industry rests with trustees (and through them investment managers), and this role will be enhanced under the prudential arrangements to be established by the Government. This will be achieved through clearly defining the basic duties and responsibilities of trustees, and ensuring that they have adequate powers to carry out these responsibilities.
Effective supervisory arrangements will also involve, however, more direct enforcement powers and improved audit resources ... They also require making trustees and fund managers subject to adequate legislative sanctions for the proper performance of their fiduciary responsibilities in addition to increasing their accountability to their members."[536]
310. Speaking of the obligations of trustees, Mr Dawkins had noted that "Trust law imposes a substantial discipline on trustees, but it has some deficiencies in practice ...".[537] He went on to refer to beneficiaries' difficulty in enforcing their rights, the limited nature of the penalties that could be imposed on trustees following a successful action by the beneficiaries and the ability of the directors of a corporate trustee to escape liability in some instances. Recognising these deficiencies, the government would:
"... introduce legislation to impose specific obligations on responsible entities which are individual trustees, and directors of companies which act as trustees. These obligations will essentially be a clarification of the obligations already imposed by trust law. Delineation of these obligations is intended to set out clearly the responsibilities of responsible entities and assist members in pursuing their interests under trust law."[538]
Mr Dawkins then went on to describe the "... essential trustee duties, which represent fundamental obligations to beneficiaries and which will not be able to be excluded or modified by governing documents (generally trust deeds) ...".[539] These are found in s 52 of the SIS Act.
311. Mr Collinson drew our attention to a passage from a paper entitled The Objectives of the Superannuation Supervisory Legislation given in 1994, and so after the enactment of the SIS Act, by Mr Donald Duval to the Conference of the Superannuation Committee of the Law Council of Australia. He was the Australian Government Actuary of the former Insurance Superannuation Commission, the applicants submit, and widely regarded as the architect of the SIS Act. Mr Duval commented on the covenant in s 52(2)(b) said that:
"The policy aim was to codify the duty which trustees owe to beneficiaries. It was important that the duty should not be made more onerous than common law, because to impose a more onerous duty might discourage people from acting as trustees. It was suggested to us that the common law duty could be defined as
'the same degree of care, skill and diligence as an ordinary prudent person experienced in business would exercise in dealing with property of another for whom the person felt morally bound to provide'
This wording is the same as 52(2)(b) with the addition of the phrase 'experienced in business'. This wording was in fact used in an early draft of the SIS Act, and the reaction from many sources (including a number of lawyers) was that the inclusion of the phrase 'experienced in business' would mean that the person who was not experienced in business should not be a trustee.
It was clear that if this phrase remained in SIS it would make it harder to get trustee boards with equal member and employer representation. This was contrary to the policy intent to encourage equal representation.
A further analysis of the common law suggested that there were in fact two duties
- the duty to act as an ordinary prudent person in dealing with property of another; and
- The duty to act as a prudent person experienced in business would in dealing with their own property.
Accepting this analysis, it was decided that the SIS Act should codify the first of these duties precisely, but not cover the other. This was felt to be reasonable as there are a number of common law duties - such as the duty to observe the trust deed - which are not codified in the SIS Act.
... [T]he main reason for these provisions ... is to ensure that trustees are in fact in control of their funds and so can be held accountable. At the ISC we had observed that a number of trust deeds gave effective power to a party other than the trustee."[540]
312. We are a little cautious about the extent to which we may have regard to a speech that was given after the enactment of the SIS Act. Having regard to the principles discussed by Hill J in Commissioner of Taxation v Murray,[541] it is hard to know how Mr Hill Duval's views can inform us about Parliament's intention at the time it enacted the SIS Act. If the deliberations of a committee, to which the issue has been referred, tell us little of that intention, then a post-dated speech will tell us just as little. That is not to denigrate the work of either the committee or of the author of the paper for both are no doubt excellent and each plays a valuable role either in providing a basis for the development of the policy and the provisions of the legislation or in informing the community of it.
313. The report of a law reform committee preceding the enactment of legislation is in a different category. As Brennan CJ, Dawson, Toohey and Gummow JJ said in CIC Insurance Ltd v Bankstown Football Club Ltd, we may have regard to such a report to ascertain the mischief that an Act was intended to cure. But what of Discussion Paper No. 50 issued on January 1992, to which we have been referred by the applicants? It was published in January 1992, and so before the enactment of the SIS Act, by the Companies and Securities Advisory Committee of the Law Reform Commission (LRC). Mr Collinson drew our attention to the passage reading:
" The principles of trust law are often poorly understood. They are also capable of being diluted by specific provisions placed in trust deeds. The Review purposes that a minimum set of fiduciary responsibilities of the responsible entity be clearly identified and included in legislation. Deeds or other instruments constituting superannuation schemes would not be able to derogate from these obligations. ...
Some of the responsibilities of the responsible entity which could be codified include the duties
· to act in the best interests of the beneficiaries of the scheme
· to exercise due diligence and care in carrying out its functions and duties
The time constraints of producing this discussion paper have not allowed the Review to undertake a thorough examination of the potential for codification of responsible entities' fiduciary duties. The superannuation report will attempt to state these duties in clear statutory terms which will not derogate from the underlying equitable principles."[542]
314. It is clear from the terms in which the paragraph is written that the LRC had not formed a final view. It opines that some of a responsible entity's responsibilities "could be codified" (emphasis added) and notes that no "thorough examination of the potential for codification" had been undertaken. That was left to the final report. In light of these reservations, we do not consider that Discussion Paper No. 50 can assist us in assessing Parliament's intention in enacting s 52 of the SIS Act. It predated not only the LRC's final report, to which we have not been referred, but also the Treasurer's Statement and the Parliamentary debate.
315. The report[543] of the LRC is a different matter. It is a report of the type specifically referred to in s 15AB(2)(b) of the AI Act. The LRC's terms of reference required it to consider, among other matters:
"(1) Whether the present legal framework for collective investment schemes provides for the most efficient and effective legal framework for the operation of the various kinds of such schemes and, in particular, whether a different operating structure should be provided for such schemes, including whether separate structures should apply to different kinds of schemes;
(2) Whether there is a proper level of regulation of the various kinds of collective investment schemes, and in particular:
316. The LRC considered whether government intervention in the superannuation industry was warranted and considered a number of issues. It concluded that it was for reasons previously identified by the Committee of Inquiry into the Australian Financial System as justifying intervention in the financial system generally.[545] In addition to those reasons, the LRC concluded that intervention was necessary to "... ensure that scheme members are offered an adequate and appropriate level of protection for what may be a significant component of their post-retirement income."[546] One of the three goals that it considered applicable to superannuation was:
"To ensure that there is appropriate protection for investors and beneficiaries. This involves adequate information being made available to investors and potential investors so that they can make realistic assessments about their investment opportunities. It also involves ensuring that promoters, trustees and investment advisers meet minimum standards of competence and integrity. It requires that investors have an appropriate input into the conduct of collective superannuation schemes. This is particularly important in the case of employer related superannuation."[547]
317. The LRC reviewed the various legislation and general law principles governing superannuation schemes and their activities.[548] It noted that there are differences arising from differences in the superannuation schemes themselves e.g. differences in funding and differences in the institution offering them leading to differences in the regulatory regime to which that institution is subject. In Chapter 6 of its report, the LRC considered the manner in which consistency could be achieved despite such differences. It said:
" The recommendations made by the Review in this report are intended to overcome the inconsistencies in these regulatory regimes and to establish appropriate powers for the regulator. ... The recommendations in the report can be administered by whatever agency or agencies the Government decides should be responsible. Nevertheless, in devising these recommendations, the Review has been guided by the perception of the goals that regulator should pursue. Chief among these should be to enhance their ability to exercise control over the scheme's operations. It will also be important for the regulator to make it clear that it does not regard its role merely as ensuring that schemes comply with the letter of the law. Several of the recommendations in the report are based on the notion that the regulator will be proactive, and act as a watchdog for members of schemes who will, in many cases, even with the enhanced prudential controls, still not be able fully to appreciate or enforce their rights."[549]
318. As to the general principles of trust law, the LRC said:
" Superannuation schemes are, typically, trusts. The deed or other instrument establishing the scheme is either a trust deed or imposes trustee obligations on the persons in charge of the scheme. This is so even for statutory schemes, such as those for public servants. The trustee must not only comply with the provisions of the relevant trust deed or other instrument, but is subject to common law principles of trust law. The centre-piece of trust law is the fiduciary obligation to act honestly and in good faith and in the best interests of the members of the scheme. This finds expression in a number of quite specific duties for trustees. Superannuation schemes sometimes employ a professional trustee such as a trust company. In performing its duties a professional trustee is subject to a higher standard of care than a non professional."[550]
The LRC identified a number of a trustee's duties and noted that it could not depart from them or act inconsistently with them unless permitted to do so by the trust deed. It considered that:
"... The Review considers it to be of great importance that the deed not permit derogation from the proper duties of trustees and that those duties ought to be clearly identified. This is especially important for those trustees who are unfamiliar with their duties. All employees will in future be required to be members of a superannuation scheme. As such, they require the full protection of the fiduciary duties imposed by equity upon superannuation scheme trustees. ..."[551]
319. The LRC noted that the submissions to DP 50 had supported its proposal that a trust deed would not be able to derogate from those duties identified in legislation as a minimum set of fiduciary responsibilities of the responsible entity. It then went on to consider the codification of the trustees' duties in relation to superannuation schemes. Some submissions to it had opposed DP 50's recommendation believing that it would involve codification of all of the trustees' duties and of the members of their boards. The LRC said:
"The Review did not intend to codify or alter the underlying equitable principles. The proposal was limited to the inclusion in legislation of a minimum set of duties that could not be derogated from by the deed or other constituting document. That aspect of the proposal received widespread support ... The favourable reaction to this proposal and the Review's consultations have confirmed its view that the inclusion of a minimum set of duties in legislation will bring the advantages mentioned in DP 50 namely:
· it will lead to a better understanding and awareness of responsible entities' legal responsibilities and those of members of boards of responsible entities
· it will enable uniform modification of common law trust principles which are not appropriate for superannuation schemes
· it will enhance the ability of the regulator to enforce the fiduciary obligations of responsible entities when necessary
· it will eliminate the possibility that obligations considered essential for responsible entities of superannuation schemes could be eroded by the terms of the trust deed or other constituting document."[552]
The LRC set out a number of duties that it described as "[t]he essential duties of responsible entities".[553] Among those it described was the "[d]uty to exercise care, diligence and skill".
320. Chapter 13 of the LRC report is concerned with the "powers the regulator will need to ensure the integrity of the system of prudential supervision and to provide an appropriate level of protection for members of superannuation schemes."[554] At the time, some supervisory powers were available under the Corporations Law and the Life Insurance Act 1945. The LRC considered those powers under the latter legislation to be inadequate to the task because there was no power to supervise prudentially non-complying superannuation funds, the powers of the regulator were not targeted to the responsible entity and no penalties, other than the removal of tax concessions available to complying funds, could be imposed on responsible entities that breach any of the standards. That situation, the LRC considered, was inconsistent with the Commonwealth's stated objective to have consistent regulation of superannuation schemes regardless of the institution providing the scheme.[555] It recommended a number of additional powers required by the regulator for all superannuation schemes.
321. Among the powers the LRC recommended was the power to impose administrative remedies such as removing or suspending a responsible entity or a member or director of a responsible entity of a superannuation scheme. It regarded that power as a crucial element of any effective regulatory scheme and essential for the protection of the interests of contributors and beneficiaries of superannuation schemes. The power should be exercisable if:
"· the person ought to be removed having regard to the risk posed of non-compliance with the relevant law, either by the director or the member of the responsible entity or
· the person is unable to fulfil, or has failed to fulfil, his or her duties or functions under the law or under the deed or other instrument constituting the scheme."[556]
322. Supporting its recommendation was the LRC's further recommendation that the obligations imposed on a superannuation entity in relation to the members be imposed individually on each member of the board of management of that entity. This was contrary to the situation then prevailing at common law:
"[T]here is no authority which establishes that a director of a trustee company is under a fiduciary duty to the beneficiary of the trust in respect of property held by the trustee company in its capacity as trustee. It may well be that when the issue arises the Courts will hold that such a duty exists, but, for the time being at least, it remains to be established."[557]
323. Returning to the words of the SIS Act in light of the explanatory material to which we may have regard, we consider that the SIS Act cannot be regarded as a restatement of the previous law relating to regulated superannuation funds. We have already observed that it changed, modified or complemented some of the existing law.[558] That is consistent with the legislation's stated intention to supervise certain entities engaged in the superannuation industry and with the Second Reading Speech. Supervision suggests something more than merely restating the existing law. We do not need to rely on a suggestion, though, for it is clear from the words of the SIS Act itself, when read with the general law applying to trustees, that it has changed the law in several respects.
324. What of the covenants themselves? It is feasible that Parliament might choose to restate an aspect of the general law even though it chooses not to restate the whole law on a particular subject. The Treasurer's Statement that that the covenants will essentially be a "clarification of the obligations already imposed by trust law" is ambivalent. On the one hand, it suggests that it is attempting to restate existing obligations so that they are clear. On the other, the very fact that clarification is required, suggests that there are grey areas and falls short of showing an intention to restate the law_._ The use of terms and expressions that have been used in the general law to determine the limits of an obligation could also suggest that Parliament intended to enact a similar obligation. Although Parliament has chosen to do that to some extent, it has not done so with precision.
325. Take s 52(2)(b) as an example. Its wording is not consistent with the way in which the obligation was expressed in authorities such as Speight v Gaunt as explained in In re Whiteley; Whiteley v Learoyd and, more recently, by the High Court in Breen v Williams, Austin v Austin and Fouche v Superannuation Fund Board. The differences are small but significant. Whereas s 52(2)(b) refers to the care, skill and diligence exercised by an "ordinary person" dealing with property of another for whom that person felt morally bound to provide, the general law refers to an "ordinary prudent person of business"[559] who is engaged in a business making "...an investment for the benefit of other people for whom he felt morally bound to provide". While s 52(2)(b) refers to the duty "in relation to all matters affecting the entity",[560] the general law refers to it in authorities such as Speight v Gaunt as applying in "managing trust affairs"[561] Whether "managing trust affairs" extends to the whole gamut of matters that may have an impression on the management of a trust's affairs would be a matter of debate. By providing that the duty extends to all matters affecting the entity, s 52(2)(b) must be incorporating a reference to the management of its business, and so to the management of the trust affairs as part of its business, as well as those matters that affect it as the entity and so as a corporate body. Drummond J made a similar point in Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Parker:[562]
" Because the QLSS' business was acting as trustee of the LES Fund with the particular membership that it had and was subject to the statutory covenants, QLSS was bound in conducting its business to conform to the higher standard of care referred to in Wilkinson v Feldworth Financial Services Pty Limited (1999) 17 ACLC 220 at 234; (1998) 29 ACSR 642 at 693 than that of the ordinary prudent business person which commonly applies to trustees. Each of its directors was in their turn bound to ensure that QLSS satisfied this higher standard of care to which it was subject."[563]
326. A consideration of s 52(2)(c) leads us to the same conclusion. It requires a trustee to ensure that its "... duties and powers are performed and exercised in the best interests of the beneficiaries". The duty was identified in similar terms by Sir Robert Megarry VC in Cowan v Scargill[564] but in a context in which the court had a very limited basis on which it could intervene. The Court of Appeal in Edge v Pensions Ombudsman picked up Sir Robert Megarry's elaboration of the duty as a duty to act impartially and said that it required no more of a trustee than that he "... exercises the power for the purpose for which it is given, giving proper consideration to the matters which are relevant and excluding from consideration matters which are irrelevant. ..."[565] This expression of the duty differs from that in s 52(2)(c). It requires that the trustee ensure that its duties and powers are performed and exercised in the best interests of the beneficiaries. In doing so, it encompasses, but goes beyond, requiring it to exercise those duties and powers for the purpose for which they are given, giving proper consideration to the matters which are relevant and excluding from consideration matters which are irrelevant.
327. That leads us to the further difference between the covenants in s 52 of the SIS Act and those provided in the general law. The cases in which the trustee's duties were developed at general law was that of judicial supervision and so that of administrative law. It was not developed in the context of supervision by a regulatory authority. What Parliament has done is to place standards, that have their genesis in the general law, in s 52(2) and from there into the Trust Deed. It has then made contravention of those standards essential matter of which APRA must be satisfied before it may exercise its regulatory powers under s 120A(2). It is the contravention which is essential and not whether a court would intervene in its supervisory role and set aside a decision of a trustee in the circumstances. The distinction between the two is very real and was highlighted in the passage from the judgment of Hayne J in Esso Australia Ltd v Australian Petroleum Agents' & Distributors' Association, to which we have referred above. If a court were required to consider whether a trustee contravened its duties, that court would be sitting on "general appeal from the decisions of the trustee".[566] The approach taken by the courts does not permit it to consider whether the trustee has contravened its duties unless it has stated its reasons for the way in which it has exercised its discretion. If it has not stated its reasons, they can look only to whether the discretion has been exercised in good faith, upon real and genuine consideration and in accordance with the purposes for which the discretion was given. To adopt the words of Hayne J in Esso Australia Ltd v Australian Petroleum Agents' & Distributors' Association, that approach "is not inconsistent with the kind of approach taken in administrative law cases."[567] It is not consistent with the decision by Parliament to require an initial determination to be made as to whether the trustee has contravened a duty.
328. For these reasons, we consider that Parliament intended to base the covenants in the SIS Act on those under the general law but to extend their ambit and to do so in an entirely new context. It is a context that is intended to ensure that the covenants are met and not merely that the trustee is able to establish that it exercised its discretion in good faith, upon real and genuine consideration and in accordance with the purposes for which the discretion was given.
329. In deciding whether a trustee has been in contravention, it is not a case of APRA's, or of the Tribunal's, standing in the shoes of the trustee and deciding which decision it would have regarded as the correct or preferable decision as in merits review. Determining whether there has been a contravention is about whether the decision is within the range of decisions that could have been made in compliance with the covenants. Given that many of the decisions of a trustee are discretionary, it will rarely be the case that there will ever be only one decision that does not contravene the covenants. It is more likely that there will be a range. Although expressed in the context of an appellate court's reviewing the discretionary decisions of an executor, the views of Kirby P in Golosky and Anor v Golosky suggest that we should be cautious in undertaking our task:[568]
"Unless appellate courts show restraint in disturbing the evaluative determinations of primary decision-makers they will inevitably invite appeals to a different evaluation which, objectively speaking, may be no better than the first. Second opinions in such cases would be bought at the cost of diminishing the finality of litigation in a troublesome area and, sometimes at least, with a burden of costs upon the estate which should not be encouraged."[569]
330. We will consider the interpretation of each of the covenants further below in considering whether the actions of the Trustee were in breach of them.
CONSIDERATION: does the crediting rate decision encompass a breach of the Trustee's duty to comply with the Trust Deed?
331. The duty to adhere to the terms of the trust deed is a duty under the general law and quite apart from the SIS Act. Statutory duties may, of course, modify it but, in this case, we do not consider that it has. In the case of the covenants in s 52(2), there is no indication that Parliament has intended that it be modified. Indeed, those covenants sit quite comfortably with a trustee's duty to adhere to the terms of the trust deed. After all, the covenants are, by operation of s 52(1) part of the terms of the trust deed and adherence with them is expected.
332. Whether breach of the duty to adhere to the terms of the trust deed are also part of the covenants in ss 52(2)(b) and (c) is another question and we will return to it. For the moment, has the Trustee complied with the Trust Deed in this case? We do not think that it has in its entirety. Our thinking focuses on the requirement in cl 17(i)(1) of the Trust Deed to pay, on request, the Benefit to the Member "with accrued interest". Calculation of interest is governed by Schedule O to the Trust Deed. The hearing was conducted on the basis that the Trustee could credit a negative crediting rate. During the hearing, we raised with the parties the use of the word "interest" in cl 17(i)(1) of the Trust Deed and generally and whether there could indeed be a negative crediting rate.
333. The Trust Deed was amended on 25 August 1971 to provide for the Deferred Benefit category of membership. Clause 17(i)(1) clearly provides that the amount of Benefit remaining unpaid "... accrue[s] with interest at a rate determined from time to time by the Trustees after considering the advice of the Actuary from the date on which the Member leaves the Service to the date of payment."[570] Two words are important: "accrue" and "interest". The ordinary meanings of the first include:
"... a to come in addition, as a product, result or development; b to be added as interest. ..."[571]
Read alone, the word "accrue" suggests a positive, rather than a negative, addition to the Benefit remaining unpaid.
334. The word "interest" also suggest a nil or positive amount. Its ordinary meanings include:
"... 4 money paid as a charge for borrowing money or using credit, usually in the form of a percentage of what is borrowed or owed. ..."[572]
Latham CJ said in Craig v Federal Commissioner of Taxation[573] that:
"It has frequently been held in relation to various taxing Acts that the word 'interest' is not necessarily to be taken as a technical term, and that it is frequently used in such Acts in a popular sense."[574]
The ordinary meanings are consistent with the interpretation of the word by Farwell J in Bond v Barrow Haematite Steel Co:[575]
"Interest is not an apt word to express the return to which a shareholder is entitled in respect of shares paid up in due course and not by way of advance. Interest is compensation for delay in payment and is not accurately applied to the share of profits of trading, although it may be used as an inaccurate mode of expressing the measure of the share of those profits."[576]
335. The words the Trust Deed chooses to use in cl 17(i)(1) can be compared with those it chooses to use in relation to the calculation of lump sum benefits provided to Category F Members. Various options are presented but two of them provide for regard to be had to the Member's Contributions "... together with interest thereon to the date of payment at the rate of 6.5% per annum compounded with yearly rests until the 30th day of June 1987 and thereafter at a rate determined from time to time by the Trustees having regard to the advice of the Actuary or such other person who in the opinion of the Trustee is suitably qualified to provide such advice."[577] A similar provision is made in relation to the lump sum that can be paid in relation to Category C Members.[578]
336. The way in which the Trust Deed has chosen to refer to "interest" again suggests that interest is either a zero or positive figure, rather than a negative figure, added to the Member's contributions. The use of the term "compound" adds to this impression. When used in the expression "compound interest" means:
"... interest calculated on the original sum of money borrowed and on any interest already accumulated. ..."[579]
337. These sorts of provisions need to be contrasted with the terms of the Trust Deed of the type that are made in relation to, for example, Category T and U Members. The Trustee is required to declare a "Plan Earning Rate" to be applied at the Distribution Date each year to the Contribution Accounts remaining in the Plan at that Date.[580] The ordinary meanings of the word "earning" in the expression "Plan Earning Rate" suggest gain rather than loss:
"... to gain (money, wages, one's living, etc) by working. 2 to gain. ..."[581]
338. The ordinary meanings are somewhat tempered, though, when the word "earning" is read in the context of the matters to which the Trustee must have regard in setting it. Under Item 22(a)(10) of Schedule ZG in relation to Category T Members and Item 11(b)(8) of Schedule SG in relation to Category U Members, the Trustee must record in a Member's Contribution Account "amounts credited or debited to the account at the Plan Earning Rate." In determining the rate, the Trustee must take into account the Plan's earnings, including all income and realised or unrealised capital gain, realised and unrealised losses, any Plan reserves and the appropriateness of averaging earnings, losses and expenses over several distribution periods.[582] There is no expectation in this requirement that the outcome will necessarily be a positive figure. The only factor that ensures that the outcome will be a positive figure is the proviso in the Trust Deed for Category T Members i.e. that the Plan Earning Rate could not be less than "... the rate which is 2% greater than the percentage increase in the AWOTE Estimate for the Relevant Period and the rate nominated by the ..." Employer.[583] This does not apply in relation to Category U Members. [584]
339. Returning to the notion of "interest", the provisions of the sort in cl 17(i)(1) also need to be contrasted with those in, for example, Category S Members. Item 14(a) of Schedule ZD provides that:
"The Trustees may credit or debit interest at a rate they consider appropriate to a Benefit which is paid within one month after the date it becomes payable. However, the Trustees are not required to do so."
The retirement benefit for a Category S Member is the subject of Item 6. Among the amounts taken into account in calculating the Benefit payable to such a Member is:
"an amount equal to the contributions made by or on behalf of or deemed to have been made by or on behalf of the Member together with interest thereon."[585]
340. In relation to Accumulation Members, the Trust Deed makes no reference either to interest or Plan Earnings. The total balances in their Contribution Accounts are their Accumulated Credits. Accumulated Credits are relevant in determining their Benefits under Schedule ZJ. The Trustee is obliged to record certain amounts in each Member's Member Contribution Account. Among the matters recorded in the Contribution Account is "any other amount which the Trustee decides to credit or debit to the Account".[586]
341. On its face, the Trust Deed has not been consistent in the way in which it has treated the notion of interest. In relation to Category S members, it is said that interest may be "credited or debited". That suggests that there can be a negative rate of interest but it is the only provision that does so. It does so in a very limited context of a Benefit paid within a month of becoming payable. The other references to "interest" do not occur in such limited circumstances but in the context of payments made at regular intervals over longer periods in respect of contributions made to the Plan and used in the assessment of the Benefits payable under the Plan. Such a provision is also found in the calculation of a retirement Benefit for Category F and Category C Members.[587] These other references suggest that interest can only be credited and not debited. The same understanding is implicit in the provisions of Schedule O regulating the payment of interest where the calculation of a Benefit requires an amount of interest to be credited with interest and no reference is made to its being debited.
342. Certainly, the sums on which interest is payable are not necessarily regarded as sums to which the Members are entitled to be paid at the time. Rather, they are sums to which the Members will become entitled to be paid at some time in the future on the happening of certain defined events. In that regard, it cannot be regarded as a payment for money borrowed from the Members. For all that, the very fact that the sums are those to which the Members will become entitled and the fact that they incorporate their own contributions, suggests that the word "interest" is used in its ordinary sense of a payment made for the use of capital. In that sense, it cannot logically be a negative amount. This conclusion is reinforced by the Trust Deed's reference to the Plan Earning Rate in reference to some categories of Members and to the plain understanding that it can be either positive or negative.
343. We have also had regard to the submissions made on behalf of the Trustee and the applicants that an interpretation of the word "interest" as requiring the Trustee to declare only a nil or positive amount would mean that it would breach r 5.03. Regulation 5.03 provides:
"The trustee of an accumulation fund or an approved deposit fund that maintains reserves must determine the investment return to be credited or debited from time to time to a member's benefit (or benefits of a particular kind) in the fund having regard to:
(b) the extent to which the costs of the fund exceed (or fall below) the aggregate of the costs charged to member's benefits under regulation 5.02; and
344. Regulation 5.03 is directed to the trustee of an accumulation fund or of an approved deposit fund. An "accumulation fund" means "a regulated superannuation fund that is not a defined benefit fund".[588] A "defined benefit fund" means a public sector superannuation scheme that meets certain criteria[589] or a regulated superannuation fund (other than a public sector superannuation scheme):
"(i) that has at least 1 defined benefit member; and
(ii) some or all of the contributions to which (out of which, together with earnings on those contributions, the benefits are to be paid) are not paid into a fund, or accumulated in a fund, in respect of any individual member but are paid into and accumulated in the form of an aggregate amount."[590]
As we understand the structure of the Plan from the Trust Deed, its contributions are paid or accumulated in a fund in respect of individual members. It cannot, therefore, be a Defined Benefit Fund as defined and so is an accumulation fund for the purposes of r 5.03.
345. We find the submission made on behalf of the Trustee and the applicants a little intriguing in view of their submission that the Trustee did not, at the relevant time, maintain reserves in the sense in which the word is used in the regulation. Putting that to one side, there is a question whether the regulation is requiring the trustee of an accumulation fund either to credit or to debit a member's benefits in a fund. That would require the trustee to declare either a positive or negative investment return but, when faced with reality, the trustee may be able to do neither or may consider it inconsistent with the prudential management of the fund to do either.
346. It may be, for example, that the investment return is nil. Interest would be one type of return to the fund on investments and so an investment return for the purposes of r 5.03 and is given express recognition in the definition of the term in r 5.01(1)(c)(ii). It could be nil or it could be that, when regard is had to all of the various types of return from a fund's various investments, the fund's return is nil. It may be, for example, that the trustee has sound reason for believing that there will be a change in the investment markets. Factoring in that change with the other matters to which the trustee must have regard under r 5.03 may lead it neither to determine credit nor debit a member's benefit in the fund with either a positive or negative figure. Regulation 5.03 does not require that it does. It does not require that an amount always be credited if the fund has made a profit or that an amount always be debited if the fund has incurred a loss. All that it requires is that it make a determination of the investment return to be credited or debited to a member's benefit having regard to the matters set out in r 5.03.
347. The matters set out in r 5.03 are not the only matters to which the trustee must have regard in making a determination consistent with it. There is no doubt that the trustee must "have regard to" the matters set out in the regulation. The related expression "having regard to" has been considered by the High Court on two occasions some 20 years apart. In Rathbone v Abel,[591] Barwick CJ said:
" Whilst of course, it may not be universally true that a direction 'to have regard to' certain facts or circumstances does no more than require the tribunal to which the direction is given to consider whether it should give any and, if so, what weight to a particular fact or circumstance when performing a duty or exercising the right which is given to it, it can, I think, be said that in general a direction in such terms does not do more than that."[592]
"... plainly the provision that the listed matters are to be regarded does not imply that nothing else may be regarded ... and indeed to hold otherwise would be to alter and not to construe the words of parliament."[593]
348. In 1982, Gibbs CJ said in R v Toohey; Ex parte Meneling Station Pty Ltd:[594]
" When the section directs the Commissioner to 'have regard to' the strength or otherwise of the traditional attachment by the claimants to the land claimed (subs (3)) and to the principles set out in subs 4, it requires him to take those matters into account and to give weight to them as a fundamental element in making his recommendation."[595]
349. The principles established by these cases are that a body that is required to "have regard to" certain matters is required to take them into account and to give weight to them but is not limited to them. It may take into account any other matter that is relevant to the resolution of the issue. In the context of r 5.03, the trust deed would be another matter that is relevant in determining a trustee's power to make a determination of the type contemplated by r 5.03. The regulation is to be read in the context of the requirements of the relevant trust deed. Where the trust deed permits a trustee either to credit or debit an investment return to an individual member, that trustee must have regard to that matter in addition to those in r 5.03. Equally, where the trust deed permits only an amount to be credited, the trustee must also have regard to that as well as the three matters specified in r 5.03. In other words, the trust deed determines the trustee's power but r 5.03 regulates what it must take into account in exercising it.
350. In view of these matters, we have concluded that the Trustee could not determine a negative crediting rate of interest in relation to Deferred Benefit Members or to Members such as those in Category S. In contrast, it could declare a negative rate for those in Categories T or U or for the Accumulation Members as it could declare a positive or negative Plan Earning Rate. The "Plan Earning Rate" is clearly intended to reflect the Members' share of the profits, or losses, of the Plan whereas "interest" is intended to be an amount representing a sum for the use of the money while it remains in the Plan.
351. We understand that this conclusion is not consistent with the "modern" way in which superannuation plans are administered. The Trust Deed is a hybrid comprising elements that were consistent with a modern plan at its inception in 1947 and others that are more consistent with the current move to accumulation funds. Its older elements, including those relating to interest and defined benefits, could be consistent with a notion that a member's contributions to a superannuation fund represent some form of deferred remuneration from the employer and must be preserved. Whether properly characterised in that way or not, the risk rests with the Employer in those circumstances. It is the Employer that carries the risk. The Trust Deed's newer elements, such as the provision of Accumulation Benefits, are consistent with the more modern notions that the risk of the investment is shared by the Employer and its employees or former employees.
352. We do not consider that we can allow modern notions to alter the meaning of the Trust Deed. There are procedures permitting the Trustee to add, alter or repeal provisions of the Trust Deed but only with the consent of the Employer.[596] These are not procedures that Members can use to change the terms of the Trust Deed. The power to add, alter or repeal the provisions is subject to qualifications intended to protect the position of the beneficiaries. Among them is a provision that:
"... no amendment addition alteration or repeal shall have the effect of
(1) ...
(2) reducing the value determined by the Actuary of the accrued portion of any Benefit then provided by or under this Trust Deed for or in respect of any Member or any Beneficiary to the effective date of such further deed unless that Member or that Beneficiary consents in writing; and unless such amendment addition alteration or repeal meets the requirements of the Regulations; or
(3) ..."[597]
353. These qualifications on the amendment power reinforce our view that the Trust Deed is intended to be read strictly according to its terms. That means that we should pay regard to the language that the Trustees have chosen to express the Benefits they have added to the Plan. Had the Trust Deed intended that a negative crediting rate be permitted in relation to Deferred Benefit Members, it could easily have done by introducing an amendment along the lines of the provisions it added in relation to the Plan Earning Rate in relation to Accumulation Benefit Members. It would not have been able to affect the value of the accrued portion of any Benefit provided to that date but any such amendment could have applied from the date it came into effect.
354. In view of our conclusion, we have also concluded that the Trustee was in breach of its duty to comply with the terms of the Trust Deed when it set a negative crediting rate. This is a duty that stands apart from the covenants. In so far as s 120A(2) is concerned, breach of the duty is irrelevant unless that breach is also regarded as a breach of the covenants. This is a matter that we have not considered further. As Mr Tracey said:
"... APRA does not urge on the Tribunal that the matter ought to be brought into account against any of the directors who are applicants in this proceeding. The policy, the crediting rate policy, was disclosed to members. It was seemingly established and applied at relevant times in good faith, and was set with the intention broadly of achieving equity between members. The point is also, as has emerged, one of legal difficulty and accordingly APRA does not suggest that, in acting as it has done with making negative credits from time to time, that the trustee has thereby contravened the covenants, and nor can it be suggested that individual directors ought to be held to account for participate on in those decisions. ..."[598]
In light of that, we do not consider it appropriate to consider this issue further.
Principles relevant in deciding whether the crediting rate decision was in breach of ss 52(b) and (c)
355. What of the covenants in ss 52(2)(b) and (c)? We will begin with s 52(2)(b). It centres on the Trustee's exercising "care, skill and diligence" in all matters affecting the entity and so, in this case, the Fund. Whether it does so is measured by reference to what an "ordinary prudent person" would have done in dealing with the property of another for whom the person felt morally bound to provide. The first matter to note is that the provision does not impose a "warranty of perfection".[599]
356. The second matter is to consider what we may take into account in deciding whether the Trustee has met the standard established in the covenant. Malcolm AJA considered this in Heydon and Ors v NRMA Ltd and Ors[600] in the context of considering the limits of the duty of care owed by a lawyer. He canvassed authorities including Boland v Yates Property Corporation Pty Ltd[601] and Waimond Pty Ltd v Byrne[602] in which Kirby P, as he then was, said:
"In default of any evidence as to professional standards or common practice in a situation such as the present, it falls to the court itself to provide its definition of the scope of the duty of care owed by reference to general principles."[603]
Malcolm AJA noted that, at first instance in Boland v Yates Property Corporation Pty Ltd, Branson J had relied on evidence from expert valuers and from senior counsel experienced in valuation law and practice. On appeal in the High Court, Gleeson CJ, with whom Gaudron and Gummow JJ concurred, noted that Branson J had "... relied upon that evidence, and upon her own opinions and judgment, in reaching her conclusions." [604] In the case he was considering, Malcolm AJA said that no evidence had been given to give content to the standard of care required and so it fell"... to the Court itself to provide that content."[605]
357. What are the "best interests of the beneficiaries"? In Charlton v Baber,[606] to which APRA's counsel drew our attention, Barrett J said that:
" The expression 'best interests', taken literally, is apt to create a false impression that some absolute or superlative is in contemplation. Its true meaning emerges from a consideration of other contexts in which it is used."[607]
358. His Honour reviewed authorities considering the expression in the family law jurisdiction in which decisions with respect to children's best interests "necessarily involves looking to the future and all the uncertainties that that involves ...".[608] Authorities concerned with trusts formulate the fiduciary duty in terms of requiring the fiduciary to act in the best interests of the party to whom the duty is owed. Formulations of the duties of a company director are to like effect. Cases concerned with unconscionability and undue influence require a consideration of whether a person is able to make a worthwhile judgment as to what is in that person's best interests.[609] From such authorities, Barrett J concluded:
" 'Best interests' is thus an expression concerned with a person's separate and independent welfare. Where the concern to which the 'best interests' assessment is relevant centres upon possibilities of undue influence and, perhaps, improper purpose, the task is to consider what the putative victim would have done in seeking to protect his or her own position and promote his or her own advantages with such a degree of selfishness as the circumstances will admit."[610]
359. These principles seem to us to be equally applicable to the interpretation and application of the covenant in s 52(2)(c) of the SIS Act. The question becomes: What would the Plan's Members have done in seeking to protect their own positions and to promote their own advantages with as much selfishness as the circumstances would permit? The reference to the circumstances grounds the principles firmly in realism. Regard must be had not only to what the Members would have done in the circumstances to protect their position. What they would have done must be weighed with what others would have, or be likely to have, done as a result of their action together with the effect that would have on them and on the circumstances in which they would then find themselves.
The Plan crediting rate decision: APRA's basis for contending the Trustee was in breach of ss 52(b) and (c)
360. The basis on which APRA submits that the Trustee was in breach of the covenant centre on five main issues:
· whether the Trustee failed to communicate to Members in a timely manner the fact of, and the circumstances underlying and the concerns actuating the crediting rate policy review;
· whether the decision to discontinue the smoothing policy and to apply a new crediting rate policy as determined at the June 2002 Board Meeting was a decision that was retrospective and that was detrimental to those Members, other than Category T members, who held accumulation benefits and particularly those who were Deferred Benefit Members;
· whether the manner in which the decision was made contravened the covenants because:
(a) of the timing of the decision;
(b) the Trustee did not first obtain legal advice as to its obligations in respect of the proposed change and whether the change was in the best interests of the Members;
(c) the Trustee did not give due consideration to whether other alternatives, such as the prospective application of the policy or seeking financial assistance from the Employer, were more appropriate;
(d) the Trustee had not disclosed to Members matters that had been relevant to its decision in June 2002 in deciding to adopt an interim crediting rate of 2% per annum (by reference to a target minimum). In omitting to do so, it had created a misleading expectation among Members that the final crediting rate would be similar to the Interim Rate; and
(e) the manner and extent to which the Trustee communicated to Members the results of the crediting rate policy review.
361. We will focus on these issues and completely put to one side for the moment our view that the Trustee has been in breach of its duty to comply with the terms of the Trust Deed. We will return to our view and its consequences later in these reasons but, until we do, it has no influence on our consideration in the following paragraphs.
The Plan crediting rate decision: its effect on the Deferred Benefit Members
362. There is no question that there were serious matters facing the Trustee, and the Trustee was aware of them as far back as May and June 2000. That was the date of Plan Actuary B's annual review when he flagged three important matters. The first was the that the margin between the investment returns and salary increases over the previous three years had been 1% per annum and so there had been a negative impact on the Plan's financial position. The second was that the 80 Members who had elected to leave their Benefit in the Plan had created a significant future liability. The third matter was Actuary B's recommendation that the Employer's contribution holiday should come to an end by 30 June 2001.
363. None of these matters was explored in the Trustee's Annual Report to Members for the year ended 30 June 2000. Instead, the Annual Report spoke of how, under the smoothing method, a notional crediting rate of 3.85% had been built up and how that would be allocated over the next three years. Certainly, the Annual Report went on to say that the interim interest rate might be reviewed in light of the investment experience but there was no hint of the matters concerning the Plan Actuary at the time. The possibility of review was limited to the rate of the interim interest rate. There was no suggestion to the Members that the policy itself would be reviewed at the time. There was no suggestion to them in December 2000 even though by then the Plan Actuary was expressing further concerns about the increasing number of Deferred Benefit Members, their increasing youth and the difficulty of knowing whether they would take a pension rather than a lump sum. All of those matters had an impact on the cost of funding the Plan's benefits but no mention was made of them in the Plan's Annual Report for the year ending 30 June 2001.
364. In July 2001, the Trustee was placed on notice that the Employer considered that an unacceptable burden was being placed upon it by the Benefits provided for the Deferred Fund Members. Both the Employer and the Plan Actuary were considering ways of alleviating that burden, or the extent of it, in the future. Despite those concerns, there was no mention of them to the Members in the Annual Report issued some time in or after September 2001.
365. The Trustee referred to its reconsidering its approach to determining the crediting rate when it issued its "Interest Crediting Rate Policy Approach" document in December 2001. It referred to two bases on which it would reconsider its approach and neither referred to the Plan's earnings. The first was the Plan's demographics and the second was the Plan's benefit design. There was no mention of its reconsidering its approach if it incurred a loss or, to use more contemporary language, it had negative earnings. The word "demographic" does not do so for it is a derivative of "demography" which means "... the scientifically study of population statistics, including births, deaths, etc ...".[611] By that time, though, Plan Actuary C had already advised the Trustee that the Plan's earnings for the July/September 2001 quarter were in the region of -5.8% after the attacks in New York on 11 September 2001 had contributed to the plunge in world stock market returns. Plan Actuary C drew the Trustee's attention to the need to ensure that the Plan had sufficient reserves to enable the Defined Benefit Members to select against the Plan if they chose to do so. He drew attention to the high degree of smoothing achieved by the Trustee's policy when there were negative earnings but none of this concern was transmitted to the Plan's Members through the publication of the Trustee's "Interest Crediting Rate Policy Approach" document.
366. Plan Actuary C's concerns continued but the Trustee's made no reference to them when advising the Members of the interim crediting rate in April 2002. By then, the Trustee clearly knew that the Plan's crediting rate had been much higher than the crediting rate offered by comparable funds and higher than interest rates generally. It also knew that it was not in a position to subsidise that crediting rate as it did not have past earnings that it had not previously credited to Members. The Trustee had already credited more than it had earned. This continued to exercise the minds of Plan Actuary C and of the Trustee's directors but there was no mention of it in the April 2002 newsletter to Members. The newsletter referred to the smoothing policy in terms that suggested it was an ongoing policy. In so far a review was concerned, it referred to a review late in 2001 to adjust the crediting rate policy in respect of Category T Members but to no other. In particular, it made no reference to the Trustee's decision to conduct a formal review of the crediting rate policy by the Investment Sub-committee.
367. The June 2002 newsletter was the first occasion on which the Members were advised that the crediting rate policy had been changed. On the basis of PD1's evidence, we find that Members received a copy of it on or about 8 July 2002.[612] Of the new policy, they were told that it would be flexible rather than formula based, it would allow the Trustee to have regard to the current year's earnings, past earning rates against past crediting rates and other relevant considerations. They were then advised of the interim crediting rates that had been adopted "consistent with the revised policy". Given the particular provisions in the Trust Deed relating to Category T Members, the interim crediting rate had to be a positive figure. Putting aside our views about the construction of the Trust Deed and the differences between "interest" and "plan earnings", there was no requirement in the Trust Deed that the crediting rate be a positive figure. Despite that, the Trustee set a positive crediting rate of 2% for Members excluding Category T Members.
368. Even though the interim crediting rate applied for updating accumulation accounts and/or adding interest from the date of leaving the Employer's service to the date of payment, for the period from 1 July 2001, it could be read as an indication of the crediting rate that would later be set for the period from 1 July 2001. That reading follows from the fact that Members were advised that the interim crediting rate had been set consistent with the Trustee's revised policy. That revised policy took account of earning rates, that were plainly poor that year, and yet a positive interim crediting rate had been set. Quite apart from our reading, we find that six Members who complained to APRA and who gave evidence in this matter also came to the same conclusion as a result of their reading of the June 2002 newsletter or of their dealings with the Trustee.
369. C1, we find, thought that the rate chosen as the interim crediting rate might mean that the Trustee would continue to keep a minimum rate. The rate of 2% reflected about half of the then tax cash and bond rates of between about 4% and 5%.[613] Although he thought that might be the case, we find that PD1 also expected that any change in the crediting rate policy, other than those beneficial to the Members, would be applied prospectively i.e. from 1 July 2002 and not from 1 July 2001. In his experience as a past director of the Trustee, that had been its past practice. His evidence was unchallenged on this point.
370. Deferred Benefit Members other than PD1 also complained to APRA. We will refer to them as C1, C2, C3, C4 and C5. On the basis of their unchallenged written statements, we find that they also had not expected that the crediting rate would be a negative figure. We also find that, apart from C5, all would have considered removing their benefits from the Plan had they known of the change in crediting rate policy from 1 July 2002. Knowing what had happened, C5 considered that, despite negative credits and recoupment, leaving his benefits in the Plan continued to offer him a pension of greater value than any other superannuation option.[614]
371. The reasoning leading them to their not expecting that the crediting rate for 2001/02 would be negative varies from Member to Member but is consistently based in the June 2002 newsletter issued by the Trustee. C1, for example, had not understood from it that the crediting rate would be the earning rate for the year. As the interim crediting rates had been set consistently with the revised crediting rate policy, he had read the June 2002 newsletter as advising that the crediting rate for 2001/02 would be 2% or 7.8% per annum.[615] C3, we find, had a similar understanding from the June 2002 newsletter.[616] In addition, he had spoken with other former employees of the Employer and, more importantly, with the Plan Administrator who had told him that the new crediting rate policy would not be applied retrospectively.[617]
372. C2, we find, had not relied on the June 2002 newsletter but on advice he received from the Plan's helpline on 26 April 2002. He had been concerned about the deterioration of the share markets during 2001 and 2002 and was considering their impact upon his defined and accumulation benefits that he had elected to leave in the Plan. Having asked for the then current interim crediting rate, he had been told that it was 6.0% for the financial year to 30 June 2002. On the basis of that information, he had not rolled his benefits over to another superannuation fund. He telephoned the helpline on two further occasions in August 2002 to ask for the 2001/02 crediting rate and was told that it had yet to be determined but that the interim crediting rate was then 2.0%. On the basis of that information, he again decided not to roll-over his benefits to another superannuation fund. As he said:
"... I was well aware of the deterioration of investment markets over the previous 12 months. I expected that the interim rate of 2.0% reflected the Trustee's assessment of the Fund's earnings in the experience of that investment climate, and the maintenance of that interim rate in August 2002 reinforced my expectation."[618]
373. C4 had left his benefit in the Plan because it had a very generous pension option and because it had a crediting rate policy which included a floor on the interest rate of never less than half the long term bond or cash rate. This was clearly stated in the Plan's 1999 Annual Report.[619] C5 had left his benefits in the Plan because he too saw the Plan as offering more valuable benefits than were available to him elsewhere. The Trustee's letter acknowledging his decision to elect to leave his benefits in the Plan stated:
"Your benefit of ... will accumulate with interest from the date you left service, at a rate to be determined by the Trustee."[620]
374. Quite apart from the expectations of these six Members, we find that "prospective application" of a revised crediting rate policy is generally regarded as the preferable course of action. This is supported by Mr Maroney in his report,[621] VBV[622] and Plan Actuary C.[623] The basis on which it is the preferable course is, in essence, because it reduces the risk of Members' being misled by previous disclosure of the old policy. This finding is supported by the evidence of Mr Maroney and of VBV.[624]
375. Are there occasions on which the general policy is not the preferable course? VBV described an instance in which he considered that it would not be:
"... In general terms I would agree that the prospective application is the best policy where it serves the interests of all members. In the case of the deferred benefit members there was a very substantial opportunity for adverse selection against the fund. In the particulars and I am sure you will go into those in detail but in the particulars around the crediting rate and the accumulation of over crediting that a prospective statement in this case would have caused risk and damage to more members than it would benefit to a particular small class of deferred benefit members."[625]
"My recommendation to the Trustee in August 2002 would have been:
· Apply the old policy to determine the 2001/02 crediting rate
· Confirm that the new policy would apply from 1 July 2002
· Approach the employer sponsor to provide funding in relation to any members who exit the Plan or who exercise their option to commence payment of their deferred pensions"[626]
He recognised that the Plan required a new crediting rate policy because its demographics had changed significantly. While the new policy had been announced in the June 2002 newsletter, key details had not been disclosed. Those key details included the recoupment of the notional crediting rate reserve. Options needed to be considered to prevent the possible further deterioration of the Plan's financial situation having a more severe impact on the Deferred Benefit Members when compared with those who had already chosen to take their benefits in a lump sum or as a pension.
377. When asked what consideration he had given to the reliance the Members had placed on the application of the then crediting rate policy in 2001/02, Plan Actuary C replied:
"I thought that it was an issue to be considered but that it wasn't something that should dictate the outcome of the review. That it was an important matter to take into account - I am struggling I guess to find a way of describing what weight should be given to it. It was a matter of those things, that the trustee would need to balance up the interests of different members and that with these particular - with members who were - had an expectation that the current - the three year average would apply."[627]
378. VBV rejected deferring the implementation of the changes in the crediting rate policy on four bases:
· the over-crediting to Deferred Benefit Members was already at or about the upper limit of where it should be and it would be increased by some 10% if the old Crediting Policy were to be applied. This would mean that they would be credited with an amount approximately 14% to 15% greater than market earnings;
· had the Trustee announced that the new crediting rate policy were to apply from 1 July 2002, many Deferred Benefit Members would have chosen to take their Benefits. They would have done so because the market was then at a low ebb and 2002/03 was potentially another year of negative returns. That would have had very serious implications for those Deferred Benefit Members who did not choose to leave the Plan as well as for Defined Benefit Members who continued in the employ of the Employer;
· the remaining Deferred Benefit Members would have to carry a disproportionate amount of the recoupment as would the existing Defined Benefit Members who had an accumulation amount; and
· there was no mechanism to ask the Employer to provide the funds to relieve the financial pressure experienced by the Plan although, through the Plan Actuary, it could approach the Employer if the VBI fell below 100%. The Employer had already indicated that it was unhappy about the growth of liabilities in respect of Deferred Benefit Members.[628]
379. Plan Actuary C explained at the hearing, the effect of selecting against the Plan would be:
"... There I mean that a member may be aware that the current interim crediting rate is substantially higher than the earning rate for the relevant period and how the smoothing process works is it, where a, for example, a negative return occurs it delays the impact of that negative return and smooths [sic] that over a period of years so that a member who - a member could look at it and say, 'If I remain within the plan then I will - that negative earning rate will gradually catch up with me as the smoothing process works its way through'. So they could elect to withdraw their benefit from the plan prior to that reduction in the earning rate flowing to the crediting rate through the averaging process."[629]
380. At the same time, Plan Actuary C explained that:
"... the investment returns did fluctuate considerably and when the share market fall occurred in September 2001 there was a large fall in the funds investments. The aim of the smoothing policy is intended reduce the impact of those fluctuations on the benefits of members who are leaving the fund. That is the main reason; so that members can have more confidence about the amount of - their benefit which they will take from the fund."[630]
This evidence is consistent with that given by VBV, [631] who was a member of the Trustee's Board before the smoothing policy had been introduced. Before 1998, we find on the basis of his evidence, that the Trustee had held the view that the:
"... defined benefit scheme did not require any crediting rate policy per se because it was a responsibility of the employer to meet the outcome needs of the employee at the time at which he retired or went to retirement or left the company. The scheme was not there for an accumulation plan or a deferred benefit plan."[632]
This seems to be at odds with the provisions in the Trust Deed regarding interest but we have not considered the matter further.
381. Certainty, we find, was the reason for introducing the smoothing policy but it had two aspects. Its first aspect was certainty for those intending to retire and considering whether or not to take their benefits or to defer them and for Deferred Benefit Members intending to draw their benefits. Its second was certainty, or at least assurance, for the Employer that earnings would be passed to the Members in a way that was cost-neutral to it; it would not have to make any contributions if the Plan were working smoothly.[633] As Plan Actuary C said, in the long term, being a five or ten year period, the crediting rates passed on to Members should not affect the Employer's funding obligation.[634] His evidence in this regard is supported by that of Mr Maroney when he said that a smoothing policy is intended, over a period of years, to be a "zero sum game".[635] He explained that, in essence, amounts that are credited derive from the earnings of the Plan:
"A zero sum game is essentially no-one is subsidising the interest from outside the group of members, so there isn't an employer subsidy of the interest or there isn't a subsidy to the interest from other sources. If there is, say, a profit from the group life insurance arrangements, that profit could be used in a number of ways. One way would be to subsidise members' benefits, for example, giving the interest pool a bit of a boost from time to time."[636]
382. Inherent in the first aspect of certainty must have been the knowledge that Members such as these would have their eyes on the market and would be assessing whether they could receive the better return in the long-term by leaving their benefits in the Plan or by realising them and investing them elsewhere. They would be "selecting against the Plan" as it was later described.
383. Admittedly, up until the time at which they elect to take their benefits, they cannot be said to have entitlements. Members' entitlements are dependent upon certain events' happening. In the absence of those events, such as Deferred Members' elections to take benefits, their entitlements under the Plan are no more than contingent. The fact that they are contingent does not lessen the fact that the Members' interests can be affected. The general law authorities are not expressing the requirement that a trustee have regard to the best interests of the beneficiaries in terms of such matters as their rights, powers, privileges and immunities but in the more general sense of what is of benefit or advantage to them. It could not be otherwise for it is the exercise of trustees' discretion that may often create beneficiaries' interests in a legal sense. The trustees' duty is concerned with the step before their exercise. It is concerned with what will be in their best interests in the sense of what will be to their benefit or advantage.
384. Having permitted those Members who could to select against the Plan for three years, it is difficult to say that it is not readily apparent that it is in their best interests to end that privilege without notice. Although the circumstances in this case do not permit a regulation to be taken into account in interpreting the SIS Act,[637] we note that a similar principle underpinned the prescribed standard in r 2.35 of the Regulations. It required the trustee to give information of any event in relation to the fund of which the trustee reasonably believed the member would reasonably expect to be informed. Unlike the specific obligations in the prescribed standard in r 2.36, r 2.35 is broadly based and not limited by matters such as accrued benefits, their security or amount.
385. There can be no doubt that the position of a Trustee is difficult. It must work its way through a web whose mesh is made of the obligations it owes under the SIS Act and Regulations and its Trust Deed and the corresponding privileges bestowed upon the Plan's Members. The net is held, as it were, at one end by the Employer and at the other by the Plan's Members. In exercising its discretions to find its way through the net, it cannot be directed by the Members and, for most purposes, it cannot be directed by the Employer. It might be thought that the Trustee is the only entity that can alter the net. That is not so. The Employer can alter it by changing the benefits that are offered under it provided it does not do so affect accrued benefits retrospectively. The Members, though, cannot alter or move the net at all. They cannot improve or alter the benefits offered by the Employer under the Plan but must deal with the net of obligations and corresponding privileges conferred upon them as it lies. For many, and particularly for those who have been Members for a lengthy period of time, this means that they have very little effective control over a significant financial investment that they have been required to make and that, in some instances, they have made voluntarily. In most cases, they have no control over an investment that is often intended to provide a significant source of income to care for them in their retirement. Only Deferred Benefit Members have some control over their investment but their control is dependent upon their having knowledge of relevant material upon which to base a decision about a significant investment.
386. In this case, the findings that we have made lead us to conclude that the Deferred Benefit Members did not have the knowledge they required. Furthermore, the Trustee kept the knowledge from them and did so deliberately so that they could not select against the Plan. That is to say, the Trustee kept it from them so that they could not exercise the only tool available to them to make a decision about what they should do. It is clear from C6's evidence that knowledge of the way in which the crediting rate policy would change would not necessarily lead a Deferred Benefit Member to select against the Plan. Whether a Deferred Benefit Member would select against the Plan or not is not really to the point. On the basis of the evidence, we consider that it was in the best interests of the Deferred Benefits Members to be told of the change in the crediting rate policy prospectively with regard to the year to come and not retrospectively about the year past at a time when they could not alter their positions and protect them. It was not in their best interests not to be told of the change.
The crediting rate decision: was the Trustee in breach of ss 52(b) and (c)?
387. The fact that it is not in the best interests of one group of Members does not necessarily mean that the Trustee has not acted in the best interests of the Members as a whole or that it acted as a prudent person. Regard needs to be had to the outcome for all Members. If, for example, continued adoption of the smoothing policy and the likely rate at which Deferred Benefit Members left the Plan meant that the Plan were to be unable to meet liabilities to Members as they fell due, it might be thought that the policy's continuation at that time was not in the best interests of the Members as a whole. At the same time, regard would need to be had to the requirement that the Employer:
"... contribute to the Plan by paying to the Trustees in respect of the Members such sums as ... [the Employer] from time to time determines on the recommendation of the Actuary in order to provide the Benefits set out pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed."[638]
388. The Trustee and the applicants have submitted that the Trustee was concerned with the inequities that would have arisen among Members had it not changed the crediting rate policy when it did. Plan Actuary C gave evidence regarding the outcome for the Plan had the Trustee continued with the smoothing policy. The fact that Deferred Benefit Members would select against the Plan was a major reason for his not favouring prospective abandonment of the crediting rate policy. Had it come into effect only in relation to the year commencing 1 July 2002, it would have been very likely that a lot of the Deferred Benefit Members would have converted their benefits to pensions or withdrawn them from the Plan. The accumulated crediting rate reserve would have dropped to approximately -14%. That is to say, crediting rates would have exceeded earning rates by that percentage.[639] That 14% would need to be recouped by reducing future crediting rates by that amount to recover a "nil balance".[640] He did not favour a balance position ranging between +5% and -5% as new Members joining the scheme were affected by anything other than a nil balance.
389. Plan Actuary's reference to "new members" encompassed three groups. The first comprised those who had rolled amounts over into the Plan from other funds. The second comprised Members who made additional contributions and the third comprised Members who had newly become members of the Deferred Benefit Fund but had not yet become entitled to claim their benefits. They did not extend to those who had newly joined the Employer's employ as they became members of the accumulation fund introduced in 2001.
390. Plan Actuary C said that his concerns would continue even if new Members knew what the crediting rate was likely to be:
"... But let us say the earning rate for the next three years was 7
per cent per annum. ... If a member came in and there was a 14 per cent reserve to be recouped, then in theory if that was recouped in the next three years they would only be credited with 7 ... over the whole three years, rather than 7 per cent per annum. ...There is a very significant effect on their benefit. ... the trustee has a duty to consider the interests of those member as well as the current members."[641]
391. He explained the strain on the Plan that he saw as necessarily following any departure of Defined Benefit Members had they been given notice of the change:
"... The objective of the smoothing method is to operate in a manner passing on investment earnings to members in a smoother manner than they actually earned, but without - but passing on the actual investment earnings over time. If we had a situation where we had the $75 million at 30 June which had a 5 per cent subsidy, we are looking to get five- back 5 percent of 75 million. If 25 million of that goes out tomorrow, and we reduce the future crediting rates by 5 per cent, we have only got back 5 per cent of 50 million, not 5 per cent of 75 million. The remainder, 5 per cent of the 25 million that went out, I would regard as a strain on the plan.
... It would have gone out of the plan, but it would have gone out of deferred benefit liabilities and it wouldn't have been subject to crediting rates. "[642]
392. Plan Actuary C acknowledged that the smoothing policy had started in 1997 and had been intended to run for a five or ten year period. Having encountered an extraordinary year in 2001, the smoothing policy was not appropriate to continue because:
... - - - you need to be conscious of whether there is any substantial change in the liabilities. If you have got a steady stream smooth constant type amount of liabilities, then the smoothing method works all right, by subsidised - if you like, topping up the crediting rate one year and reducing it the next. Where you don't have that situation then you can't be confident in the long term that you can work through."[643]
393. Earlier, Plan Actuary C had agreed with the proposition that the majority of Deferred Benefit Members who were entitled to take their benefits would leave them in the Plan.[644] It was not the number of Deferred Benefit Members who could reasonably be expected to leave, he said, but the value of the benefits of those who were close to, or over 55 years of age, and who were likely to take their benefits from the Plan if they had an indication that the crediting rate policy would change. Their benefits represented 75% of the balance of the Defined Members benefit account.[645] Later, he said that the account balances totalled $21 million for those aged between 50 and 55, $25 million for those between 55 and 60 and $2 million for those over 60 years of age.[646] Having regard to the younger Deferred Benefit Members, the account balances of the Deferred Benefit Members under 55 totalled $42.2 million and $27.8 million for those over that age. In numerical terms, the number of Deferred Benefit Members under the age of 55 represented a little over 80% of the entire number of Members in that category.[647] Those 80% held 40% of the account balances of all Deferred Benefit Members totalling approximately $70 million.[648]
394. Had the crediting rate policy been continued for the 2001/02 year and the notional Crediting Rate Reserve of -14% had been recouped over the following two years, the evidence was that the under-crediting would have been in the order of 7 or 8% for each of those years.[649] Had it been recouped over three years, the under-crediting would have been in the order of 5% each year.[650] The application of the crediting rate of -5.8% would have led to an under-crediting in the order of 2.5 to 3.0% for each of the following two years.[651]
395. ND1 explained her understanding of the issues faced by the Board in deciding the crediting rate policy:
"I was quite clear in my understanding of the implications of the decisions that we were making by this time that there was that particular sub-set of people within the deferred benefit group who were described in that sentence who would clearly - who would clearly more likely to be upset than others. I also recall going through the process of remembering that my obligation as a trustee was to look after the interests of all of the members and that that was one of the things that made this such a weighty decision, because it was by no means obvious how to look after everyone's - in fact, it was impossible to look after everyone's interests equally, there had to be a balance between looking after members generally and one particular sub-set of a sub-set who were clearly not going to be happy with the direction we were going. It was a well considered point I believe by all us, but certainly by me. That was one of the things that I was very clear about in terms of my responsibility."[652]
deferred benefit members."[654] VBO said that the Board of Directors had "considered the fund as a whole and all the members as a whole ..."[655] Postponing the application of the revised crediting rate policy until after the 2001/02 year would have "...put the fund into possible risk and jeopardy."[656] The Board of Directors had not considered postponing the implementation of the decision but, even it had, it would not have postponed it. It did not consider approaching the Employer seeking contributions or other financial support as the Plan "should be self-sufficient as far as the accumulation accounts are concerned."[657] VBO had realised at the time that the Board was facing a significant issue.[658] This was so even though he had said in his submissions to the Show Cause Notice addressed to him that he had only realised that the crediting rate issue was significant with the benefit of hindsight.[659]
397. Mr Maroney saw the decisions to make the crediting rate decision and the interim crediting rate decision as decisions requiring the balancing of the "various interests of different groups of members and the potential for cost impacts on the employer. The Trustee regularly needs to balance such interests."[660] There were four principles that needed to be taken into account in setting them:
"· in accordance with the trust deed and superannuation laws
· consistent with any Trustee policy on crediting rates and reserves
In setting the interim crediting rate, Mr Maroney said, less weight would be given to the financial implications of the actual rate for the year than would be given to it than when setting the final crediting rate. That would be so because an interim crediting rate would be expected to have an impact only for a quarter or for a month and so only on Members making transactions during that period.[662]
398. Apart from a "... system that precisely allocates earnings to members based on the actual time frames they were there, and those earnings during when they were there",[663] any system of averaging means that there will be some who are winners and others who are losers. Mr Maroney agreed with the proposition that "what an averaging policy ought to seek to achieve is to prevent there being big time winners and big time losers and that is what you meant by that expression to a significant extent ...".[664]
399. Mr Maroney said in his report that the Plan was in an unsatisfactory financial position at the time the crediting rate decision was made. The VBI was then 86% because the market value of its assets was then $271.6 million and the vested benefits were $317.2 million. The assets were insufficient to meet all of the vested benefits at that date.[665] Part of the reason for the problem lay in the existence of a negative Notional Crediting Rate Reserve. Deferred Benefit Members and other accumulations based liabilities represented approximately 35% of the Plan's total liabilities at 30 June 2002. Had the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve been zero, the VBI would have been approximately 88% or 2% greater than it was. The existence of a negative Notional Crediting Rate Reserve is not in itself a problem but, to the extent that it causes a fund's financial position to deteriorate, it may be. A Notional Crediting Rate Reserve can be managed prudently and Plan Actuary C's recommendation to manage it within + or - 5% except in special circumstances is an example of prudent management.
400. Although the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve existed both before and after the introduction of the crediting rate policy, its level was a result of the application of that policy, Mr Maroney believed. The level would vary according to the difference between each year's actual investment return and the three year averaging credit rate applied. The level of the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve would usually fall within the range of + or - 10%. Based on Plan Actuary A's simulations, it would be expected to fall outside that range only infrequently or approximately one year in six.[666] In the context of managing a Notional Crediting Rate Reserve, actuaries do not usually distinguish between positive and negative reserves. They can be equally likely to occur.[667]
401. Until the 2001/02 year, the crediting rate policy was producing Notional Crediting Rate Reserves as expected. In Mr Maroney's opinion, regular actuarial advice was received and there had been effective prudential management of the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve. That was so "... even if the process was less transparent than it could have been."[668] Had the crediting rate policy been applied in 2001/02, the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve would have been approximately -14%.[669] In cross-examination, Mr Maroney explained that a figure of -14% means that, on average, Members with accumulation accounts would have been credited with 14% more than the assets had earned. Adjustments would have to be made for people who left in the period and so some might have had more and some less.[670] Given Plan Actuary A's simulations, that was a very unlikely result. In cross-examination, he explained that the possibility of getting something around -14% or +15% was a probability of once in 14 years.[671] Although such a result is unlikely, the fact that it is achieved in a five year period does not mean that it is an outcome different from than that which was anticipated in initially establishing the crediting rate policy, Mr Maroney said.[672]
402. Mr Maroney's view that the Plan was in an unsatisfactory financial position was not the result of his subjective assessment, he said, but according to the criteria in either ss 129 or 130 of the SIS Act. In his view, the assessment that the Plan was in an unsatisfactory financial position did not equate with a statement that there was a statutory minimum being a VBI expressed as either 1 or as 100%.[673] Once an Actuary decided that the Plan was in an unsatisfactory position, there was no immediate obligation to report it to APRA. The obligation was to report it to the Trustee. Only if the Trustee's response is unsatisfactory need the Actuary report it to APRA. There is no obligation, Mr Maroney said, for the Employer to make contributions to bring the VBI back to 1 or to 100%.[674] The Employer's only statutory obligation to make contributions to a fund was found under r 9.08 of the Regulations in response to a funding and solvency certificate.[675]
403. Mr Maroney said that, if the crediting rate policy had been continued in respect of the 2001/02 year, the unsatisfactory financial situation of the Plan would have been exacerbated. The VBI would, he estimated, have dropped to 83%.[676] Had the crediting rate been fixed at zero, the VBI would have been approximately 88% or shown an improvement of 2%. The vulnerability of the Plan is further exacerbated if Members have total discretion as to the time of their leaving it and by the extent to which they may choose to take their benefits as a pension and not as a lump sum.[677]
404. In Mr Maroney's view, the fact that 14% had been credited above the Plan's earnings was a symptom of the Plan's problems and not the problem. The problem he:
"... would describe would be the different liability profile of the plan in 2002, compared to when the policy was set up in 1997, whereby you have gone from a very low level of crediting rate related liabilities to around 30 per cent crediting rate related liabilities and a demonstrated unwillingness on the part of the employer to provide any further funding in relation to former employees."[678]
405. Mr Maroney would have preferred to discontinue the crediting rate Policy:
"Because of the change in the profile of the liability and the trends in the industry generally. There had been a general move away from formula based smoothing processes to more discretionary based processes, and I think that would have been an appropriate time, particularly because the fund was in an unsatisfactory financial position to take a range of steps to deal with that, and one of them would be to move into a different smoothing rate policy."[679]
406. Had he been approached in August 2002, Mr Maroney's advice would have been, he wrote in his report:
"i. Despite the impact on the Plan's finances, it is not appropriate to apply a new crediting rate policy on a retrospective basis, due to the potential for members to be misled
407. In cross-examination, Mr Maroney said that he would have given "... more weight to the first point in relation to compliance with the trust deed and superannuation laws and particularly the law not to mislead members and that is where I would have difficulty in seeing the application of a policy that wasn't prospective ..."[681] Schedule O of the Trust Deed had also caused him some concern in that he wondered "... whether that provision itself would have been inconsistent with changing the interest policy as it was done."[682]
408. Mr Maroney agreed with the proposition that, if the Employer did not make any contribution with respect to Deferred Benefit Members, there would be a "problem of equity"[683] between those who left and those who remained had the crediting rate policy been changed prospectively. Over the past ten years, the trustees of some funds have dealt with problems of equity by giving their members options such as cash options that are unsmoothed. Although this is a way of dealing with perceived inequities amongst members, it has some implications for the trustees and the employers. Employers want strategies that suit their long-term funding requirements in order to optimise the cost of providing superannuation to their staff. In the absence of members being able to choose what best suits their personal circumstances, Mr Maroney agreed that trustees have responsibility to all members of a fund whether they are winners or losers. If a policy produces big winners or big losers, it is time to move to a policy that is more discretionary. They also have to rely upon options that prevent further deterioration of the funds and prevent unfairness among different groups of members.
409. He acknowledged the recommendation that the crediting rate policy be altered prospectively would allow one group of members to leave and those who remained to solve the problem.[684] The solution, he agreed, would be at their expense and that of the Employer. When it was suggested to him that it would be at the Employer's expense if it could be persuaded to contribute the money to solve the problem created by the crediting rate policy, Mr Maroney replied:
"It could be done in other ways in terms of - as part of the expected employer funding increases to deal with the overall unfunded unsatisfactory financial position, some of the response may well be a timing mechanism to ensure that the 100 per cent is targeted from a fund VBI point of view within an acceptable timeframe and depending on how the markets recover there may or may not be a significant burden coming from the crediting rate policy, but there could be."[685]
410. He also suggested a third source of solution to the problem although said that there was no suggestion in 2002 that it could be relied on in the circumstances in which the Trustee found itself:
"... I would suggest a third source which is there are a number of features of the plans, design and experience that may lead to surpluses or deficits emerging each time that an actuarial review is done, the process by which those surpluses or deficits are dealt with does provide another potential source of financing any issues like crediting rate policy deficiencies.
... So if there was say a change in the mortality of pensioners that was in a different direction than expected and that meant that pensioners were dying earlier and pensioners were becoming less costly, that can either lead through to lower future employer contributions, or alternatively dealing with, if there was still a crediting rate policy deficiency due to members who had departed, that would be a means of financing that. "[686]
411. If the Employer were excluded, the solution had to fall on the remaining members to recoup the negative Notional Crediting Rate Reserve. If -14% were to be recouped over a two year period, he agreed that it would be sensible to divide it 50/50 between the years.[687] He later said that recoupment would be the usual approach. Different views would prevail as to the time during which recoupment should occur. Two, four or more years would all be valid options.[688] Whether or not this leads to inequity between or among generations of Members depends on what actually happens. Mr Maroney said:
"...if those members that could have chosen to leave didn't and stay there, then while they were the potential winners if they stay in the plan, for whatever reason, then they will be in a sense having the swings and roundabouts, so it will either reduce the general equity and it is only if people are leaving, coming and going at different times. The extent that the bulk of the, I think it was $75,000,000 of liability related to it, if most of that $75,000,000 is still there at the end of the two years there hasn't been significant inequity."[689]
412. In the absence of knowing what would happen, it could be expected that those Members who remained would shoulder the burden. Mr Maloney agreed with the proposition that the Trustee and the Actuary were faced with a difficult and complex problem at the end of 2001/02. It would have been imprudent for the Trustee to act without the advice of an actuary in the circumstances. He believed that Plan Actuary C had put most of the relevant considerations on the table in his various reports and, apart from one matter, those reports contained a reasonable degree of logical consistency. That one matter related to further information on the recommendation to apply the new crediting rate policy from the start of the 2001/02 year. Despite the reservations mentioned by Plan Actuary C, Mr Maroney would not have been prepared to recommend its retrospective application without encouraging the Trustee to obtain legal advice as to its ability to take that course within the terms of the Trust Deed and the superannuation law.[690] He also agreed that, in setting the crediting rate, there was no one correct decision. It could be reached only after balancing various considerations but he would be concerned if the Trustee were to step into an area that could be regarded as misleading because it placed less emphasis on the consideration of communication.[691]
413. Plan Actuary C expressed his views regarding an approach to the Employer for additional funding. Employer contributions would be increased if the Plan were in an unsatisfactory position due to the impact of a negative crediting rate or poor earnings rates on the Plan's defined benefit liabilities.[692] That is how a Plan's unsatisfactory financial position is dealt with. That is a matter different from that facing the Trustee in late June 2002:
"The crediting rate issue was to do with how the averaging process was not - was producing difficulties insofar it was allocating earning - allocating crediting rates in excess of earning rates. The objective - the trustee's aim in
operating that smoothing policy was to do it in what I call a financially neutral manner for the employer, and the aim of - with the crediting rates the aim would be, to the extent that crediting rates got ahead of earning rates, future crediting rates would be reduced. To the extent that any part of the unsatisfactory position was due to crediting rates, that would be dealt with by a reduction in future crediting rates as opposed to an increase in employer contributions."[693]
414. In this passage, Plan Actuary C inherently distinguished between an unsatisfactory position due to crediting rates and that due to pension liabilities. This became clearer later in giving evidence:
"The biggest impact on the VBI was in relation to salary related and pension liabilities, not deferred liabilities. There was an impact in relation to deferred
liabilities but on the basis that the smoothing method worked properly, that would work itself through, so you are quite right. So in relation to deferred benefit liabilities that - it is appropriate to separate that out insofar as the smoothing method, if it is operating effectively, will automatically restore that portion of the VBI.
... So it is in relation to the other part that I am looking to the employer to contribute. ..."[694]
415. By the time of the June 2002 Board meeting of the Trustee, Plan Actuary C knew that the Employer would not contribute to recouping the costs in the future. It already had to contribute to meet its liabilities in relation to other aspects of the Plan.[695]
416. As to Plan Actuary C's having discussions with representatives of the Employer, Mr Maroney said that it is common although it is now less common that it would do so in isolation from than was the case five or ten years ago. An Employer would generally seek advice from its own actuary as well and particularly if it were looking at initiating any changes itself to financial arrangements or if it were wanting to get a view from its own perspective rather than from the fund's perspective.[696] It remains common, Mr Maroney said, for a fund's actuary to discuss a projected recommendation with the employer before finalising a recommendation with the trustee. This enables a certain level of agreement to be reached as to what is acceptable to all.
417. In considering whether the decision to change the crediting rate policy was in breach of ss 52(b) and (c), we have had regard to the evidence to which we have referred in this section of our reasons as well as to the findings of fact we have made in earlier sections. We find that the Trustee was aware as early as 12 December 2000 that the number of Deferred Benefit Members was increasing. As it was difficult to ascertain how many would want to take their benefit as a pension and when, it was difficult to estimate the funding. That was due in part to the fact that the benefits continued to accumulate so long as they remained in the Plan and would affect funding if converted to a pension. It was also due in part to the difficulty in ascertaining how many would convert their benefits to pensions.
418. We are satisfied that the Trustee turned its mind to the difficulties that this issue would cause the Plan as did the Employer. It did not move quickly but did communicate with the Employer and each considered the issue. The context in which it conducted its consideration was one of positive earnings on its assets but one in which the crediting rates that were being set meant that they were greater than the Plan's earnings. Those crediting rates were the result of the Trustee's having decided to set them on the basis of the compound average of the earnings from the previous three years. The theory behind that approach was to provide a measure of certainty for those leaving the Plan, as we have already found. Had earnings remained positive, the theory was that there would be no winners and no losers. This theory necessarily presupposed that Members remained in the Plan for a sufficient time to gain the benefit of the smoothing and that there was no cross-subsidisation of generations of Members. The application of the theory in practice was affected by the requirement in the Trust Deed to set minimum rates in certain instances. It was also affected by major fluctuations in the Plan's earnings and particularly by its losses.
419. It was not until September 2001 that the Trustee realised that it might face losses and so negative earnings in that financial year. It was then that its Plan Actuary canvassed the possibility of a review of the crediting rate policy. He did no more than canvass it saying in October 2001 that he would consider the matter further before giving advice. The Trustee, we find, noted that the Plan Actuary would undertake this. In the months leading to January 2002, it set Interim Credit Rates and changed the crediting rate policy for particular categories of Members. In January 2002, Plan Actuary C recommended a review and recommended that the matter be reviewed to the Investment Sub-committee.
420. It might be thought that the work of the Investment Sub-committee took a little longer than might have been desirable. Whether that is so, the matter was not neglected and, like the Trustee, the Investment Sub-committee was very reliant on the advice of the Plan Actuary. Both the Board and the Investment Sub-committee were considering the issues and solutions to them as the Plan Actuary reported to them. They were also mindful of the varying investment returns over the course of the 2001/02 year. Those returns appeared to improve slightly in the December and March quarters although not sufficient to restore the Plan to a satisfactory financial situation. That remained the position in April 2002 when Plan Actuary C had yet to make a recommendation to the Investment Sub-committee or to the Trustee. He was expected to recommend a review of the contribution by the Employer and was monitoring the Plan's financial situation. He did not raise recoupment until the May 2002 meeting of the Sub-committee. It was not until June 2002 that Plan Actuary C made his main recommendations that the three year averaging should be abandoned for the years 2001 and 2002 in favour of a discretionary decision having regard to earnings and previous over and under crediting.
421. When the Board adopted Plan Actuary C's recommendations later in June 2002 regarding the new crediting rate policy, it did not yet know the Plan's earnings for the June quarter of 2001/02. Therefore, it was not in a position at that time to set the crediting rate for the financial year just completed as required by the Trust Deed. The Plan's earnings were not known until July 2002. Once it knew that they were -5.8%, the Trustee was faced with making a decision that would please no-one.
422. For the previous three years, the application of the smoothing rate had, we find, led to over-crediting so that by 2000/01, the Crediting Rate Reserve was -5.0%. Had it retained the smoothing rate policy, the over-crediting would have been -13.8%. If it credited a rate equivalent to the Plan's earnings, it would credit -5.8%. That would leave the over-crediting since the 1997/98 year at -5.0%. If it credited 0%, the over-crediting would extend to -10.6% since that year. Continuing to increase the extent of over-crediting was not prudent unless the shortfall it caused could be made up from some source or other.
423. The only possible source was the Employer. We are satisfied that the Trustee reasonably thought that it could not call upon the Employer to contribute to make up for the over-crediting. Under cl 11C of the Trust Deed, the Employer's obligation is limited to providing the Benefits set out in the Trust Deed. If it is correct that the Trustee could declare a negative crediting rate, there can be no suggestion that the Employer was obliged to call upon the Employer. A Member did not have a vested entitlement to those sorts of benefits until they could be, and were, taken from the Plan under the Terms of the Trust Deed.
424. Inequities in the levels of subsidisation between different generations of Members in the Plan were a difficulty. If the Trustee decided to declare a crediting rate of 0% or better in respect of the 2001/02 year, long-term Deferred Benefit Members who then left the Plan would have been effectively subsidised by other accumulation members who would suffer recoupment in subsequent years. Like ND1, some of those Members would have recently transferred money to the Plan from other funds. Unlike the long-term Deferred Benefit Members who left, such Members would not have enjoyed the years of over-crediting. Others would be Deferred Benefit Members who were not yet 55 and had no choice but to remain Members. They might or might not have had the benefit of over-crediting. Unlike the long-term Deferred Benefit Members who left, they would suffer from subsequent recoupment.
425. Although it did not prove to be the case, the Trustee was not to know at the time that Deferred Benefit Members would not withdraw substantial sums from the Plan. This was a factor that the Trustee needed to consider and did consider. If that were to occur, the funds remaining and subject to recoupment in the future would have to bear a burden disproportionate to the over-crediting they received.
426. In the end, the Trustee was faced with a choice between Scylla and Charybdis.[697] In avoiding one, it would founder in the second. In selecting a crediting rate and in abandoning the smoothing rate policy in respect of the 2001/02 year, we are satisfied that it steered the fairest course that it could among all of the Members. As we have already found, it was not in the best interests of the Deferred Benefit Members but it was the fairest decision because it placed the burden of the Plan's earnings upon all. For those, like long-term Deferred Benefit Members, they remained in a more beneficial position than they would have been had the Trustee always credited the Plan's earning rate. Members who had belonged to the Plan for a short period only suffered but their suffering reflected what had happened in the industry that year. It was not a case in which legal advice would have assisted the Trustee to make its decision. Actuarial principles were applicable. It sought and received actuarial advice. It followed that advice; not blindly but after considering it both in the Investment Sub-committee and at Board meetings.
427. Having regard to all of these matters, we have decided that the Trustee was in breach of neither of the covenants in ss 52(2)(b) and (c) of the SIS Act.
CONSIDERATION: is a breach of the Trustee's duty to comply with the Trust Deed a breach of ss 52(2)(b) and (c)?
428. The answer to the question we have posed depends on what the covenants encompass. In relation to s 52(2)(b), an ordinary prudent person dealing with the property of another would generally act in accordance with the law. As the relevant law requires compliance with the terms of the trust deed governing the actions that the person might take, an ordinary prudent person would have regard to that. Quite apart from discovering the law, an ordinary prudent person dealing with the property of another would, even when no trust is involved, know that the other person might have placed restrictions on what might be done with that property. That knowledge is readily translatable to a situation in which an ordinary prudent person is dealing with property subject to a trust. An ordinary prudent person would ascertain the terms of that trust and discover the limits of what may be done under its terms. Having ascertained the terms, the ordinary prudent person would keep the terms to mind and, in most instances, be expected to comply with them.
429. In this case, the Trustee did not comply with the terms of the Trust Deed in so far as setting a negative crediting rate in respect of accumulation funds such as those relating to Deferred Benefit Members or to Members such as those in Category S. An examination of the written material and of the evidence given by the applicants leads us to find that the Trustee did not consider the terms of the Trust Deed in order to ascertain the limits of their power. They were very much focused on such matters as the negative earning rate of the Plan, the over-crediting that had occurred in previous years, the VBI and the Employer's position on giving additional contributions. This was understandable given the nature of those matters. It was also understandable given that the Plan Actuaries, particularly B and C, had focused on these matters and had not drawn the Trustee's attention to the terms of the Trust Deed. Over the course of the Trustee's consideration of the crediting rate policy, the Plan Actuary had made no reference to its need to seek legal advice. Certainly, on 13 August 2002, Plan Actuary C raised the issue of "legal clearance" but he did so in the context of clearing an Information Notice to be sent to Members regarding changes to the crediting rate policy (1998-2001) to be applied for the 2001-2002 financial year. By that time, the Trustee had made its decision in the absence of legal advice and without directing its attention to the terms of the Trust Deed.
430. In the matter of complying with the Trust Deed, we do not consider that the Trustee exercised the same degree of care, skill and diligence as an ordinary prudent person would exercise in dealing with property of another for whom the person felt morally bound to provide.
431. As for the best interests of the beneficiaries under s 52(2)(c), their best interests will generally require that the trustee's powers and duties are exercised in accordance with the trust deed. That is so because "A trustee departs from the provisions of the trust deed at its peril of afterwards having to satisfy the court that its departure was necessary or beneficial."[698] If we are correct that the Trustee could not credit a negative crediting rate in respect of interest, we would find that it was in breach of this covenant. It could not act in the best interests of the beneficiaries if it ignored the provisions of the Trust Deed fixing their entitlements.
432. Although we have reached these conclusions, we acknowledge that APRA did not base its decisions or present its case on this basis. Although we raised the terms of the Trust Deed and particularly the use of the word "interest" during the hearing, we do not consider that the Trustee or the applicants were given sufficient notice that the issue was one of concern to us or sufficient notice that a breach of the Terms of the Trust Deed might be regarded as a breach of one or more of the covenants. In light of that, it seems to us that it would be inappropriate to consider the issue further.
CONSIDERATION: did the Trustee breach s 52(2)(g)?
433. In summary, s 115 of the SIS Act provides that, unless prohibited by the governing rules of the trust deed, the trustee of a superannuation fund may maintain "reserves" of the entity. The Regulations also refer to "reserves" and uses it in rr 5.01A and 5.03(1). Regulation 5.01A provides that the prescribed standard set out in r 5.03(1) is applicable to the operation of accumulation funds and approved deposit funds that maintain reserves.
Subject to certain qualifications, the trustee of those sorts of funds must determine the investment return to be credited or debited to a member's benefits or benefits of a particular kind in a way that is fair and reasonable between all the members of the fund and the various kinds of benefits of each member of the fund.
The construction of s 52(2)(g): the submissions
434. The Trustee and the applicants have submitted that the Notional Crediting Reserve is not a reserve within the meaning of the SIS Act. It refers to a "dollar reserve" and not to a reserve in an accounting sense. APRA, in contrast, submits that the difference, and the accrued difference over time, between the amounts credited to Members and the earnings of the Plan is an asset or liability of that Plan. It is not, however, simply an unidentified or unidentifiable portion of the general assets or surplus of the Plan. Instead, it is to be identified and prudentially managed because there can be serious consequences for the Plan and its Members if the difference grows and remains too large.
The construction of s 52(2)(g): the interpretation
435. The ordinary meaning of the word "reserve" when more commonly used as "reserves" in a financial context is:
"... 8 ... a company's money or assets, or a country's gold and foreign currency, held at a bank to meet future liabilities ..."[699]
"... Funds kept available by a bank, insurance company etc, to meet ordinary or probable demand; resources in gold etc. held by a nation ..."[700]
"an account kept aside by the trustees of a superannuation fund to cover declines in asset values or investment returns."[701]
436. The Trustee and the applicants also referred to a passage from the CCH Macquarie Dictionary of Accounting in which "reserve" is defined in the context of differing qualifying adjectives:
"capital redemption reserve (where preference shares are redeemed out of profits and made unavailable for distribution as dividends. The purpose of the reserve is to protect creditors by preventing what would otherwise in effect be a reduction of share capital. Such a reserve represents a form of capital reserve.
Capital reserve 1. a reserve which for statutory reasons (as in the case of a capital redemption reserve) or because of requirements in the memorandum or articles of association of the company, or because of a resolution of the directors, is nota available for distributions as dividend. An amount set aside by resolution of the directors is a reserve only for that accounting period and may be converted to a revenue reserve by resolution in a later period.
2. a reserve which if distributed as a dividend is not subject to income tax or if distributed as a bonus issue is not subject to bonus issue tax for the individual shareholder.
437. It is clear from s 115 and reinforced by the Regulations that there is no obligation to maintain reserves. An obligation only arises if a trustee does maintain a reserve. This interpretation is supported by the relevant passage from the Treasurer's Statement:
"Reserves are created when some of a schemes investment returns are not allocated to members' accounts but instead credited to a separate reserve account. They are primarily designed to protect against times when investment returns are low or negative and to enable a scheme to provide, during those times, benefits comparable to those paid to members who retired when yields were higher. By enabling a fund to smooth investment returns (ie make them more stable), reserves may also permit trustees to adopt more aggressive, but not unduly risky, investment strategies. These can produce higher average returns to the fund.
Thus, the maintenance of reserves will not be regarded as a breach of trustees' fiduciary obligation to their members. However, there will be no obligation on trustees to maintain reserves. Under the new disclosure requirements applying from 1 July 1992, members will receive information on the manner in which the net earnings of the fund are allotted to their accounts, and the manner in which the reserves of the fund are determined.
Where reserves are maintained, it will be the duty of the trustees to manage the reserves and ensure consistency between the investment policy and the reserving policy. This requires a dynamic approach to financial management, in order to cope with the volatility of investment markets. The ISC, in conjunction with the industry, will examine financial management techniques currently in use, to establish whether they are prudent and effective."[702]
438. Did the Trustee maintain reserves? APRA has referred us to various passages in the evidence to support its submission that it did. PD1, for example, said that:
"The extent of disparity between crediting and earning rates in the Fund (ie the value of the crediting rate reserve) was relevant to whether members were being credited returns which reflected the long term earnings of the Fund, which the Trustee published as the basis on which returns to accumulation-based benefits would be credited."[703]
Furthermore, a significant positive or negative reserve in the medium term would reflect inequitable disparity between crediting and earning rates.[704]
439. APRA also referred to Mr Maroney's statement that:
"In the context of managing 'notional crediting rate reserves', actuaries do not distinguish between negative and positive reserves. Both can be equally likely to occur."[705]
From an actuarial point of view, he continued, he believed that:
"... a 'notional crediting rate reserve' existed until such time as the Trustees decided to abolish smoothing and to credit members with the actual earning rate each year. Such a 'notional crediting rate reserve' was capable of prudential management, regardless of whether it was positive or negative."[706]
440. On behalf of APRA, Mr Tracey submitted that the fact that it is permitted to go into deficit does not mean that there is no reserve. It is simply a reserve in relation to which the governing rules permit a deficit and borrowing from the Plan's general assets. The Trustee had built up the reserves in the 1990s so that as "[a]t 1 July 1997, the Plan held a notional crediting rate reserve of 3.85%."[707] Plan Actuary A wrote in his Crediting Rate Review dated 18 May 1998 that "This reserve had been built up to subsidise possible poor returns in the future by crediting a rate lower than the actual Plan earning rates (in particular during the 1996/97 year)."[708] The crediting rate policy up until that time had comprised an "interest rate reserve", a "minimum crediting rate reserve" and Trustee discretion to smooth returns within the constraints of maintaining a reasonable interest rate reserve position and crediting the minimum return.[709] The "reserve" was "supplemented", it was said, by the application of special tax credits at the Board's meeting of 13 August 2002.[710] It was distributed in 1998 when the smoothing policy was adopted[711] The crediting rate Reserve was taken into account in setting the crediting rate for 2001/02[712] as was the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve in setting the crediting rate for the year in relation to Category S Members and the Category S Reserve.[713]
441. We accept that the Trustee has used the word "reserve" although is has not necessarily been used without qualification. We will return to that. Equally we accept that VBO has said that he has no problems with the proposition that the application of tax refunds to the crediting rate reserve made sense to him as a chartered accountant.[714] We also accept that VBN has said that the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve was managed by the board.[715]
442. That we have accepted these things does not assist us with the interpretation of the word "reserves" in s 115 of the SIS Act. Having regard to the principles in Pepsi Seven-Up Bottlers v Commissioner of Taxation,[716] we do not consider that the word has a specialised sense that differs from its ordinary English meaning. Indeed, the dictionaries, both standard and specialist, all give consistent meanings. All convey the notion of actual monetary funds or assets. All convey the notion of those funds and assets being put aside to meet future contingencies and demands. While conveying these notions, they do not convey any notion that the funds and assets are themselves notional. Neither the ordinary English nor the specialist areas of accounting and financial management have been influenced by the modern way in which some may choose to present their situation to the world. A "negative reserve" must be in the nature of a deficit but it cannot be a "reserve".
443. We consider that our interpretation is supported by the context in which the word "reserve" is used in the SIS Act and the Regulations make it clear that the obligations they impose only arise if a Plan has a reserve. If the notion of a reserve encompasses both the situation in which the Plan has credited less than all of its earnings (less proper expenses and deductions) to its Members, and the situation in which it credits more, maintaining a reserve would not be a matter of choice for a fund but a matter of necessity arising out of the exigencies of managing earnings and distributions. We do not consider that the meaning attributed to the word "reserves" can be extended by reference to the long title to the SIS Act. While it makes it clear that the legislation is for the supervision of certain entities engaged in the superannuation industry, it provides for that supervision by establishing a framework of principles and of operating standards. It does not purport to regulate every aspect of an entity's operation. Having chosen words that have an ordinary meaning, Parliament must be taken to have meant what it said by its choice of words that have an ordinary meaning.
444. The Trustee has certainly used the word "reserve" in its minutes and the Plan Actuaries have also used it. Generally, though, it is qualified by adjectives. This is illustrated by the examples referred to by APRA in its submission. In Plan Actuary C's Review of the crediting rate policy dated 18 June 2002, for example, the reference is to the "Crediting Rate Reserve" averaging "around -5.5% if the post - 1/7/02 earning rate averages 7.5% pa".[717] The average earning rate, he estimated, would need to increase to approximately 13 to 14% to produce a "nil average Reserve".[718] As that was unrealistic, the "Reserve position" was unlikely to return to a persistent neutral position without the modification of the crediting rate method.[719] One possible option would have been to "reduce the 2001/02 earning rate by the -5.4% 1/7/2001 Reserve."[720] In Plan Actuary C's later recommendations, he recommended that the Trustee "use the special tax refund to bring Crediting rate reserve at 30/6/02 to -5.0% (from -5.4%)".[721] At the same time, he recommended that it aim to "recoup negative Crediting rate reserve by 30/6/04 at latest; recoupment pattern to take into account actual earning rates". At the time, recouping any "Credit Rate Reserve" was "extremely difficult to justify when the actual earning rate is such a large negative already".[722] The Trustee's meeting on 13 August 2002 referred to the crediting rate decision took into account the "Category S Reserve position".[723] Much has also been said by Plan Actuary C and in evidence regarding the "Notional Crediting Rate Reserve".
445. One of the major difficulties in considering this issue is the description as the "Notional Crediting Rate Reserve" and ascribing a percentage rate to it. A reserve is normally a specific sum allocated or recognised by an entity as a reserve. As such, it is recognised or earmarked as a sum that is either a capital reserve or a profit reserve and not available for distribution. The "Notional Crediting Rate Reserve" is neither. Furthermore, it is not a specific sum. All that it is, is an arithmetic calculation of the difference in percentage terms between the percentage net return on the total fund assets and the percentage of the specific category of Members' balances credited to their accounts. At any one time, that calculation is not an amount equal to either a percentage of the total Fund or total Members' balances. The "Notional Crediting Rate Reserve" means simply that a Member of that category who has remained a Member for the whole of the relevant period has been credited with that percentage either over or under the actual earning rate of the Fund as a whole. Given the regular inflow and outflow of Members within the category, it is not correct to say that, for example at 30 June 1998, there was a reserve equal to 3.85% of any actual sum.
446. Having regard to our view of the meaning of the word "reserves" used in s 115, it is possible to argue that the Trustee maintained reserves up until it set the crediting rate for the year ended 30 June 1998. These reserves, being the cumulative difference between the Plan's earning rate and its crediting rate, amounted to +3.85% . Even then, Plan Actuary A described it as a "notional crediting rate reserve"[724] but we consider that the language he subsequently used to describe it emphasises that it was an actual, as opposed to a notional, reserve. That language was this; "This reserve had been built up to subsidise possible poor returns in the future by crediting a rate lower than the actual Plan earning rates (in particular during the 1996/97 year)."[725] It is debateable whether it was "an account kept aside by the trustees of a superannuation fund to cover declines in asset values or investment returns" as The Oxford Dictionary of Australian Investment Returns defines the word "reserves' and as it is understood in ordinary English in a financial context.
447. The Trustee continued to have reserves up until some point in the financial year 1998/99 because by 30 June 1999, the "Crediting Rate Reserve" was -3.9%. The following two years were -2.6% and -5.4% respectively.[726] Once the figure shown as the Crediting Rate Reserve was a minus figure, the Trustee no longer maintained reserves.
448. With regard to the reserves it did maintain, did the Trustee "formulate and give effect to a strategy for their prudential management consistent with the entity's investment "? A "strategy" is "... a long-term plan for future success or development ..."[727] The meanings of the word "prudential" when used as an adjective are:
"... characterized by or exercising careful forethought"[728]
"... 1 Of, involving, or characterized by prudence; exercising prudence, esp. in business affairs. ...
2 US HISTORY. Designating (any of several men appointed to conduct) the business and administrative ... of a colonial town, society, etc ... "[729]
"1. of, relating to, or characterised by prudence. 2. exercising prudence. 3. U.S. having discretionary charge of certain matters. ..."[730]
449. Bearing in mind the meanings of the word "prudence", "prudential management consistent with the entity's investment" will mean that the management will be:
"... Characterised by or proceeding from care in following the most politic and profitable course; having or showing sound judgement ...; sensible ..."[731]
as well as showing "... Wisdom; knowledge of or skill ..."[732] consistent with the entity's investment.
450. The obligation imposed on the trustee by s 52(2)(g) is to "formulate and to give effect to a strategy for their prudential management consistent with the entity's investment ". It is to formulate and give effect to a long-term plan for the management of the reserves that is based on the most politic and profitable course and that shows sound judgment consistent with the entity's investment. That does not mean that the strategy that is developed must necessarily preserve the reserve in all circumstances. It does not mean that the reserves must necessarily be maintained at a certain level in all circumstances. An entity may formulate and give effect to a strategy for their prudential management that does not lead to either outcome and yet be consistent with its obligation under s 52(2)(g). The covenant does not focus on the outcome of the strategy but on the strategy itself.
451. Of the applicants, only VBR and VBV were directors when the decision was taken to increase the Plan's return for the year ended 30 June 1998 by 3.85% so eliminating the Plan's reserve.[733] It was a decision based on advice of Plan Actuary A on 18 May 1998. He recommended that the 1997/98 Plan returns be increased by the reserves before being applied to the crediting rate formula. He said that this should be done to ensure that Members did not "lose" the reserves. What is meant by "lose" is not clear on the face of Plan Actuary A's document. It was later said that the reserves were distributed over a three year period.[734] This would have been the effect of the three year compound average interest rate calculated according to the smoothing policy. What is clear is that by notionally increasing the Plan's earnings by the amount of the reserves in respect of the 1997/98 year, the Trustee had distributed the very funds that are by their nature intended to protect members against times when investment returns are low. It had removed a tool whereby it could adjust distributions to ensure that earnings were equably distributed among Members. As a consequence, became hamstrung in its ability to provide all Members with benefits that were comparable given their personal circumstances but regardless of whether they retired during times of high or low Plan earnings. That this was likely to be so in very short compass had to be apparent from the outset of the Trustee's adoption of the three year smoothing policy in respect of the 1997/98 year. Although the returns for the years 1995/96 and 1996/97 had been 15.8% and 9.7% and Plan Actuary A assumed that they would be 10.0% in 1997/98, it was apparent from Plan Actuary A's calculations at that stage that the Plan's earning rate would have to exceed 11.8% if the Plan were not to be in deficit i.e. have a negative Notional Crediting Rate.[735] There had been no consistent trend other than that of positive earnings. There was no consistent pattern that supported a conclusion that, even in years of positive earnings, the crediting rate based on a three-year smoothing policy, would be likely to be equal to or less than the Plan's earnings. As a strategy, the distribution of the reserves to coincide with the introduction of a three year smoothing policy, was more likely to lead to a deficit in the Plan's assets, and so a negative Notional Crediting Rate Reserve, than not. As it turned out, the net earning rate for 1997/98 used for the purpose of the three year average and including the 3.85% reserve was 14.24%.
The crediting rate based on the three year smoothing policy was more than the Plan's earnings. It was not until the next year that the earnings dropped to 6.9%, the crediting rate exceeded the earnings and the Notional Crediting Rate Reserve began to be negative figures and to follow the course that was likely from the time of the strategy's adoption.[736]
452. In view of these matters, we consider it arguable that the Trustee had not formulated and given effect to a strategy for the prudential management of those reserves at that time consistent with the Plan's investment in accordance with s 52(2)(g). We do not go further and make a finding to that effect for the focus of the parties was on more recent events. They have not had a proper opportunity to address the position in 1998 and we do not find that there was a breach of s 52(2)(g) in subsequent years.
The Employer Offer: was the Trustee in breach of s 52(c)?
453. It was submitted on behalf of APRA that the Trustee failed to ensure that its duties and powers were exercised in the best interests of the Members in relation to the Employer Offer because:
(a) at the time it communicated the offer, it failed to provide information required by the Members to make an informed decision;
(b) it failed to provide information that would have assisted Members in relation to their response to the offer; and
(c) it failed to consider both its obligations and the legal advice it had received in relation to its obligations to act on that advice.
Furthermore, it was submitted, the Trustee knew through those of its Directors who held Board or senior management positions with the Employer that the Employer's purpose was to reduce its potential liability to the Plan.
454. We will return to the improper purpose submission later. The remainder of the submission focused on the omission of two pieces of information that APRA submitted were pension conversion factors and each Member's account balance. It was submitted that the Trustee did not advise the Members in the Employer Offer that the pension option can be a very valuable option and might be more valuable than the offer made by the Employer. It did so in circumstances in which it knew that that the pension conversion rates were very generous to Members when compared with those that were available in the market, it had given advice to that effect in the earlier Transfer Offer, had removed a previous reference to some sort of that information from an earlier draft of the Employer Offer, had access to actuarial data showing that, based on certain assumptions, the value of the pension option for each Deferred Benefit Member was between 122% and 136% of the face value of the account balance and two of its Directors knew that a Member who recognised or understood the value of the pension option would not accept the Employer Offer.
455. We accept that the Trustee as well as VBN and VBW knew that Actuary E had advised the Employer in correspondence dated 30 October 2002 that the "...valuation basis adopted for the latest actuarial investigation of the Plan values the pension conversion option at an average of 128% of members' account balances for those exercising the option at age 55, reducing slightly to around 120% of the account balance for members exercising the option at 65." VBV and VBW knew that because Actuary E had included it in the draft Employer Offer Notice he had sent to the Employer. The Directors of the Employer, including VBV and VBW, attended that meeting on 30 October 2002. VBV, and so the Trustee, were also aware of it once the Employer sent a copy of the correspondence to VBV. VBN, we find, was aware of it at least by 31 October 2002 when he attended the Employer Plan Steering Committee and Actuary E's report was the subject of discussion. VBW also attended that meeting.
456. We find that, in draft form, the Employer Offer Notice[737] conveyed information similar to that which Actuary E had conveyed to the Employer and in the draft letter to the Trustee. As to the pension option, the draft stated:
"The valuation basis adopted for the latest actuarial investigation of the Plan values the pension conversion option at an average of 128% of members' account balances for those exercising the option at age 55, reducing slightly to around 120% of the account balance for members exercising the option at 65.
The actual value of the pension option for any individual member will depend on their ultimate life span, their marital status (and life span of their spouse) as well as future earning rates and CPI increases."[738]
457. Actuary E did not recall the change to the draft Employer Offer Notice or the reasoning behind it although he would have read the email from a member of staff of the Actuarial Firm, MS3, to the Plan Executive and copied to him. He did not recall whether he discussed the changes with MS3 from his firm.[739] He had not discussed them with the Plan Executive and had not told the Plan Executive that he thought the reference to 128% misleading.[740] At the time that he sent the letter, Actuary E had not thought the reference misleading. If he had, he would not have made it.[741] Within a week or two of his sending the draft Employer Offer Notice to the Plan Executive on 30 October 2002, he said, he had changed his mind:[742]
"There were good reasons not to refer to average actuarial values in the notice to deferred benefit members. Specific information of this kind carried a risk of misleading members.
If an absolute number like 128% were to be included in the notice to members there was a risk that members might seize upon that figure and make a misleading comparison with the amount of the lump sum offer."[743]
Even if the figure were qualified, he still believed at the time of the hearing that the inclusion of a figure of 128% would have been misleading. That would be because members would have placed more weight on the figure than on the qualifying statements.[744] Furthermore, the Plan's liability was based on the amount that it would have to pay out. What a Member receives may be different. It is affected their own personal tax and social security position. That can depend on how they structure their affairs e.g. whether that Member takes a lump sum and purchases an allocated pension or deals with the matter in another way. Those choices are irrelevant to the Plan's liability that is assessed on a gross basis.[745]
458. VBN told the Plan Executive that the revised letter removing the reference to 128% was a good letter.[746] In cross-examination, VBN said that his comment had included the deletion of the reference to 128% but that it was "primarily focused elsewhere."[747] He had no difficulties with the deletion.
459. The Plan Executive said that the reference to 128% was removed at the request of VBW and the CEO after the draft Employer Offer Notice had been shown to them. That occurred following discussions and his:
"... recollection of those discussions at the time was that it was a very complicated issue and it was important that each member sought their own financial advice. ..."[748]
MS3 from the Actuarial Firm did not mention that the reference was removed because it was misleading. Equally, she did not say why it was misleading.
460. VBW's email to the Plan Executive on 21 March 2003 set out a number of comments regarding the draft newsletter to be sent to Deferred Benefit Members regarding adoption of the new crediting rate. He recommended that "... the letter needs a more user friendly intro ..." and went on to suggest a structure to achieve that. Someone needed to go over it with a fine toothcomb from a legal perspective and he suggested VBN. With regard to the draft Employer Offer Notice, he also suggested a less formal style. He also wrote:
"2. We should refer to the crediting rate changes in the note as well so that people are prompted to consider this also in making their selection.
3. There are too many 'after careful considerations' in the letter. We need to ensure members are prompted to take appropriate advice but not scare them off. At the moment it reads as if - we would not recommend this but we are obliged to pass the offer on!"[749]
"... This reflected my view that the communication to members should convey the Employer Offer in objective and neutral terms. I did not consider that it should be drafted in a manner intended to persuade members to accept, or dissuade members from accepting, the offer. This was consistent with the Trustee's earlier decision ... that it should pass on the offer but not make a recommendation in relation to it and the fact that every individual members' circumstances were different.[750]
462. Although it is probably trite to say so, a person may include passages in a draft document and later discard them without any intention to obfuscate or to confuse those who read the document in its final form. It is clear from the discussions and correspondence that we have summarised above that the Employer was very mindful of the financial consequences of its offer. There can be no question that the Employer hoped that as many Members as possible would accept the Employer Offer. After all, the greater the number who accepted the greater chance the Employer had The Employer's motives are, however, irrelevant to how the Trustee decided to perform its duties and exercise its powers in relation to the Employer Plan. It was the Employer's actuary, Actuary E, who first suggested that the value of the pension option to a Member was approximately 128% of the value of a Member's account balance. That was at the end of October 2002 and, by the time the Employer Offer was communicated to Members, the reference had been removed. On the evidence, we have decided that we do not know how or when the reference came to be removed. All that we can be certain of is that it was removed as part of the process of drafting and re-drafting which itself followed on the process of developing the offer and the communications and comments.
463. Who deleted the reference to 128% and why it was deleted are not particularly important questions at this stage of our consideration. A more important question is whether the Trustee had performed its duties and exercised its powers in the best interests of the Members when it permitted the Employer Offer to be communicated to the Members as it was. There is no question that the pension entitlements could be very valuable to a Defined Benefit Member as they provided a greater pension than could be obtained commercially from any lump sum that a Member would be paid after accepting the Employer Offer. We are satisfied that the Trustee knew that as did the Employer. It was stated explicitly in the Employer Offer package.
464. We find that the Trustee and its Directors were unaware of its own solicitor's advice on 24 March 2003 that it might be incumbent upon it to make a recommendation to members in relation to the Employer Offer rather than merely acting as a conduit between the Employer and the Members. TS gave that advice to the Plan Actuary whose responsibilities were to the Employer and not to the Trustee. That had been made very clear by the CEO and, despite ND1's wish that the Trustee have executive assistance, none that answered to it was forthcoming.
465. Even though TS's advice did not find its way to the Trustee, he provided his comments on the draft documents to the Actuarial Firm. That finding is consistent with his evidence, both verbal and written, and with his firm's accounts rendered to the Trustee on 31 March 2003 and 29 April 2003.[751] It is clear from the legal services detailed in those accounts that they related to discussions with MS1, MS4, the Plan Executive, Plan Actuary C regarding the crediting rate policy and the Employer Offer. The majority of the entries related to the Employer Offer. We are satisfied that MS4 incorporated his comments in further drafts. We are satisfied that TS offered his comments in his role as the Trustee's solicitor. He had done so in such a way that MS1 was able to advise the Trustee on 3 April 2003 that they had been subject to legal review by TSF. That was also the day on which TS certified that it was in order for the Trustee to publish the documents and to issue them to Deferred Benefit Members in accordance with the information requirements of the Corporations Act and the SIS Act.
466. Clearly, the Trustee and its Directors were not involved in the minutiae of the discussions and negotiations regarding the appropriate wording of the Employer Offer. Equally clearly, we find, they were aware that TS had been involved in reviewing the documentation. The Trustee and the individual Directors had been made aware of his advice before the Directors signed the Circular Resolution on 4 April 2003.
467. Apart from TS's advice, the Directors had also discussed the matters at Board meetings. We have referred to these discussions in our background findings above. VBN said in cross-examination that the meeting of the Trustee's Board on 5 March 2003:
"... My recollection of this meeting is reasonably clear.
... Particularly as regards the discussion by ... [VBW], and you will see that the meeting was not a short meeting. It was over four hours, and a fair proportion of it was taken up by ... [VBW] talking very openly about what had been happening inside his discussions with the employer prior to this meeting. So there was a very high level of disclosure, and I can't recall it but it wouldn't at all surprise me if that letter was on the table at this meeting."[752]
468. In his statement, VBQ recalled the meeting in similar terms and added:
"... at that meeting, the Chairman emphasised that the duty and responsibility of the Board members was to the ... [Plan] (and its members) and not to interested parties, including the Employer. All Board members were acutely conscious of this. ..."[753]
Among the aspects considered at the meeting, VBQ said, was the impossibility of a "mass recommendation" to the members because the value of the Employer Offer to each Member depended on that Member's individual circumstances. It was neither the Trustee's duty nor a proper use of the Plan's resources to provide individual advice to Members. The Trustee, however, should recommend that the recipients of the Employer Offer obtain independent advice.[754]
469. The Trustee must be permitted to have some regard to the advice of its solicitor. During the hearing, the point was made from time to time that the Directors had relied on the legal and actuarial advice they had received. No action had been taken against the professional advisers who had proffered that advice, it was said, and yet the Trustee and its Directors were said to be derelict in performing their roles. If we were meant to understand that a Trustee that follows the professional advice it receives cannot be taken to be in breach of its covenants, we do not agree. It would no doubt be a decision that would not be made lightly. Professional advice is essential. The Regulations give particular weight to actuarial advice in that they effectively give the Plan's Actuary responsibility for reporting on its solvency. Actuarial advice is particularly important in a business which is concerned with generating income and maintaining capital sufficient to meet future liabilities that are based on as least as many variables as it has Members. As essential as professional advice is, the Trustee's obligation goes beyond simply seeking, accepting and following professional advice. If it were otherwise, an actuary and a lawyer would be able to manage a superannuation fund and that would be the structure approved by the SIS Act. As it is, the SIS Act has adopted the corporate structure and stipulated their qualifications. The SIS Act and Regulations clearly require those Directors, and so the Trustee, it to use their own acumen, knowledge and judgment in weighing all relevant factors including professional advice.
470. What should their own acumen, knowledge and judgment have told them? There were three independent witnesses who gave evidence pertinent to this question. One is Mr Maroney, who is the principal of Professional Financial Solutions. In his report, Mr Maroney explained that the figure of 128% "... is the average of the male and female ratios from the ..." table he had extracted from Actuary E's letter to the Plan Executive on 30 October 2002.[755] That table set out the average actuarial values of the pension option for each year from 55 to 65 years of age. The table showed the commutation factors, the current pension valuation factors, the male ratio, the female ratio and the average ratio.[756] Mr Maroney explained the table:
"117. The Current Pension Valuation Factors show the value of $1 of annual pension payable for life (and for the remaining lifetime of a surviving spouse) under the terms of the trust deed for males and females respectively using the valuation basis adopted by the actuary as at 30 June 1999.
118. The Commutation Factors are the values specified in the trust deed that a member can exchange a lump sum benefit for such a pension of $1 per annum.
119. Hence a deferred benefit member must exchange $12 of their account balance for each $1 of annual pension. For the 1999 valuation, the actuary valued that pension at $15.45 for a male and $15.30 for a female to enable him to report on the financial status of the plan and to make appropriate funding recommendations.
120. The Ratios relate the Valuation Factors to the Commutation Factors:
121. The average of 128.8% and 127.5% is 128.1%. Hence, the average actuarial value of the pension option is 128% of the value of the lump sum option, based on the 1999 valuation assumptions."[757]
471. The basis on which the current pension valuation factors were calculated for males and females at each of the 11 ages between 55 and 65 were:
· Investment earning rate net of tax and expenses: 8%. This was the discount rate used to calculate the net present value (NPV) of an amount payable in the future. The NPV of $108 payable in a year's time is $100 if a discount rate of 8% is used.
· Pension indexation rate or the expected increase in the Consumer Price Index: 3%
· Pensioner mortality based on the PMA and PFA mortality tables allowing for mortality improvement to 2010
· Spouse mortality based on the Australian Life Tables 1980-1982
· 80% of pensioners are married males and 20% are single females.[758]
472. Mr Maroney further explained average actuarial valuations in relation to a single female:
"127. The actuary relies on the valuation methodology and assumptions being accurate for a group of pensioners, even if the actual value of payments to each pensioner is different from the average.
128. For example, consider the Current Pension Valuation Factor of 15.30 relating to a 55 year old single female. This factor is equivalent to the value of a pension payable for 28 years to age 83.
129. If that female lived to age 95, the net present value of the payment of the pension for 40 years would have been $17.66.
130. If that female lived to age 75, the net present value of the payment of the pension for 20 years would have been $12.73.
131. The average 'cost' of those two pensions would be $15.20 which is very close to the expected cost under the valuation basis."[759]
"There are a range of circumstances where the actuarial value of the deferred pension option for particular members would differ from 128. These include differences from the valuation assumptions (underlying the 128% average value) in any of the following factors:
474. He went on to examine the value of the Employer Offer to individual Members:
"The value of the employer offer to particular individuals will depend on a range of factors, including those relating to their personal circumstances and preferences, superannuation options, implications for age pension eligibility and taxation consequences. In practice, the complexity of the interaction of the factors makes it very difficult for an individual member to make an accurate comparison without the assistance of a financial planner or other professional who is licensed to provide personal financial product advice. Information would be sourced from the individual and, if necessary, from the Trustee."[761]
475. Mr Kevin Bailey, who has 19 years' experience in the financial planning industry and is the Chairman of The Money Managers Ltd, also gave evidence. He said in his report that a financial planner would have provided "meaningful advice" to a Member on whether to accept the Employer Offer. In giving advice, it is not the practice of a financial adviser to seek information as to the average actuarial value of an employer's liability to pay a lump sum or a pension to members of a fund. Normally, that figure is not publicly available. If it were, it would not be pertinent to the circumstances of an individual member. In all of his years of being a financial planner, he had never had access, nor requested access, to that figure in order to advise an individual client.
476. In order to advise a member, Mr Bailey said, a financial planner would calculate that person's taxation and social security entitlements on various sets of options and to compare the options. It is best to use a number of case studies to demonstrate the process and questioning of the person would normally assist in that person's making a well-informed decision. The Employer Offer documents together with the particular person's Annual Benefit Statement would provide all the information required to advise that person on the various courses available in that person's personal circumstances and stated preferences.[762] The Plan Executive had said during his examination that Members had been given their Annual Benefit Statement six or seven months before the Employer Offer was made to them.[763]
"... opinion Section 4 of 'the employer offer' goes as far as the trustee can go in giving guidance without knowing the individual circumstances of the members. Section 4.1 of the document states that the actual value of the pension option for individual members will depend on their ultimate lifespan, their marital status (and the life span of their spouse) as well as future earnings rates and CPI adjustments. I would go further and say that one needs to consider the member's and their spouse's health and the longevity of their parents and grandparents as well as other family history. When underwriting insurance these things are taken into consideration and the pension would be less attractive if they had a shorter life expectancy than the norm. The marital status and the strength of the relationship are also important as the reversion of 60% to the spouse has been factored into the actuarial calculation which would disadvantage a single person in retirement if they took the pension option."[764]
478. In his report, Mr Bailey compared a commercially available pension with the Plan's pension. This showed, he said, "... how understanding the conversion rates for the existing pension are if one wished to take a pension option."[765] During cross-examination, Mr Bailey agreed with Mr Crennan QC that he intended to convey that the Plan's pension rates were far more favourable than those commercially available.[766] He agreed that the Transfer Offer package included examples of the pensions available under the Plan for male and female pre and post 1 July 1995 Members aged 65 with and without spouses and indicative commercial annuities that would be available to them.[767] At the same time, he said that the examples only looked at "one paradigm or one option".[768] The Transfer Offer did not mention that a Member could choose to use a lump sum in many ways other than to purchase a commercially available pension. Those other ways would be known to a financial adviser.[769]
479. During cross-examination, the following exchange occurred between Mr Crennan and Mr Bailey in relation to the average actuarial valuation of the pension:
MR CRENNAN: ... if it were possible to explain to a member the limitations of that calculation, would that information be of assistance to the member in mapping that member's course of action? --- I don't believe that it would, because - because it is an average, some - when members have this sort of information they would probably feel that it would be an entitlement, and because it is an average there would be some people who would be less than that average and some people more than that average.
Indeed? --- So by giving all of the information here I think it would probably
Yes? --- - - - rather than a simple explanation of giving a comparison to a commercially available annuity - - -
Annuity, yes? --- - - - under the same terms would do the job much more efficiently in my opinion.
Yes. So your preference for clarity would be the comparison to the annuity? --- Definitely, it would - - -
I am sorry. Annuity, I should say? --- It would certainly show the advantage, the outstanding benefits of the pension without having to go into this detail, which I believe would just serve to confuse an average member.
Yes. It would be a simple and readily available yardstick? --- Yes, it would.
Yes. Thank you? --- Much more simple than providing this sort of complex
Yes. All right. You don't say this information would be useless. You are saying that there is more readily available simpler yardsticks to provide to the members? --- I don't think the information will be useless, but I do believe that the information would be likely to cause confusion.
Unless properly explained? --- With the explanation needed, they would need to have that explained by a financial adviser or somebody who could walk them through in some considerable detail, and even then a proportion or percentage of people still would not understand.
Yes? --- And would potentially draw the wrong conclusions from this sort of information.
And, as you say, some would be above that figure, some below it? --- Yes."[770]
480. Mr Crennan also drew Mr Bailey's attention to a passage in [4.1] of the Employer Offer Notice notifying Deferred Benefit Members that they were entitled to convert their retained defined benefit account on or after their 55th birthdays. The conversion factors were set out in the Plan Trust Deed and the Member Booklet.[771] That passage also made it clear that any residue of the retained defined benefit account would be paid to a Deferred Benefit Member's dependants or legal representatives if not fully expended in making pension payments. Both of these matters set out some aspects of the pension.
481. Professor McMaster illustrated the marked difference between the pension entitlement of a Defined Benefit Member and the commercially available annuity to such a person who chose to accept the Employer Offer.[772] He said that, in his:
"... experience of giving financial advice, the most efficient way to demonstrate the relative value of a financial instrument is to compare it with another financial instrument that offers similar benefits. The relative values then become obvious even to an unsophisticated observer. ...
A prudent member who recognised the value of the deferred pension option would have compared the benefit of the option with the alternative employment of the available sum. In my opinion this person would be unlikely to accept the employer offer and suffer a consequent loss.
482. Professor McMaster also answered the question whether it was reasonable to expect that a Member who did not recognise the value of the pension option would be swayed to take up the Employer Offer. He wrote in his report:
"In my experience it is common for people to follow instructions and accept an offer concerning their investments without undertaking an appropriate due diligence. A classic example of this behaviour is mirrored in the success of David Tweed's purchases of shares from people at less than market value. Those people received an offer in the mail to buy their shares and they sold them at less than market. They blindly acted on instructions.
In similar fashion, many deferred benefit members would have been unaware of the true value of their deferred benefit pensions and would have accepted the employer offer without undertaking any due diligence. Most people are aware that the Trustees of a superannuation fund are required to act in the best interests of members and I expect that they saw ... [the Employer] in a position of trust, therefore it is not surprising that many would act on the offer without further research."[774]
483. Professor McMaster said that the average actuarial figure of 128% was significant in that it withheld information that would have placed Deferred Benefit Members in a position where they could make informed decisions. In giving financial advice, it is a fundamental principle that the person be placed in a position in which to make an informed decision.[775] Later in his report, he said that the figure of 128% would have alerted a Member to the fact that they needed to exercise care in making the decision.[776] The removal of the figure of 128%:
"... denied members access to transparency in the offer. The reason for the offer (being to reduce the potential liability of the employer) was not clear and therefore members were not alerted to the potential loss they could suffer through acceptance of the offer."[777]
484. We do not accept that the Trustee was derelict in its duty to ensure that its powers and duties are exercised in the Members' best interests when the Employer Offer was made to those Members. Certainly, it did not ensure that the figure of 128% was included but all witnesses who addressed it are consistent in their evidence that it is merely an average actuarial value of the future cost of the pension option. It might or might not have drawn Members' attention to the value of the their pension options but we are satisfied that the Employer Offer as a whole already did that quite adequately given the options that were available to a Member. As Mr Bailey agreed with Mr Crennan, the Employer Offer Notice drew Deferred Benefit Members' attention to the value of the pension option. In our view, the statement that any difference between the pension payments made and the initial capital applied to commence a pension would be paid to a Member's dependants when pension payments ceased clearly shows that the minimum amount that the Member must receive is the value of that Member's account balance. It conveys the notion that the pension payments will continue to be made to the Member and the Member's surviving spouse regardless of the size of that account balance. As the Employer Offer Notice states, the value of the pension option depends on a number of factors including how long they live. The Transfer Offer Notice carefully draws their attention to consider how valuable the pension is to them. That value is further underlined by the examples given in the Employer Offer package. It clearly compares the pension with annuities then available commercially. It is readily apparent to a reader with modest understanding that opting for a pension under the Plan is, on those examples, likely to be significantly more valuable than such an annuity.
485. By choosing to focus on the comparison between the Plan's pensions and the annuities, the Employer Offer could be seen as discouraging anybody to accept it. What it did not do was to describe the range of options that could be tailored to the Plan's Members. Mr Bailey alluded to the range that may not be infinite in its variety but is certainly as varied as there are Members entitled to accept the Employer Offer. The Employer Offer Notice expressly recognised that there are significant differences in the circumstances of each individual Deferred Benefit Member. That was the reason for its feeling unable to make any recommendation to Deferred Benefit Members as a group. It was the reason why it recommended that each member should seek their own independent financial advice regarding the elections available to them.
486. It is said that the Trustee did much better job in advising the Members in relation to the Transfer Offer and that it should have done the same in relation to the Employer Offer. We do not accept that is so. The Transfer Offer and the Employer Offer are two very different matters. The Transfer Offer was an offer to move from a defined benefit to an accumulation benefit. The variables are much more circumscribed in those circumstances than those relating to an offer to forego a pension in exchange for a lump sum being a Member's account balance enhanced by 10%. They were circumscribed by the very fact that their amount was determined by the terms of the Trust Deed. A Member could not influence the outcome except by choosing one or other of the categories. The variables were fixed by the parameters of the relevant Defined Benefit Category to which the Member belonged and the Accumulation Category. Against that background, the Trustee regarded it as appropriate to advise the Member of the cost of the pension and the cost of providing a pension and the relevance of increases in salaries and the CPI. All were known to be relevant in the Member's assessing the value of the pension and the value of the lump sum that would be accrued in the Accumulation Category. Information relating to the Member's particular circumstances could be related to those variables. That gave the Member a firm foundation on which to assess the Transfer Offer in light of variables peculiar to that Member e.g. degree of comfort with bearing the risk in the Accumulation Category, availability and size of income streams apart from the Plan and the use that a lump sum could be put to as part of that Member's overall financial management.
487. When it comes to the Employer Offer, the comparison is not simply between a pension option on the one hand and a lump sum on the other. It is between either a pension or a lump sum either immediately or at some time in the future on the one hand and a lump sum that gave the recipient a wide range of variable factors on the other. The nature of those variable factors would be determined by each Member's circumstances. It is those variable factors that are of immediate relevance and that determine the path that a Member might choose. Unlike the Transfer Offer, there are no variables that are fixed by the parameters of being a Deferred Benefit Member and the offer to pay 110% of the account balance held in the name of that Member. As we have said, the variables are those peculiar to each Member. What, in effect, the Employer Offer did was to make Deferred Benefit Members address the question that they would have had to decide either when they reached the age of 55 years or when they decided to take their benefit from the Plan at some later time. That question was whether they wanted to take their benefits in the form of a lump sum or a pension. When that time came, they would have been well advised to seek financial advice to help them make a decision that suited their personal circumstances. The fact that the Employer decided to ask the question earlier with a sweetener made no difference. They were still well advised to seek financial advice. That is what the Trustee advised them to do. In our view, having drawn Members' attention to consider how valuable a pension was to them, it could not sensibly go any further than it did. We are satisfied that it acted with the best interests of the Deferred Benefit Members of the Plan in mind having regard to the first issues raised in APRA's submission.
488. The remainder of APRA's submission related to the Trustee's knowing, through VBN, VBV and VBW, that the Employer had reasons other than the best interests of the Members in mind. The power that the Trustee used in playing its part in the Employer Offer was cl 17(d) of the Trust Deed. It is a power that can only be exercised with the agreement of the Employer and if the actuary certifies that the proposed arrangement is equitable and not prejudicial to the interests of any other Member.[778] Given the structure of the Plan, it is inevitable that there will be occasions on which the Employer will want that power to be exercised in a way that will have benefits for it. Having read the exchanges of emails of various people with the CEO, we are satisfied that this was one such occasion. The Employer's reason for putting the Employer Offer forward was to limit its future liability.
489. For the reasons we give below, we have found that the Trustee delegated its responsibilities for ensuring that its interests and role were protected and promoted in the development of the Employer Offer. It had delegated it to VBN, VBV, VBW and the Plan Executive. It is taken to know the information that they were party to but their knowing and its knowing the Employer's motive does not equate with its exercising its power for an improper purpose.
490. There were three things that it did in deciding to take part in the Employer Offer: reach an agreement with the Employer to exercise its power under cl 17(d) of the Trust Deed; obtain an undertaking from the Employer that it would ensure that the benefits of those Members who did not accept the offer would be fully funded and so protected; and transmit the offer without recommendation other than that the Members sought their own advice. We do not regard that as using its power for an improper purpose. The Trustee protected the interests of the Defined Benefit Members who did not want to accept the offer while communicating it to those who might. It did so in terms that did not promote it and in terms that made it clear that the pension options available under the Plan were superior to those available commercially. Had it not communicated it, those who might have wanted flexibility in their financial arrangements and the opportunity to obtain a lump sum could have made the complaint that the Trustee was not exercising its powers for the benefit of the Plan's Members.
491. Our findings lead us to conclude that the Trustee is not in breach of the covenant in s 52(c) of the SIS Act.
The Employer Offer: was the Trustee in breach of s 52(b)?
492. On behalf of APRA it was submitted that, in relation to the Employer Offer, the Trustee did not exercise the standard of care, skill and diligence required in the circumstances. In particular, it referred to the Trustee's failure to consider and act on advice it had received, to give appropriate consideration to the content of the Employer Offer and to give appropriate consideration to its obligations with respect to that offer. APRA relied on the course of consideration and discussions in which the Trustee had been involved in relation to the Transfer Offer.
493. It was submitted that the Employer Offer was in fact made by the Trustee to the Deferred Benefit Members and not by the Employer. The Trustee was not merely relaying the Employer's offer. Payment would be made by the Trustee using its power under cl 17(d) of the Trust Deed to increase or vary a member's benefit and was subject to later contribution, if any, by the Employer as determined by the Plan's actuary.
494. Our attention was drawn to the Employer's letter to the Trustee dated 31 March 2003.[779] The letter addressed to VBV, and signed by VBW on behalf of the Employer began by saying that it outlined "our offer" to Deferred Benefit Members of the Plan. The letter said that "The Employer Offer is to supplement to the extent of 10%, lump sums withdrawn by Defined Benefit members from their Retained - Defined Benefit Accounts_, subject to the ... terms and conditions ..._" it then set out. The Employer advised the Trustee that it considered that the offer could be made under cl 17(d) of the Trust Deed that stated that "the Trustee may with the agreement of ... [the Employer] and the person in question ... increase of vary any benefit which is or may become payable to or in respect of the person."[780] After the offer period, the plan's actuary would be asked to determine the impact of the Members' acceptance of the offer on the Plan's estimated benefit liability. As the Plan is a defined benefit, the Employer stated that it was responsible for contributing at a level sufficient to fund the benefits of Members and beneficiaries.
495. We accept that the mechanism for implementing the Employer Offer was as described in the Employer's letter. This does not necessarily convert it from an offer by the Employer to one by the Trustee. The terms of the Trust Deed require that the Trustee is the entity increasing the benefit by 10% but it is clear that this is purely the way in which the offer had to be implemented. In the absence of that power, the Employer could not have made its offer. It expressly acknowledges its liability to fund Defined Benefit Members' entitlements. The subtext is that the Employer might not have had to top up the Plan with an amount representing 10% of the account balances of those Members who accepted the Employer Offer but it stood ready to do so. Without the Employer's standing ready to do that, it is clear that the offer would not have been made. That was so because of the very practical reason of requiring additional funds, or at least the promise of them, to meet any future unfunded liabilities and the legal reason that the Employer and the Trustee had to agree on the course of action under cl 17(d). In substance, the offer remained an offer by the Employer which required the Trustee's agreement to implement.
496. APRA relied on the matters it had raised in relation to the best interests covenant in submitting that the Trustee had failed to comply with the prudent person covenant. For the reasons that we have given in relation to the best interests covenant, we consider that the Trustee is not in breach of the prudent person covenant.
497. APRA also submitted that, before passing the resolution, the Trustee should have obtained advice in relation to its obligations to make such an offer and how best to communicate that offer in the circumstances. Furthermore, it should have done the following: convened at least one meeting before making and conveying the offer to Members; ensured that all Directors had received a copy of TS's advice dated 24 March 2003; ensured that all of its Directors had read and considered the draft Transfer Offer package; and waited to obtain TS's certification before presenting them with the Circular Resolution. APRA also submitted that the Trustee should have resolved to make and convey, rather than just to convey, the offer. The seriousness of the Trustee's failure to do these things must be judged in light of its knowledge of the Employer's strategy and purpose in making the offer, its knowledge of the value of the pension conversion rates under the Plan, its decision to remove a reference to the pension conversion rates under the Plan's being "very generous", its knowledge of the Employer's aggregate cost of funding the pension based on actuarial assumptions, access to data showing the Employer's cost of funding the pension in respect of each individual Member based on actuarial assumptions and its knowledge of the Transfer Offer.
498. For the reasons that we have given, we consider that the steps that the Trustee took in relation to the Transfer Offer do not assist us in considering what it should have done in relation to the Employer Offer. Its submission relating to the Trustee's duties in regard to its Directors' actions are another matter. Section 52(8) of the SIS Act provides, in effect, that the Directors have duties that include duties that mirror the Trustee's statutory duties referred to in s 52(2) or prescribed under s 52(5) in relation to a trustee. The SIS Act does not go on to regulate the relationship between the Trustee and its Directors. That is left to the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act) and its predecessor, the Corporations Law.
499. Under s 180 the Corporations Act, a company's directors owe duties of skill, care and diligence as do its other officers. These are in addition to those they owe under other statutory provisions and under the general law.[781] Of interest in this case is one of the duties set out in Division 1 of Chapter 2D of the Corporations Act. It is set out in s 180(1) and provides that directors or other officers:
"... must exercise their powers and discharge their duties with the degree of care and diligence that a reasonable person would exercise if they:
(a) were a director or officer of a corporation in the corporation's circumstances; and
(b) occupied the office held by, and had the same responsibilities within the corporation as, the director or officer."
500. Section 180(2) refers to a business judgment. By that it means "... any decision to take or not take action in respect of a matter relevant to the business operations of the corporation."[782] It provides that directors and officers of a corporation who make a business judgment are taken to have met the requirements of s 180(1) and their equivalent duties at common law and in equity in respect of that business judgment if they:
"(a) make the judgment in good faith and for a proper purpose; and
(b) do not have a material personal interest in the subject matter of the judgment; and
(c) inform themselves about the subject matter of the judgment to the extent they reasonably believe to be appropriate; and
(d) rationally believe that the judgment is in the best interests of the corporation.
The director's or officer's belief that the judgment is in the best interests of the corporation is a rational one unless the belief is one that no reasonable person in their position would hold."
501. These duties do not mean that directors must reach every decision on the basis of their own knowledge, expertise and skills. The business judgment rule encapsulated in s 180(2) recognises that directors need to inform themselves on the subject matter on which they must make judgments. In order to fulfil their duties under s 180(1), they must do so to the extent that they reasonably believe appropriate. Section 189 sets out circumstances in which that reliance will be taken to be reasonable in certain circumstances:
(a) a director relies on information, or professional or expert advice, given or prepared by:
(i) an employee of the corporation whom the director believes on reasonable grounds to be reliable and competent in relation to the matters concerned; or
(ii) a professional adviser or expert in relation to matters that the director believes on reasonable grounds to be within the person's professional or expert competence; or
(iii) another director or officer in relation to matters within the director's or officer's authority; or
(iv) a committee of directors on which the director did not serve in relation to matters within the committee's authority; and
(ii) after making an independent assessment of the information or advice, having regard to the director's knowledge of the corporation and the complexity of the structure and operations of the corporation; and
(c) the reasonableness of the director's reliance on the information or advice arises in proceedings brought to determine whether a director has performed a duty under this Part or an equivalent general law duty;
the director's reliance on the information or advice is taken to be reasonable unless the contrary is proved."
502. Sections 180(1) and (2) are civil penalty provisions within the meaning of s 1317E(1)(a). Consequently a court may make a declaration of contravention of them by a director[783] and order that the director pay a pecuniary penalty.[784] The penalty is a civil debt payable to ASIC on the Commonwealth's behalf.[785] ASIC may apply for a declaration of contravention or a pecuniary order. That is the effect of s 1317J of the Corporations Act. If civil proceedings are taken against, among others, a director for breach of duty and it appears to the court that the director is or may be liable in respect of the breach of duty but that the person has acted honestly, the court may relieve the person either wholly or in part. It may only do that if it has had regard to all of the circumstances.[786] It is clear from these provisions that the shareholders do not have a right to take action should there be a breach of a director's statutory obligation of the sort to which we have referred.
503. Although decided shortly before the business judgment rule was introduced in s 180(2) by the Corporate Law Economic Reform Program Act 1999, the judgment of Clarke and Sheller JJA in Daniels v Anderson[787] continues to be relevant in explaining the extent of the legislative duty:
"The modern cases to which we have referred, set in the context of a legislative pattern of imposing greater responsibility upon directors, demonstrate that the director's duty of care is not merely subjective, limited by the director's knowledge and experience or ignorance or inaction. The duties of a director are eloquently explained in the judgment of Pollock J, giving the opinion of the Supreme Court of New Jersey, in Francis v United Jersey Bank 432 A 2d 814 (NJ 1981). The relevant legislative context was different. ...But the judgment exposes by reference to other cases what is generally expected of directors not only in the United States but in Australia and elsewhere. In our opinion, this has become what the law requires of directors.
' As a general rule, a director should acquire at least a rudimentary understanding of the business of the corporation. Accordingly, a director should become familiar with the fundamentals of the business in which the corporation is engaged: ... Because directors are bound to exercise ordinary care, they cannot set up as a defence lack of the knowledge needed to exercise the requisite degree of care. If one 'feels that he has not had sufficient business experience to qualify him to perform the duties of a director, he should either acquire the knowledge by inquiry, or refuse to act.' ...
Directors are under a continuing obligation to keep informed about the activities of the corporation. Otherwise, they may not be able to participate in the overall management of corporate affairs: ... Directors may not shut their eyes to corporate misconduct and then claim that because they did not see the misconduct, they did not have a duty to look. The sentinel asleep at his post contributes nothing to the enterprise he is charged to protect: ...
Directorial management does not require a detailed inspection of day-to-day activities, but rather a general monitoring of corporate affairs and policies: ... Accordingly, a director is well advised to attend board meetings regularly. ...
While directors are not required to audit corporate books, they should maintain familiarity with the financial status of the corporation by a regular review of financial statements. ...
The review of financial statements, however, may give rise to a duty to inquire further into matters revealed by those statements: ... Upon discovery of an illegal course of action, a director has a duty to object and, if the corporation does not correct the conduct, to resign. ...
A director is not an ornament, but an essential component of corporate governance. Consequently, a director cannot protect himself behind a paper shield bearing the motto 'dummy director': ..."[788]
504. The principles do not mean that a director must give continuous attention to every detail in the management of the affairs of a corporation even when the corporation is a trustee. A director may rely on information or advice provided by another in making decisions as a director but may not use that reliance as a total defence to an allegation of failing to carry out a director's duties. Reliance may be relevant but not a whole answer to such an allegation. Directors are:
"... obliged to obtain at least a general understanding of the business of the company and the effect that a changing economy may have on that business. Directors should bring an informed and independent judgment to bear on the various matters that come to the board for decision."[791]
"... expected to attend all meetings unless exceptional circumstances, such as illness or absence from the State prevent him or her from doing so: cf Harper and Browne, The Duties and Liabilities of a Director in 1973 (1973) 47 ALJ 447 at 451-452."[792]
505. These passages were, with others, quoted with approval by Clarke and Sheller JJA in Daniels v Anderson. Their analysis underlined the point that such expressions of a director's duties do not establish inflexible statements of it. They said:
" The insolvent trading cases demonstrate that ignorance is no longer necessarily a defence to proceedings brought against a director. In some respects, at least, the director must inform himself or herself about the affairs of the company. There is no doubt reason for establishing a board which enjoys the varied wisdom of persons drawn from different commercial backgrounds. Even so a director, whatever his or her background, has a duty greater than that of simply representing a particular field of experience. That duty involves becoming familiar with the business of the company and how it is run and ensuring that the board has available means to audit the management of the company so that it can satisfy itself that the company is being properly run. The board may be assisted by sub-committees consisting of its members, including non-executive directors: see generally, Sievers, Farewell to the Sleeping Director_, (1993) 21_ Australian Business Law Review 111 at 115-117.
In our opinion the responsibilities of directors require that they take reasonable steps to place themselves in a position to guide and monitor the management of the company. The board of AWA met only once a month for half a day. But to our mind the board should meet as often as it deems necessary to carry out its functions properly. The question is what in the particular case are the duties and responsibilities of the directors and then what time is required of them as a board to carry out these duties and responsibilities. It is not a matter of tailoring the extent of the duty or function to pre-fixed intervals between board meetings."[793]
506. A similar view of the duty was taken by the Full Court of the Supreme Court of Western Australia when Pidgeon J, with whom Franklyn and Walsh JJ agreed, said that a director is expected to be:
"... sufficiently informed of the company's affairs to make an independent judgment and to take appropriate action if the matters did not proceed as matters should proceed in a merchant banking company. This would be the duty owed to the company. It would be the duty the depositors, depositing on the faith of his presence, would see him as performing. In particular, they would expect him to ask the necessary question if facts arose that would put him on inquiry. His position therefore, as a non-executive director, would not absolve him from having the basic knowledge to which I have already referred."[794]
507. In this case, we find that the Board considered whether it should be involved in the development of the Employer Offer at its meeting on 5 March 2003.[795] It decided instead to entrust its Directors, VBN, VBV and VBW, and the Plan Executive to ensure that the presentation of the Employer Offer was in accord with the Trustee's duties. It had nominated them as the contact points. On the basis of VBN's evidence, we accept that other Directors could have nominated themselves to be involved but none did. We also accept that none of the Directors can recall receiving TS's advice regarding the Employer Offer. It had been obtained by the Plan Executive and VBV was aware that it had been obtained but VBW was not.[796] VBN has no independent recollection of seeing TS's advice.[797] VBO, VBP and VBQ did not believe that they were shown the letter or aware of its contents before they signed the Circular Resolution.[798]
508. On the basis of his oral evidence, we accept that VBO had not read the documentation relating to the Employer Offer that MS4 sent him and the other Directors for comment on 21 March 2003. He had neither read the documentation nor commented upon it by close of business on 24 March 2003 as requested by VBW.[799] He did, though, read VBV's comments on that documentation on 25 March 2004 and knew that the Board was relying on the Actuarial Firm.[800] When MS1 sent the Employer Offer again on 3 April 2003, VBO "had a look at them"[801] but had no comments. He did not consult any his fellow Directors before he signed the Circular Resolution but said that he had read MS1's comments and that the documents had been reviewed.[802]
509. APRA would have us find that the Trustee should have made a Director such as VBO read and consider the Employer Offer package before he signed the Circular Resolution. There is no question that VBO had a duty to inform himself sufficiently to make a decision. If VBO was in breach of a duty that is a duty under the general law, it was a breach in relation to which the company could take civil proceedings. If in breach of a duty under the Corporations Act, it was a duty in relation to which the company or ASIC could take civil proceedings. If it was a breach of a duty under s 52(8) of the SIS Act, it was a duty in relation to which APRA could take action. It was not a duty in relation to which the shareholders could take action even though it was a duty that they might have expected a director to fulfil if they turned their minds to it. That does not make it a duty owed to the shareholders of the corporation. A duty owed by a director to a corporation that is a trustee does not owe a duty directly to the beneficiaries of the Trust.[803] A trustee has a right to enforce the duty against that director but such a right does not carry with it a correlative obligation on a trustee to make directors perform the duties required of them. Such a right does not carry with it a correlative duty on a trustee to the beneficiaries of the trust to ensure that its directors will comply with their duties.
510. The duty imposed on the Trustee by s 52(2)(b) of the SIS Act is imposed on the Trustee as an entity. Whether it has is assessed by reference to what it did acting through its Board as a whole rather than to whether individual directors have or have not been in breach of their duties as directors. In this case, we are satisfied that the Board delegated certain tasks in relation to the Employer Offer. The Trustee delegated to VBN, VBV, VBW and the Plan Executive the tasks of reviewing the Employer Offer and ensuring that it complied with the Trustee's obligations.
511. The Trustee could properly do this. Looking for a moment to a corporation that is not a trustee, the Corporations Act recognises that, unless the company's constitution provides otherwise, the directors of a company may delegate any of their powers to other persons including a committee of directors, a director and an employee of the company.[804] The delegation must be recorded in the company's minute book kept in accordance with s 251A of the Corporations Act. In the case of a corporation that is not a trustee, the exercise of the power by a delegate is as effective as if the directors had exercised it.[805]
512. In the case of a corporation that is a trustee, regard must be had to the general law that a trustees have"... no right to shift their duties on other persons."[806] That does not mean that they must do every act themselves. As the headnote in Speight v Gaunt records, "A trustee investing trust funds is justified in employing a broker to procure securities authorized by the trust and in paying the purchase-money to the broker, if he follows the usual and regular course of business adopted by ordinary prudent men in making such investments"[807] Section 28 of the Trustee Act 1958 (Vic) expresses a similar sentiment in that authorisation to act through an agent is limited to transacting business or an act. Taking s 28(1) of that legislation as an example, it provides:
"(1) Trustees or personal representatives may, instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent, whether a legal practitioner, banker, financial services licensee, regulated principal, or other person, to transact any business or to do any act required to be transacted or done in the execution of the trust, or the administration of the testator's or intestate's estate, including the receipt and payment of money, and shall be entitled to be allowed and paid all charges and expenses so incurred, and shall not be responsible for the default of any such agent if employed in good faith."
This is also reflected in s 52(2)(e) and (3) of the SIS Act. The former establishes a covenant that a trustee will not enter a contract or do anything else that would prevent it from, or hinder it in, properly performing or exercising its functions and powers. The latter provides that the covenant does not prevent a trustee from engaging in or authorising persons to do acts or things on its behalf.
513. The distinction is between a trustee's authorising or delegating the doing of acts or things, that it is permitted to do, and its authorising or delegating the decision to do those acts or things and so the exercise of its powers or discretions. The distinction enables a trustee to operate effectively in a world in which it cannot undertake every act itself but is consistent with two precepts in the SIS Act. The first, in s 58(1), is that the governing rules "... must not permit the trustee to be subject, in the exercise of any of the trustee's powers under those rules, to direction by any other person." The second is found in s 59(1). In general terms, it provides that the governing rules must not permit a discretion to be exercised by a person other than the trustee.
514. We do not consider that VBN, VBV, VBW and the Plan Executive were asked to exercise the Trustee's powers or discretions. They reviewed and monitored the Employer Offer but they did not exercise the Trustee's power to decide whether it would agree with the Employer to make the Employer Offer. That was left to the Trustee to make through the Directors' each deciding whether to sign the Circular Resolution.
515. VBN, VBV, VBW and the Plan Executive relied on their own experience and on advice from TS and members of the staff of the Actuarial Firm engaged by the Trustee to review documentation prepared in part by the Employer's consultant actuary and in part by the Actuarial Firm. They ensured that the Employer wrote to the Trustee. Certainly, the Trustee would pay those who accepted the Employer Offer from the Plan but it did so in circumstances in which the Employer expressly stated that it was responsible for contributing at a level sufficient to fund the benefits of Members and beneficiaries. That was not tantamount to saying that it would pay the 10% over and above the amount of the account balances to be paid to those Members who accepted the Employer Offer. It was tantamount to saying that it would ensure that the Plan was properly funded to meet the benefits due to those who did not accept.
516. In these circumstances, we consider that the Trustee did exercise the same degree of care, skill and diligence as an ordinary prudent person would exercise in dealing with the property of another for whom the person felt morally bound to provide. It delegated review of the Employer Offer to those of its Directors who volunteered but who, in our view, were, among the then Directors, best possessed of the skills to consider the issues. They were Employer representatives and there was no Member representative among them. That does not, in our view, detract from their being able to be the Trustee's delegates and from acting properly on the Trustee's behalf and in its interests. Not all of the four delegates saw TS's advice but all four, including all Directors, were advised by MS1 that the documents had undergone extensive review including legal review by TSF. That was the Trustee's solicitor. All Directors knew that the Trustee's final recommendation was that Members obtained their own financial advice. Given the final form of the documentation relating to the Employer Offer, the fact that they had undergone legal review and that Directors knew that in general terms if not the detail of it, the Employer's statement that it would meet the obligations under the Plan if further funding were required and the Trustee's recommendation, we consider that the Trustee met its obligation under s 52(2)(b) of the SIS Act.
CONSIDERATION: VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR, VBV and VBW
517. APRA relied on s 120A(2) in making its decisions to disqualify VBN, VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR, VBV and VBW. Disqualification under that section depends on the Trustee's having contravened the SIS Act. As we have concluded that the Trustee has not contravened its obligations under ss 52(2)(b), (c) and (g), there can be no basis for disqualifying them under that provision. Therefore, we set aside APRA's decision on that aspect in respect of all of them. Our setting it aside has the effect of restoring VBO, VBP, VBQ, VBR and VBV to the status that they had before APRA's decision i.e. as persons in respect of whom APRA had never made a disqualification decision. There is no need to substitute any decision under s 43 of the AAT Act.
518. That leaves VBN and VBW whom APRA also disqualified under s 120A(3) on the basis that they are not fit and proper persons to be responsible officers of body corporate that is a trustee. APRA relied on a number of issues relating to the crediting rate policy, the Employer Offer and the reserves in relation to VBN and to the Employer Offer in relation to VBW. In so far as APRA's submissions regarding VBN and VBW's actions in relation to those matters were concerned, they do not raise any matters that we have not already considered in relation to the Trustee. Our findings with regard to its actions regarding those issues are equally applicable to the actions of VBN and VBW and we do not propose to consider these matters further.
519. Section 120A(3) of the SIS Act encompasses two steps. The first is to decide whether or not either VBN or VBW is a fit and proper person to be a trustee, investment manager or custodian or a responsible officer of a body corporate that performs one of those functions. If we decide that they are not, we must take the second step to decide whether or not they, or either of them, should be disqualified. We must take that second step because there is, inherent in the use of the word "may" in s 120A(3) a discretion. This follows from the application of s 33(2A) of the AI Act which provides that "Where an Act ... provides that a person, court or body may do a particular act or thing, and the word may is used, the act or thing may be done at the discretion of the person, court or body." As with ss 120A(1) and (2), Parliament has chosen to express s 120A(3) in these terms i.e. "the Regulator may disqualify an individual"[808] if it is satisfied of the matters it specifies in the remainder of the provisions. The expression in each of these three provisions is to be contrasted with that in s 120(1) when Parliament has specified that "an individual is a disqualified person"[809] if certain events have occurred in relation to a person. Section 120(1) operates by force of law but the disqualification provisions of s 120A operate only if APRA is first satisfied of the specified matters.
520. Returning to the first step, when is a person not a fit and proper person within the meaning of s 120A(3)? We have looked first to other contexts in which the expression has been used and considered. It has, for example, been considered in the context of the licensing of tax agents under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936[810] and Stasos v Tax Agents' Board,[811] the licensing of persons to import certain drugs under the Customs (Prohibited Imports) Regulations 1956[812] and the Air Navigation Regulations 1947.[813]
521. In an earlier case of Hughes and Vale Pty Ltd and Anor v State of New South Wales and Ors [No.2],[814] Dixon CJ, McTiernan, Williams, Webb, Fullugar, Kitto and Taylor JJ said:
"The expression 'fit and proper person' is of course familiar enough as traditional words when used with reference to offices and perhaps vocations. But their very purpose is to give the widest scope for judgment and indeed for rejection. 'Fit' (or 'idoneus_') with respect to an office is said to involve three things, honesty, knowledge and ability: 'honesty to execute it truly, without malice affection or partiality; knowledge to know what he ought duly to do; and ability as well in estate as in body, that he may intend and execute his office, when need is, diligently, and not for impotency or poverty neglect it._"[815]
522. Much later, in Australian Broadcasting Tribunal v Bond and Others,[816] the High Court considered s 88(2) of the Broadcasting Act 1942 which provided that the then Australian Broadcasting Tribunal ("ABT") might suspend or revoke a commercial licence if it appeared advisable in the public interest to do so. The ABT could have regard only to the matters set out in the sub-section. One of those matters was that the licensee was no longer a fit and proper person to hold the licence.
523. Mason CJ said of the matters that should be taken into account in considering what is meant by a "fit and proper person":
"... the statutory concept of 'fit and proper person to hold the licence', which is undefined, takes account of qualities and characteristics of the licensee apart from matters mentioned in s88(2)(a), (b)(ii) and (c). Thus, the concept comprehends matters other than the financial, technical and management capabilities necessary to provide an adequate and comprehensive service, lack of which is a ground for suspension or revocation under s88(2)(b)(ii). Thirdly, though fitness and propriety are necessarily related to the holding of the licensee's commercial licence and to the provision of a broadcasting service pursuant to that licence (see Re New Broadcasting Ltd (1987) 12 ALD 1 at 8-9), the concept should not be narrowly construed or confined. It must extend to any aspect of fitness and propriety that is relevant to the public interest, because the tribunal's power to suspend or revoke commercial licences is only exercisable 'if it appears to the tribunal that it is advisable in the public interest to do so, having regard only to the ... matters or circumstances' set out in paras (a), (b) and (c) of s88(2).
Some indication of the breadth of the content of the concept may also be gathered from the fact that it is a purpose of the Act to ensure that commercial broadcasting is conducted in the interests of the public: R v Australian Broadcasting Tribunal; Ex parte 2HD Pty Ltd [1979] HCA 62; (1979) 144 CLR 45 at 53; [1979] HCA 62; 27 ALR 321. The provisions of the Act dealing with the grant, renewal, suspension and revocation of licences, the limitations on the ownership of shares, the determination of program standards and the extensive role given to the tribunal in connection with these matters are all designed to secure the attainment of that purpose. Commercial broadcasting is a very important medium in the communication of information and ideas. Moreover, a commercial broadcasting licence is a valuable privilege which confers on the licensee the capacity to influence public opinion and public values. For this reason, if for no other, a licensee has a responsibility to exercise the power conferred by the licence with a due regard to proper standards of conduct and a responsibility not to abuse the privilege which it enjoys. Possession of a licence or the exercise of the privilege which it confers has been described 'as in the nature of a public trust for the benefit of all members of our society': see the Australian Report of the Royal Commission on Television_, (1954), p144; second reading speech on the Broadcasting and Television Bill 1956 (Cth) by the Honourable C W Davidson, Postmaster-General, House of Representatives Parliamentary Debates (Hansard), 19 April 1956, p1536._
A licensee which is a fit and proper person in the context of s88(2)(b)(i) must have an appreciation of those responsibilities and must discharge them. Conversely, a licensee which lacks a proper appreciation of those responsibilities or does not discharge them is not, or may be adjudged to be, a fit and proper person."[817]
524. Both of these aspects were also considered at some length by Toohey and Gaudron JJ. In relation to what is a "fit and proper person", they said:
"The expression 'fit and proper person', standing alone, carries no precise meaning. It takes its meaning from its context, from the activities in which the person is or will be engaged and the ends to be served by those activities. The concept of 'fit and proper' cannot be entirely divorced from the conduct of the person who is or will be engaging in those activities. However, depending on the nature of the activities, the question may be whether improper conduct has occurred, whether it is likely to occur, whether it can be assumed that it will not occur, or whether the general community will have confidence that it will not occur. The list is not exhaustive but it does indicate that, in certain contexts, character (because it provides indication of likely future conduct) or reputation (because it provides indication of public perception as to likely future conduct) may be sufficient to ground a finding that a person is not fit and proper to undertake the activities in question."[818]
525. Toohey and Gaudron JJ then went on consider whether it was enough to look at the character or reputation of a licensee or whether an examination should be made of the conduct of its affairs and activities. They said that this depended on the legislation and referred to s 83(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1942, which provides that an applicant for a grant of a licence must give certain undertakings in relation to that licence, and s 83(1), which requires that a fresh undertaking be given when the licence is renewed, as well as to s 88(2). After noting that similar provisions appear in ss 83A(4) and 86AA(4) in relation to the refusal to grant or the refusal to renew a commercial licence as to the suspension or revocation of a licence with which they were concerned, their Honours said:
"It is clear from s88(2) and from ss83A(4) and 86AA(4), that the question whether a company is fit and proper to hold a commercial licence extends beyond that which is involved in the provision of broadcasting services and compliance with the conditions and the undertakings under s83(1) or s86(4) which attach to the licence. See Western Television Ltd v Australian Broadcasting Tribunal (1986) 12 FCR 414 at 421; 69 ALR 465. Nevertheless, the question is directed to the fitness and propriety of the licensee to hold a commercial licence and to undertake broadcasting activities pursuant to that licence. See New Broadcasting Ltd (1987) 12 ALD 1 at 8. Even so, the nature of commercial broadcasting and the grant of power in ss83A(4), 86AA(4) and 88(2) of the Broadcasting Act on the basis that 'it appears ... that it is advisable in the public interest' indicate that the considerations which may be taken into account in determining whether a licensee is not or is no longer fit and proper are not closely confined.
Commercial broadcasting plays a significant role in the dissemination of information and ideas. That dissemination is vital to the maintenance of a free and democratic society. See Attorney-General (NSW) v John Fairfax & Sons Ltd and Bacon (1985) 6 NSWLR 695, per McHugh JA at 714. See also Hinch v Attorney-General (Vic) [1987] HCA 56; (1987) 164 CLR 15 at 83; [1987] HCA 56; 74 ALR 353; Victoria v Australian Building Construction Employees' and Builders Labourers' Federation [1982] HCA 31; (1982) 152 CLR 25 at 98; [1982] HCA 31; 41 ALR 71; Attorney-General v Times Newspapers Ltd [1974] AC 273 at 315. A commercial broadcasting licence thus carries with it an obligation to the community. It also carries with it the potential for powerful influence. The community is entitled to confidently expect that a licensee will discharge its obligation and, in particular, that the potential for influence will not be abused. Within this context it is necessarily sufficient to ground a finding that a licensee is not a fit and proper person to hold a commercial licence that the community could not or would not have confidence that the licensee would discharge that obligation. Equally it is sufficient to ground a finding that the licensee is no longer fit and proper that the community could or would no longer have that confidence. Those questions are apt to be answered by reference to the character and reputation of the licensee."[819]
526. Mr Allen, a Member of the Tribunal, considered the meaning of "fit and proper person" within the meaning of s 120A(3) of the SIS Act. He said:
"... Generally speaking a person who fails to carry out adequately and properly his duties or functions in a particular office would not be a fit and proper person to continue to hold such an office. For the reasons that I have set out above I consider that the applicant did not carry out adequately and properly his duties and functions as a director of Broadway, even if it could not be said (which I do not consider to be the case) that any of his actions constituted contraventions of the covenants to which he was subject. ..."[820]
527. Mr Allen also considered a passage from the judgment of Hill J in Davies v Australian Securities Commission[821]:
"...In the context of legislative provisions that were similar, but not identical, Hill J ... considered that a power to disqualify an auditor who 'is otherwise not a fit and proper person' provided a separate basis for disqualification in addition to the other, more specific, grounds that would enable disqualification. Hill J observed ...at 307 ... that the words 'or is otherwise' express a legislative view that a person who fails to perform the duties or functions that would provide the specific grounds upon which to disqualify would ordinarily not be a fit and proper person to remain registered as an auditor. I consider the relationship between s 120A (1)(2) and (3) to be similar and I have expressed the view above that the contraventions by the applicant did provide adequate grounds for disqualification."[822]
528. Applying Hill J's analysis to this case, that would mean that a person who was a responsible officer of a trustee at the time that it contravened the SIS Act, and the nature, seriousness or number of the contraventions provided grounds for disqualification of that person under s 120A(2), would not be a fit and proper person. A similar analysis would mean that a person who had contravened the SIS Act in circumstances justifying disqualification under s 120A(1) would not be a fit and proper person.
529. That leaves us to consider when a person would not be a fit and proper person apart from the circumstances that are the subject of ss 120A(1) and (2). It is apparent from these authorities that we must look to the SIS Act itself and the context in which the words "fit and proper" are used. The long title to the SIS Act sets part of the context: it is "An Act to make provision for the supervision of certain entities engaged in the superannuation industry, and for related purposes". The Treasurer's Statement sets the more general context. The Government was committed, he said, to the effective prudential supervision of the superannuation industry. Its:
"... commitment recognises that official encouragement of superannuation saving brings with it an obligation to provide a prudential framework which will minimise prudential risk and ensure that superannuation fulfils its role in retirement incomes policy and the mobilisation and investment of savings.
... [T]he primary responsibility for the viability and prudent operation of the superannuation industry rests with trustees and fund managers.
... The measures seek to strike a balance between the level of protection for superannuation savings and the additional costs imposed. Excessive compliance costs would significantly reduce the ultimate benefits available to retirees and be detrimental to superannuation beneficiaries.
These considerations argue for significant reliance on adequate disclosure and members' involvement to increase fund accountability and help ensure prudent behaviour.
The Government has not been persuaded that there should be restrictions on the investment freedom of superannuation funds. This is likely to lead to poorer investment returns. For most members the larger component of their benefits will be the investment return on contributions rather than the contributions themselves. So good investment returns are critical to the provision of adequate retirement income.
... As with most investments, the performance of superannuation assets depends on the wisdom of investment decisions. However, the Government is prepared to put in place a mechanism to facilitate industry funding of losses arising by way of theft or fraud.
... [I]t considers increased education of fund members, trustees and other industry participants will assist in focussing attention on the prudential management of superannuation funds. ..."[823]
530. This document, and indeed the SIS Act itself, indicates a tension between the generation of investment return and the prudential management of the fund. One the one hand, the underlying capital and assets of a fund will be maintained and increased by the generation of what would today be described as positive investment returns as opposed to losses. In choosing the way in which those returns are sought to be achieved, the trustee will need to exhibit some degree of entrepreneurial flair that could, perhaps be more conservatively described as business acumen. That is implicitly encouraged because the Government expressly recognised that good investment returns are critical to provide an adequate retirement income and restrictions placed on investments would lead to poorer returns. Business acumen also has its place in the prudential management of the fund. Without it, the fund might never grow and prosper. That would not be in the interests of the beneficiaries. At the same time, prudential management requires that the trustee will observe its duties and maintain the highest sense of integrity so that the trustee looks to and carries out its duties in the interests of the beneficiaries alone.
531. If a person is not a fit and proper person to be, in this case, a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee, that person will not display the qualities required of the trustee itself. That person, or that person's actions, will not display qualities that are required for it to carry out the trustee's role of investing and managing the fund's assets or will not display the qualities of integrity that fit it to carry out its responsibilities and duties as a trustee.
532. In this case, APRA has referred to concepts of protection of the public and deterrence of persons from behaving in a manner other than that required of a fit and proper person. These have been considered in cases such as Rich v Australian Securities and Investments Commission,[824] Australian Securities Commission v Donovan,[825] Re HIH Insurance Ltd (in liq) & Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Adler[826] and Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Pegasus.[827] APRA developed the concepts in its submissions and referred to a number of other authorities. We have not referred to them further as we consider that, to the extent that they are not already inherent in establishing the standard of a fit and proper person, the concepts only become relevant if we decide that VBN and VBW, or one them, is not a fit a proper person to be a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee. They will be relevant in deciding whether we should exercise the power to disqualify one or both of them.
533. APRA's submissions also address the way in which the directors of a trustee should manage any conflict of duties. It submitted that, generally, a person who is in a fiduciary position and who faces a conflict of interest in relation to a proposed transaction is required to withdraw from contributing to a consideration of the issue. If every person to whom the person owes a fiduciary duty consents after being fully informed of all that the person knows about the matter, that person need not withdraw. Reference was made to authorities such as Phipps v Boardman,[828] Permanent Building Society (in liq) v McGee[829] and Centofanti v Eekimitor Pty Ltd[830] as well as Re HIH Insurance Ltd (in liq) & Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Adler.
534. APRA recognised that the strict and clear obligation to manage the conflict of duty may be attenuated in certain circumstances. The equal representation principles in s 89 of the SIS Act lead to a certain amount of potential conflict of duty, it is said. APRA agrees that the duties of a director are shaped according to the nature of the role that must be performed. Many duties will not involve a conflict. Reference was made to In re Drexel Burnham Lambert UK Pension Plan[831] and Edge v Pensions Ombudsman[832] but APRA submitted that the simple existence of a mandate for representation of an employer sponsor on a trustee's board of directors is not a licence to employer members to continue to act under all circumstances of conflict.
535. APRA also acknowledged that a director may not be in breach of the duty owed to the trustee if that director did not place him or her self in that position of conflict.[833] It submitted that the exception to the director's duty will only occur in relation to conflict arising from the ordinary or inherent appointment as representative director. It gave as examples of such conflict the determination of payments or amendments to a trust deed favouring the employer or members. Issues in which a director has had specific involvement are different, APRA submitted. Taking part in a deliberation and resolution of an issue in which a director has had specific involvement and which the director is putting forward to the board are not merely an incident of being appointed a representative director on the Board.
536. We will start with the general principles as set out in Regal (Hastings) Ltd v Gulliver[834] by the House of Lords. The first was summarised by Viscount Sankey:
"The general rule of equity is that no one who has duties of a fiduciary nature to perform is allowed to enter into engagements in which he has or can have a personal interest conflicting with the interests of those whom he is bound to protect."[835]
Liability does not depend upon proof of bad faith. Lord Macmillan stated an aspect of the general duty by adopting the following sentence from Lord Kames' book Principles of Equity published in 1778: "Equity prohibits a trustee from making any profit by his management, directly or indirectly."[836] The issue, Lord Macmillan continued:
... becomes one of fact. The plaintiff company has to establish two things: (i) that what the directors did was so related to the affairs of the company that it can properly be said to have been done in the course of their management and in utilisation of their opportunities and special knowledge of directors; and (ii) that what they did resulted in a profit to themselves. ..."[837]
Again, the prohibition applies even if those who are in a fiduciary position and who are liable to account for profits have shown no fraud or absence of good faith. "The profiteer, however honest and well-intentioned, cannot escape the risk of being called upon to account."[838]
537. The principles were approved by the Privy Council in Phipps v Boardman[839] whether in dissent or not. Again, they emphasised that the liability of a person in a fiduciary position to account must depend on the facts of the case.[840] The headnote fairly summarises the relevant conclusion of the majority:
"... the appellants had placed themselves in a special position, which was of fiduciary character, in relation to the negotiations with the directors of the company relating to the trust shares. That out of such special position and in the course of such negotiations the appellants obtained the opportunity to make a profit out of the shares and knowledge that the profit was there to be made."[841]
538. In re Drexel Burnham Lambert UK Pension Plan recognised the general principles but also recognised that the rules of equity are adaptable and subject to exceptions. Trustees, who were also beneficiaries of the scheme and who had been employees of the principal employer, applied for directions as to the way in which they should exercise their discretion in the winding up of the scheme. Justice Lindsay referred to a passage from Bray v Ford[842] in which Lord Herschell had said that the "inflexible rule" that has been laid down as a "positive rule" "... might be departed from in many cases, without any breach of morality, without any wrong being inflicted, and without any consciousness of wrongdoing."[843] He referred to examples including:
" In Holder v Holder [1968] Ch 353, 398 Danckwerts LJ indicated that a trustee might, with the leave of the court, bid for a trust property at a public auction, an occasion which, if not one of actual conflict, then at least suggests the possibility of ... conflict ... In Sargeant v National Westminster Bank Plc (1990) 61 P & CR 518, 523 Nourse LJ, with whom Bingham LJ and Sir George Waller agreed, showed that there was an exception to the rule where it was not the persons in the position of conflict who had put themselves in that position."[844]
539. APRA referred also to Permanent Building Society (in liq) v McGee[845] in which one of the defendants, Mr Wheeler, was the Chairman of both Permanent Building Society and of a financial accommodation company, Capital Hall as well as controlling about 75% of the voting shares in the building society and a controlling interest in Capital Hall. The Board of Permanent Building Society decided to lend Capital Hall $1.5m for a specific purpose. Anderson J said:
" In my opinion, it is quite clear that Wheeler did place himself in a position of conflict. It is true that he did not actually participate in the meeting of the plaintiff's board that finally resolved to make the loan. However, this is not a case in which mere disclosure of interest and abstention from voting was sufficient. He must have known that, as things stood, Capital Hall was quite unable to service the loan or to repay it. He was in a better position than Nizzola and McGee to appreciate that fact. Under those circumstances, it was his duty to take positive steps to protect the interests of the plaintiff. At the very least, he was under an obligation to make full and frank disclosure of the extent of Capital Hall's financial incapacity at that time. There is nothing to show that he did that. However, I think his duty went further than that. He was in a position of power and influence in respect of both companies. There was no doubt he could have prevented the transaction proceeding. One word from him would have been enough. He should have done so. He could not escape from his continuing to act bona fide in the interests of the society as a whole 'by the simple expedient of leaving the room': Darvall v North Sydney Brick and Tile Co Ltd (1989) 15 ACLR 203, per Kirby P at 250. In my opinion he did, throughout, remain in a position of conflict and it was not overcome by his merely abstaining from participating in the formal resolutions. It was his duty to inform the plaintiff's board that Capital Hall was not in a position to repay the advance of $1.5m sould it be made, nor was it in a position to fulfil its obligations as to payment of interest, and that should the advance be made, there was a high risk that none of it would be recovered. As the loan was to be made to a company which was, in effect, his company, he cannot claim honesty of purpose. He came within the rule which absolutely requires a fiduciary to deal with his principal at arm's length upon a consent obtained after full disclosure of all relevant facts. ...
Usually the remedy is to make the faithless fiduciary accountable for any profits derived from the transaction. However, it is well established that there is jurisdiction to remedy breaches of fiduciary duty by decreeing compensation 'to the person whose confidence has been abused' ..."[846]
540. The Full Court of the Supreme Court of South Australia has also considered the position of a director, Mr Centofanti, who was a director of both a trustee company, Eeekimitor Pty Ltd (Eekimitor), and another company, Benevino Pty Ltd (Benevino). It did so in Centofanti v Eekimitor Pty Ltd.[847] Benevino was established to rent premises owned by Eekimitor and to carry on a business after the previous tenant's business had failed. Eekimitor had guaranteed the previous tenant's bank loan. Mr Centofanti borrowed other funds to provide working capital to conduct the business and to provide Eekimitor with funds to pay the bank loan it had guaranteed. A formal meeting of the board of Eekimitor approved the arrangements. The notice for the meeting had notified of Mr Centofanti's conflict of interest as a director of Eekimitor and Benevino. It also set out the background to the matter and the proposed resolutions. Eekimitor's Trust Deeed permitted a director to vote in respect of a contract in spite of a conflict of interest provided that director first complied with s 228 of the then Corporations Code. That provision required a director to declare the nature of the interest at a meeting of the directors. Mr Centofanti did not exercise his voting rights. The resolutions were passed and the relevant documents, including a deed evidencing the loan by Mr Centofanti to Eekimitor, were executed. Benevino also failed in its business venture on the premises and Eekimitor sold the premises. Mr Centofanti took proceedings to recover money due under the deed but Eekimitor counter-claimed alleging that Mr Centofanti had breached his fiduciary duty to it.
541. The Full Court considered that Mr Centofanti's fiduciary duty was fully and properly discharged by making disclosure to the board. King CJ noted that he had made proper disclosure of his interest to Eekimitor's board and then asked whether he was under any further fiduciary obligation:
"... The nature and extent of any obligation remaining on an interested director after making disclosure, must depend on the circumstances. If he votes, he must exercise his vote with due regard to his obligation to exercise his powers for the benefit of the company. If he does not vote, the circumstances may be such that he can deal at arm's length with the company, consulting his own interests and leaving to the other, apparently competent and fully informed, directors the assessment of any risks and the merits of the proposal from the standpoint of the company. Where, however, the director conducts the day to day operations of the company or is otherwise possessed of knowledge relevant to the decision, which his co-directors do not possess, he many not be free to act in that way but may be obligated to act in a way which protects the interests of the company.
The plaintiff did not vote. He was not peculiarly responsible for the day to day operations of the company. He was in no better position than the other directors to assess the risks. He was at all times, as the judge found, acting honestly and for the purpose of salvaging the trust property from the threatened loss and not with a view to gaining an advantage at the expense of the company from his position as director. ...
In those circumstances, I consider that the plaintiff's fiduciary duty was fully and properly discharged by making disclosure to the board, and that the resolution of the board operated to absolve him from any breach of duty which the contract might otherwise have constituted."[848]
" The requirement for disclosure seems therefore to be intended not to protect the company against bad bargains or the consequences of arrangements into which they enter as a result of the partisan interest of a director, but simply to ensure that the honesty and integrity which should inform corporate dealings and, in particular, the internal management of corporations is scrupulously observed.
It is necessary then to ascertain the extent of the disclosure which will satisfy these requirements. This element has been clearly described by Lord Radcliffe in Gray [Gray v New Augarita Porcupine Mines Ltd [1952] 3 DLR 1] (at 14) in these words:
' ... There is no precise formula that will determine the extent of detail that is called for when a director declares his interest or the nature of his interest. Rightly understood, the two things mean the same. The amount of detail required must depend on the nature of the contract or arrangement proposed and the context in which it arises. It can rarely be enough for a director to say "I must remind you that I am interested" and to leave it at that, unless there is some special provision in the company's articles that makes such a general warning sufficient. His declaration must make his colleagues "fully informed of the real state of affairs" ... If it is material to their judgment that they know not merely that he has an interest, but what it is and how far it goes, then he must see to it that they are informed ...'" [850]
543. As APRA submitted, the equal representation principles in s 89 of the SIS Act lead to a certain amount of potential for conflict. Whether that potential translates into a situation of actual conflict depends on the particular circumstances in which the director is placed. In Princess Ann of Hesse v Field and Ors,[851] Jacobs J referred to the general rule that those having duties of a fiduciary nature are not permitted to enter into engagements in which that director has, or can have, a personal interest conflicting with the interests of those whom they are bound to protect. His Honour continued:
"That the rule ... is a rule of great force and importance cannot be gainsaid. However, it is likewise of importance to consider its precise limits. Firstly, it does not mean that under no circumstances whatsoever can a trustee act in a matter in which he has an interest or in which he has some other duty. ... If a testator or settler wishes to impose on a trustee a duty which is inconsistent with the pre-existing interest or duty, the trustee is not thereby debarred from accepting the trust or from performing the duties which are imposed under it.
The trustees were not placed in a situation of conflict not by any act of their own but by the act of the testator in appointing them trustees in the particular circumstances."[852]
544. This statement was adopted by White J of the Supreme Court of Western Australia in In the matter of Estate of Hancock (dec); Porteous v Rinehart (as executor and trustee of the estate of Hancock).[853] Mrs Porteous applied to the Supreme Court to remove Mrs Rinehart and another as trustees of all of the trusts created under the will of the late Mr Hancock and to replace them with others. Mrs Porteous was a beneficiary under the will Clause 15 of the will stated that the powers were conferred on the trustees notwithstanding that their interests might conflict with their duties as trustees. White J said that this clause could not be construed as permitting the trustees to prefer their own interests to their duties as executors and trustees or as ousting the court's jurisdiction to remove them from office. The trustees' position was that the estate was bankrupt and that the assets that would have formed the bulk of the estate belonged to Mrs Rinehart or to companies controlled by her. This was not, White J considered, a conflict of interest that Mr Hancock would have contemplated. There was no basis for thinking that he had contemplated that the company he had founded and controlled would later apply to have a sequestration order made against his estate. Even if he had, the conflict is so stark that the court should not countenance it. The identity of the trust assets was the subject of separate proceedings, however and the outcome was one with which the trustees had agreed to abide. The trust property would be safe in the meantime and White J refused Mrs Porteous's application in the circumstances prevailing at the time.
545. Circumstances in which there has been held to have been no conflict between a trustee's personal interest and responsibilities as a trustee have arisen in circumstances in which the executor made the appointment while clearly aware that a conflict would be inevitable. So, for example, when a victualler appointed a brewer and a spirit merchant as trustees of his estate and authorised them to carry on his business for the benefit of his beneficiaries, Lord Longdale MR said that he "... could not suppose that the testator, who had himself directed his business to be conducted by these defendants, expected they would be deprived of the usual fair profit[854] when they supplied beer and spirits to the business.
546. In this case, it can be said that Parliament was certainly aware that there was a potential for conflict for directors between their duties as directors of a trustee and the interests of those by whom they were nominated. It is not a case in which Parliament expected that equal numbers would be nominated by members and the employer sponsor and they would then have no further regard to the interests of those nominating them. Although members' representatives need not be officers of the Employer or Members of the Plan themselves, they are likely to be. Furthermore, as appears from the Treasurer's Statement, Parliament saw that:
"A further safeguard to the protection of members' interests is to rely on a well informed membership with the right to participate in managing the affairs of their fund. ..."[855]
Equally, it is likely that the Employer will choose people from its own ranks as its representatives. Just as the members will want to safeguard their interests, so too will an employer sponsor. The management of the fund and the decisions taken by a trustee may have an impact on an employer's liability under the trust deed. Consequently its interest will be quite pragmatic at one level. At another, it may extend to concern for its employees whose terms and conditions include access to an employer sponsored superannuation fund. It may feel that inadequate management of the trust may reflect poorly on its own management of its business affairs and consideration for the welfare of its employees.
547. That there is a potential for conflict between the interests of the directors and their role is an integral part of the scheme established by the SIS Act. ND1 recognised it when she wondered in her email how to ascertain the Employer's view when she was an Employer representative director. The potential for conflict by virtue of their appointment alone does not mean that there is a conflict of the sort that means that an individual director is in breach of a fiduciary duty. There must be something more that shows that there is in fact a conflict of duty between the interests of the directors of a trustee of a fund. This must be determined by reference to the circumstances and not by reference to a formula or recitation of principle. Do the circumstances show that a director was in a position in which that director's interests or those of another for whom he or she had responsibility or to whom he or she owed a duty conflicted with the interests of the trustee?
548. VBW was a Director of the Trustee during relevant events relating to the Employer Offer. APRA made careful and detailed submissions showing VBW's involvement in the development of the Employer Offer and the related package of information showing his doing so as an officer of the Employer. On the basis of his evidence, we find that he was so involved. There is no suggestion that he was not.
549. APRA also submitted that VBW owed a fiduciary duty to the Trustee to take steps to prevent the Trustee from contravening its covenants owed to Members in relation to the Employer Offer. At the same time, he owed a duty to the Employer to ensure that the Employer Offer package was drawn in a manner that would lead to its being accepted by as many Members as possible. His involvement in the development of the Employer Offer compromised him as a Director of the Trustee. He was under positive duties to protect the interests of the Deferred Benefit Members by:
(a) he was a member of the Employer Plan Superannuation Committee;
(b) had discussed the actuarial advice at meetings of that committee;
(c) was involved in the design, content and timing of the Employer Offer; and
(d) had an interest in, or duty to, the Employer in regard to the cost of the outcome of the Employer Offer to the Employer;
550. APRA also submitted that VBW had failed to manage his conflict of duty or to recognise that he needed to. When the CEO indicated in an email that the Employer, and not the Trustee, ran the Fund, VBW did not correct him even though he knew that this was not correct. He did not seek guidance from other Directors as to how to manage his conflict. In sending the Trustee's draft documentation in relation to the offer to the CEO for him to "sign off" on it and to ensure he was comfortable with it, VBW was compromised in his role as a Director of the Trustee.
551. We will start with the relationship between VBW and the CEO. As APRA has submitted, we accept that the CEO's email of 25 October 2002 speaks of the way the Employer "manages its superannuation plan" and to the Plan Executive's managing the plan for the Employer and not for the Trustee even though he could advise the Trustee. If that was not clear, he also said "We have to get the message over that the employer runs this fund, not the Trustees."[856] Clearly, this is not correct in law just as his statement that it is for the Employer to decide whether to make additional contributions is not necessarily correct. Whether the CEO would recognise this is not a matter on which we can make a finding as he was not called to give evidence. Taking the whole of his email, though, we also find that he does recognise that the Trustee has a separate role to play. He recognises that, if it does not like what the Employer does, it has various courses open to it. His email must also be read in the context of the Employer's responsibilities to provide funding to the Plan. It wants its funds properly managed let alone Members' contributions and investment returns managed and so the Plan properly managed. The Plan benefits its employees and the Trust Deed specifically provides for its active participation with regard to certain powers that are given to the Trustee e.g. those under cl 17(d).
552. We accept that VBW did not correct the CEO but any person who has worked for or to another who has strong views and a strong sense of being correct will know that contradiction may not be the best way of dealing with the situation in the short term or the best way to achieve any necessary modification of those strongly held views in the longer term. Whether or not the CEO falls precisely into that category, it is clear that VBW had found his own way of communicating with the CEO. It is apparent from the following excerpt from an exchange between Mr Crennan and VBW:
"Well, you were a director of the trustee with the responsibilities that entailed. You had received a communication from him which you've agreed fundamentally mis-stated the relationship between the employer and the trustee. You had responsibilities to the trustee. You had responsibilities to the employer. Did it not occur to you that you should correct ... [the CEO's] view? --- These are sorts of emails that from my experience one gets from ... [the CEO] that I don't bother to respond. I deal with them differently.
You didn't think that the views expressed in it were any - you thought they were just evanescent. That they were not - that they were the views of the moment that would blow away like soap bubbles? --- I don't think ... [CEO] really believed that the employer run the fund."[857]
553. VBW's email dated 20 December 2002 to the CEO is, we find, an occasion on which VBW did find it necessary to express his position clearly to the CEO. He did so in a way that made his position as a trustee quite clear to the CEO even though he recognised that the Employer would have a different point of view. VBW clearly drew a distinction between his role as a Director of the Trustee and his role as an office holder in the Employer. As he said in his evidence, in the latter, he reported to the CEO[858] but we find on the whole of the evidence that in the former he did not.
554. Based on the evidence of VBW and on the myriad of emails and correspondence relating to the development of the Employer Offer, we are satisfied that he was not only fully informed of it but also an integral part of it. His comments were taken into account and reflected in the documentation and, from a machinery and process point of view, he ensured that all proceeded as quickly as it could so that he did not have "lots of egg on ... [his] face" with the CEO. He did, after all, hold a very senior position in the Employer. It was a position in which it is reasonable to expect that he would be involved in the development. After all, decisions affecting the Plan can have significant financial implications for the Employer.
555. The role of the Employer Plan Superannuation Committee was, we find on the basis of VBW's evidence during cross-examination, to bring "... together the functions so that they could each maintain their responsibilities in a co-ordinated way." [859] The Employer Offer was one of the issues that was co-ordinated through the committee. As a member of that committee, VBW made sure that the Employer's interests were properly co-ordinated and protected in relation to superannuation issues.
556. We find that it was not VBW's practice to report to the Trustee's Board of Directors each of the conversations that he had with the CEO but he said:
"It was my practise to inform the board of dialogue with the company regarding the offer and other matters that affected the fund and the issues that the fund was addressing. I couldn't say that that involved reporting every single conversation."[860]
He could not recall what had been said at Board meetings about specific documents. At the same time, we have had regard to the evidence of VBN and of VBQ regarding VBW's conduct at the meeting of the Trustee's Board on 5 March 2003. It was, we are satisfied, a meeting in excess of four hours and one in which VBW was very open about what had been happening in his discussions with the CEO.
557. On the basis of his own evidence, we accept that VBW did not accept that he should have declined to vote on the Circular Resolution.[861] We do not accept that he was in a situation of conflict as a result of his view. The authorities to which we were referred and to which we have referred illustrate that there is a general rule of equity that a person who has fiduciary duties is not allowed to enter into arrangements conflicting with those interests. They also show that whether there are conflicts is a question of fact in each case. Of some relevance, but not an entire answer to the question is the fact that VBW is an Employer representative. That position, and that of Member representative, are products of the SIS Act. VBW's appointment to that position is a choice of the Employer just as those appointed as Members' representatives are chosen by the Members.
558. VBW, as we have found, openly discussed his discussions as an officer of the Employer in relation to the development of the Employer Offer. His position as an Employer representative was known and it is far more likely than not that his precise position or at least his relative seniority within the Employer was known to the other Directors. Also known to his fellow Directors was his involvement with the Employer in developing the offer. In fact, they had given him, VBN, VBV and the Plan Executive the task of doing so.
559. VBW, we find, did not directly give his fellow Directors information relating to the Employer Offer but he knew that they have been given the package of information that was to be sent to the Deferred Benefit Members. Certainly, this did not include information relating to the average actuarial cost of the pension benefits available to the Deferred Benefit Members or address their personal circumstances directly. For the reasons we have given earlier, we consider that provision of the average actuarial information was unnecessary. The package contained sufficient information on which the Directors could assess that the pension benefit was valuable and could assess the course that it should take. VBW did not withhold any relevant information or material that would properly inform their decision. The package of information had been reviewed by the Trustee's own actuary and by its solicitor.
560. Although VBW had contributed to the shaping of the offer, when it came to its consideration, we find that he did not seek to influence the outcome of the Directors' consideration. Indeed, VBQ's recollection was of VBW's emphasising that they had duties and responsibilities to the Plan and not to any interested parties. This finding is supported by the exchange during cross-examination between Mr Tracey and VBV:
"...Now, you say in paragraph 24 [of your affidavit] that you believed it was generally understood amongst the directors that ... [VBW] would stand aside if the need arises as the result of any conflict. What was the foundation for that understanding? --- ...
... --- That the trustees were aware of their responsibilities as trustees primarily to manage the deed - or the administration of the trust deed in the interests of members. That means that they have to bring their experience within ... [the Employer] and the superannuation industry into the trustee role in a way that uses that experience but is directed towards the trustee's responsibilities. And I think that was well understood amongst trustee directors and I believe that that would have applied to ... [VBW]. The only thing that was significant about ... [VBW] was that he was such a senior officer.[862]
561. Having regard to all of these matters, we are satisfied that VBW disclosed his interest and the nature of his interest as a result of his position with the Employer. Taken in the context of their appointments and their decisions to give him and others the task of dealing with the Employer, he did so in sufficient detail to reveal his position and to ensure that the Directors were fully informed of all the information that they needed to make a proper decision. We are satisfied that he was not in a position of conflict of interest.
562. Given our previous findings, we are not satisfied that VBW is not a fit and proper person to be a trustee, investment manager or custodian, or a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee, investment manager or custodian within the meaning of s 120A(3) of the SIS Act. We set aside that aspect of APRA's decision. That restores VBW to his previous position as a person who is not a disqualified person under the SIS Act.
563. In relation to VBN, APRA has submitted that he was, under s 52(8) of the SIS Act, under his own covenant to exercise a reasonable degree of care and diligence for the purpose of ensuring that the Trustee carried out its covenants. VBN held senior appointments in the Employer. As such, he owed the Employer a duty to promote its best interests. APRA submitted that VBN's two duties were in conflict in relation to the Employer Offer because the Employer's interests were served by casting the offer in terms maximising the chances of its being accepted but the Trustee's duties required disclosure of information and other steps.
· VBN had read a copy of a draft legal advice prepared by FSS to the Employer dated 14 January 2002. The written submissions state that the draft "... referred to the prospect that directors of the Trustee appointed by the Employer, who had positions in which they became privy to strategic issues involving the Plan, may be in a position of conflict of interest and conflict of duty.[863] [864]
· VBN (and VBQ) had received a copy of a communication by ND1 dated 3 July 2002 noting that there had never been a process for Employer Members to be advised of the Employer's view. She also raised concerns about balancing the statutory requirements of the SIS Act and of being an Employer Representative. She sought guidance on how to achieve the balance. There is no evidence that VBN took any initiative to adopt this suggestion.
· VBN was a founding member of the Employer Plan Steering Committee and was present at the meeting of 31 October 2002 when Actuary E's draft advice dated 30 October 2002 and referring to the actuarial values of Members' pension options was discussed.
· VBN did not disclose to the Board the nature and detail of the role and work he undertook for the Employer Plan Superannuation Committee or even the existence of that committee.
the substance of the Employer's actuarial advice and the absence of information known to him relating to the average actuarial valuation in the package of information regarding the Employer Offer; and
disclosing to the other Directors that he was a member of the Employer Plan Superannuation Committee, involved in the design, content and timing of the Employer Offer and had an interest or duty to the Employer in regard to the cost of the outcome of the Employer Offer to the Employer.
(b) declining to act as a contact in relation to the Employer Offer documentation;
(c) declining to participate in the Trustee's consideration and formulation of the Employer Offer documentation; and
(d) declining to vote on the resolution to approve the communication by the Trustee of the Employer Offer in the form proposed.
565. VBN's position is different from that of VBW but only in that, unlike VBW, he offered to absent himself from the discussions of one of the Trustee's Board meetings on the basis of his involvement in the development of materials that it was about to consider. He did not disclose his official positions with the Employer. On the basis of his evidence in cross-examination by Mr Ginnane SC, we find that VBN did not disclose his official position with the Employer when he completed a document headed "Conflicts of Interests" on 17 December 2001 for the Plan's company secretary.[865] The Plan's company secretary had told him that he did not need to disclose it. Initially, he had seen the position for conflict and had thought to disclose his position with the Employer. After what he described as a "lively discussion"[866] with the Plan's secretary, VBN had allowed himself to be persuaded that it was not relevant.
566. We find that he did disclose to the Board his involvement in the development of the documents relating to the Employer Offer at some indeterminate time but before the Board considered that offer. His offer was not accepted. In this regard, VBN's evidence was supported by that of VBV.[867] We also find that it was well understood that all of the Directors, including VBN, would bring their experience in the employ of the Employer and otherwise to their positions with the Trustee. It was understood that some held senior positions and that they would bring that experience with them.
567. In some instances, VBN's limited disclosure might have left him open to challenge on the basis that he had a conflict of interests. We do not consider that it does so in this. Where was it that his interests were in conflict? His discussions in the Employer Plan Superannuation Committee and their outcome were reflected in the Employer Offer that was disclosed to the Trustee. The cost of its offer to the Employer was irrelevant to the Trustee. The extent to which it hoped to limit its future liability by Deferred Benefit Members' accepting the offer was irrelevant to the Trustee in deciding its position. It must have been patently clear to it that the Employer wanted to limit its liability and that it was prepared to pay a price to do that. At the same time, it would have been clear that it would want to limit the price that it paid. The position of the Deferred Benefit Members who remained was assured by the Trustee's obtaining an undertaking from the Employer that it would ensure that the benefits of those Members who did not accept the offer would be fully funded and so protected. As we have found, the Trustee's Board had all of the information that they needed in order to make a decision about what it should do about the Employer's Offer. VBN was not in possession of any information that it did not have but that it should have known or that could have assisted it with its deliberations. There is no evidence that satisfies us that he influenced, or attempted to influence, the course of the Board's deliberations.
568. Given our previous findings, we are not satisfied that VBN is not a fit and proper person to be a trustee, investment manager or custodian, or a responsible officer of a body corporate that is a trustee, investment manager or custodian within the meaning of s 120A(3) of the SIS Act. We set aside that aspect of APRA's decision. That restores VBN to his previous position as a person who is not a disqualified person under the SIS Act.
(1) 3 August 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 June 2005 in respect of VBN;
(2) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 5 August 2005 in respect of VBO;
(3) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 August 2005 in respect of VBP;
(4) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 9 August 2005 in respect of VBQ;
(5) 7 October 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 12 August 2005 in respect of VBR;
(6) 2 September 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 5 July 2005 in respect of VBV; and
(7) 13 September 2005 and confirming a decision of its delegate dated 22 July 2005 in respect of VBW.
I certify that the five hundred and sixty-nine preceding paragraphs are a true copy of the reasons for the decision herein of Deputy President S A Forgie and
Signed: ..(Sgd. J. Rathjen)...................................
Dates of Hearing 21 November 2005 to 25 November 2005, 28 November 2005, 30 November 2005,
Counsel for VBN Mr J Santamaria QC with Mr A. Pound
Counsel for the respondent Mr R Tracey QC with Mr S Hibble and
Solicitor for the respondent Australian Prudential Regulation Authority
Counsel for VBT, party joined Mr P Collinson SC with Mr P Crutchfield
Actuary D = Paul Francis (Employer's consultant actuary from Towers Perrin)
Actuary E = Steven John Schubert (a second Employer's consultant actuary from Towers Perrin)
Superannuation Committee = AXA's Superannuation Plan Steering Committee
[1] Except in relation to s 120A, references to the SIS Act include amendments up to Act No 61 of 2001. In the absence of any indication that subsequent amendments were intended to apply retrospectively, that was the law that governed the actions of the Trustee and of the Directors with which we are concerned. In any event, those amendments are, in the circumstances of this case, of a minor nature and do not alter the substance of the SIS Act or its application to their actions. No relevant amendments have been made to APRA's powers to make the decisions under review. Amendments made to s 120A are expressed to apply to events whether before or after the commencement of the section and have been shown in their current form.
[4] SIS Act, s 3(3) makes it clear that it does not regulate other entities engaged in the superannuation industry.
[6] A "constitutional corporation" is a body corporate that is a trading or financial corporation formed within the limits of the Commonwealth within the meaning of paragraph 51(xx) of the Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act
[9] SIS Act, ss 10(1) and 16(3). An "employer-sponsor of a regulated superannuation fund" is an employer, who contributes to a fund (or who would do so apart from a temporary cessation of contributions) for the benefit of a member of the fund (or of that member's dependants) and that member is an employee of the employer or of the employer's associate: SIS Act, ss 10(1) and 16(1).
[10] A "standard employer-sponsored fund" is a regulated superannuation fund with at least one standard employer-sponsor: SIS Act, ss 10(1) and 16(4). A "standard employer-sponsor" of a fund is an employer who contributes, or would contribute, wholly or partly under an arrangement between that employer and the trustee of a regulated superannuation fund: SIS Act, ss 10(1) and 16(2).
[25] Regulations, r 9.09. As to other responsibilities of the actuary, see [30]-[36] below.
[32] Disclosure is now governed by the Corporations Regulations
[33] Regulations, r 2.15 and 2.40 and 2.41
[39] A "'corporate trustee_' in relation to a fund, scheme or trust means a body corporate that is a trustee of the fund, scheme or trust_": SIS Act, s 10(1)
[46] The "Regulator" means APRA, the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (ASIC) or the Commissioner of Taxation (Commissioner) according to whether the provision in which the word is used is administered by APRA, ASIC or the Commissioner.
[55] SIS Act, s 126B(1) and see also (2)
[76] Trust Deed cl 3(a); HB9:30 and see [6] above.
[82] Trust Deed cl 5(a); HB9:30. "Applicable requirements" are any requirements that the Act, Regulations or any other law or the Commissioner imposes on the Trustee or that the Plan must satisfy in order to qualify for the most favoured taxation treatment applicable to superannuation funds: Trust Deed, cl 1(b); HB9:12
[87] Categories A to Z Members are defined in Trust Deed, cl 1(b); HB9:13-15
[89] The Employer and the Trustee had asked the Plan Actuary to advise on the introduction of this category of membership after members had become redundant from the Employer's employment. Those members had wanted to take advantage of pension commutation factors available under the Plan as, for members who joined before 1 January 1995, they were generous when compared with those in the market. The Plan Actuary advised the Trustee in a letter dated 18 April 1997: HB10:356-357. An actuarial review undertaken in 1996 had assumed that 50% of members would take their benefits as a pension. The Plan Actuary wrote: "Experience to date indicates a lower takeup of the pension option and therefore the provision of the deferred pension benefit will not require a review of company contributions."
[98] Trust Deed, Schedule ZJ, Items 6-11; HB9:281-286
[99] Trust Deed, Schedule ZJ, Items 2 and 3, HB9: 280
[104] Trust Deed, cl 41(a)(1) and (2); HB9:79
[105] Trust Deed, cl 41(a)(3); HB9:79-80
[110] Trust Deed, Schedule O; Item 1, HB9:195
[111] Trust Deed, Schedule O; Item 2, HB9:195
[112] Trust Deed, Schedule O; Items 3 and 4, HB9:195
[113] Trust Deed, Schedule O; Item 5, HB9:196
[114] Trust Deed, Schedule ZD; Item 14, HB9:242
[115] Category U also refers to a Plan Earning Rate rather than an interest rate and is similar to Category T: Trust Deed, Schedule SG; Items 13 and 14, HB9:208-209
[116] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG; Item 25(c), HB9:271
[117] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG; Item 25(d), HB9:271
[118] Average Weekly Ordinary Time Earnings
[119] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG; Item 25(e), HB9:272
[120] Trustee Report as at 30 June 2000; HB10:452
[141] Historically, VBV wrote, the VBI had been between 115% and 130%; HB10:463.
[150] The Deferred Benefit Members were members of this group. When they leave some or all of their benefit in the Plan, it accumulates with interest until it is transferred to another plan or received from the Plan as a lump sum at any time (subject to preservation requirements) or, between the ages of 55 and 65, as an early retirement pension; HB10:487.
[183] HB11:871 The meeting of the Trustee's Directors on 25 February 2002 had noted that the position of Plan Executive had been developed and that it would be graded. It was not expected that there would be any action to fill the position until the end of March 2002; HB11:728.
[207] The Employer sought EC1's advice before the appointment of the Plan Executive and EC1 continued to provide it subsequently. He reported to the CEO. (Exhibit VBNA at [22])
[216] Minutes of meeting of Trustee's Board of Directors; HB:12:1140
[222] See Plan Actuary C's recommendation at HB16:2490 and Trustee's Annual Report at 2565_01-2565_04
[223] HB10:509 and 582-604 (Trustee Board Meeting, 25 October 2001); HB11:690-692 (Trustee Board Meeting, 17 December 2001); Exhibit 12, Tab 2 (Agenda Item prepared for Trustee Board Meeting 24 September 2001 attaching four statements prepared for the Employer and presented to the Trustee to ensure that it was comfortable with the disclosure of data, both current and projected, for individual Members), Tab 3 (Agenda Item prepared for Trustee Board meeting 26 November 2001 attaching four Transfer Booklets that had been drafted by the Actuarial Firm and reviewed by officers from the Employer's Legal and Compliance Sections) and Tab 4 (Agenda Item prepared for Trustee Board meeting on 17 December 2001 attaching four Transfer Statements and four Transfer Booklets which were being updated to include comments from the Employer's Legal and Compliance Sections and the Employer's solicitors).
[234] HB11A:1008_04 and Exhibits VBW3 and VBW4
[242] HB12:1060 and Transcript at 1362-1363
[249] Exhibit VBWA, Annexure B at [24]
[304] Exhibit VBWA at [89] and Transcript at 506
[330] Exhibit VBNA at [238], Exhibit VBOA at [64], Exhibit VBPA at [79], Exhibit VBQA at [85], Exhibit VBVA at [88] and Exhibit VBW at [134] and see also Transcript at 534
[331] Exhibit VBTB at [9] and HB14:1963
[344] HB15:2199-2203. In his statement, Mr Goldman referred to his "4 April 2003 advice"; Exhibit VBTB at [14]
[347] HB15:2235, 2240, 2244, 2247, 2251, 2256, 2260, 2269
[356] Letter dated 14 December 2005 from Trustee to APRA
[371] A person may only apply for review of APRA's decision under s 344(1) of the SIS Act if that person is affected by it. A number of authorities considering when a person is affected by a decision were summarised in Fearnley and Australian Fisheries Management Authority (2005) 87 ALD 159; 41 AAR 384; [2005] AATA 147 at 169-173; 424-428; [32]-[47].
[373] (2002) 209 CLR 597 at 603-604; [8]
[374] Minister for Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs v Watson [2005] FCAFC 181; (2005) 145 FCR 542 (Dowsett, Hely and Lander JJ)
[375] Water Administration Ministerial Corporation v Jones [2005] NSWCA 181; (2005) 139 LGERA 198 (NWSCA)
[378] [1981] UKHL 2; [1982] AC 617 at 651
[380] [1984] UKHL 5; [1985] AC 835 at 864
[381] Pickering v Deputy Commissioner of Taxation [1997] FCA 890 and cases cited therein.
[383] [1984] FCA 57; (1984) 1 FCR 354; 6 ALD 6 at 358; 11
[385] [1985] FCA 208; (1985) 8 FCR 213; 60 ALR 701 at 223; 712
[386] [1989] FCA 116; (1989) 86 ALR 399; 17 ALD 321 at 412-413, 334-335
[387] [1989] FCA 116; (1989) 86 ALR 399; 17 ALD 321 at 412, 334
[389] [1990] FCA 221; (1990) 96 ALR 211; 20 ALD 557 at 221, 560
[390] [1990] FCA 221; (1990) 96 ALR 211; 20 ALD 557 at 221, 560
[391] [1985] FCA 208; (1985) 8 FCR 213; 60 ALR 701 at 216, 704-705
[394] [1978] HCA 47; (1978) 141 CLR 296; 22 ALR 176 at 302, 180
[395] [1984] FCA 57; (1984) 1 FCR 354; 6 ALD 6 at 10 per Woodward J
[396] Drake v Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs (1979) 24 ALR 577; 2 ALD 60
[397] Blount Inc v Registrar of Trade Marks [1998] FCA 440; (1998) 83 FCR 50 at 56 per Branson J
[398] We will not be satisfied on the balance of probabilities if we are in a state of uncertainty.
[400] (1997) 48 ALD 733 at 739 [30]
[401] (1997) 48 ALD 733 at 741-742 [44]
[402] (1997) 48 ALD 733 at 742 [46]
[404] A person whose "interests are affected by a decision" may apply for review of a decision (AAT Act, s 27(1)) and so is a person "who is entitled to apply to the Tribunal for review" of that decision within the meaning of s 28 of the AAT Act.
[408] The fact that the SFC is required under the General Practice Direction made under s 33 of the AAT Act does not change that for "It is not open to doubt that that Direction cannot confer a jurisdiction on the Tribunal, a Registrar or Deputy Registrar which is of larger compass than that which is given the
Tribunal by the SRC Act, s67(8): see Birmingham Citizens Permanent Building Society v Caunt (1962) 1 Ch 883 at 894." Comcare v Labathas ((1995) No. ACTG35 of 1994, [22] per Finn J)
[409] Drake v Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs (1979) 24 ALR 577; 2 ALD 60 at 599; 77 per Smithers J
[410] (1979) 24 ALR 577; 2 ALD 60 at 589; 68, per Bowen CJ and Deane J
[411] Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs v Yusuf [2001] HCA 30; (2001) 206 CLR 323; 180 ALR 1; 62 ALD 225 at 347-348, 19, 242 [73] per McHugh, Gummow and Hayne JJ.
[413] [1977] AATA 12; (1977) 1 ALD 158; 15 ALR 696; at 161; 699 quoted with approval in Wilson v Minister for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Affairs [1996] HCA 18; (1996) 189 CLR 1 at 18 per Brennan CJ, Dawson, Toohey, McHugh and Gummow JJ
[415] (2003) 215 CLR 518; 196 ALR 385; 72 ALD 577 at 530-531, 394, 586; [36]
[416] (2003) 215 CLR 518; 196 ALR 385; 72 ALD 577 at 540-541, 403, 595; [71]
[417] Sullivan v Department of Transport (1978) 20 ALR 323; 1 ALD 383 at 342, 402 per Deane J, with whom Fisher J agreed
[419] (1978) 20 ALR 323; 1 ALD 383 at 342, 402-403
[420] Melbourne Steamship Co Ltd v Moorehead [1912] HCA 69; (1912) 15 CLR 333 at 342 per Griffith C.J
[421] Kelso v Forward [1995] FCA 1584; (1995) 60 FCR 39 at 66 per Finn J
[422] Issued under the Judiciary Act 1903, s 55ZF
[423] Judiciary Act 1901, ss 55ZG(1)(a) and s 55N(1)
[424] Legal Services Directions 2005 with effect from 1 March 2006
[427] McDonald v Director-General of Social Security [1984] FCA 57; (1984) 6 ALD 6 at 19 per Northrop J and see also Scott v Handley [1999] FCA 404; (1999) 58 ALD 373 at 383 per Spender, Finn and Weinberg JJ
[428] Inserted by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Amendment Act 1975, s 33(1AA) Schedule 1 Item 106
[430] Scott v Handley [1999] FCA 404; (1999) 58 ALD 373 at 383
[432] Russell v Duke of Norfolk [1949] 1 All ER 109 at 118 cited with approval in Kioa v West (1985) 59 CLR 550 at 613 per Brennan J
[433] Mobil Oil Australia Pty Ltd v Federal Commissioner of Taxation [1963] HCA 41; (1963) 113 CLR 475 at 504 per Kitto J
[438] APRA's Closing Submissions at [D.15.16]
[439] Transcript at 2359 and see also 2523
[442] Rana v Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission [2005] FCA 6 at [59] per Finn J and see also Pochi v Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs [1979] AATA 64; (1979) 36 FLR 482 at 492 per Brennan J
[444] The Evidence Act 1995 is inapplicable to the Tribunal; s 4(5) and see Epeabaka v Minister for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs (1997) 150 ALR 397; 47 ALD 555 at 408-409, 56-566 per Finkelstein J
[446] [1960] HCA 42; (1960) 103 CLR 486 at 491
[447] (1984) 38 SASR 45 at 46-47
[448] HG v The Queen [1999] HCA 2; (1999) 197 CLR 414; 160 ALR 554 at 432, 566; [58]
[449] The prohibition is not absolute: Murphy v R [1989] HCA 28; (1989) 167 CLR 94 at 110 per Mason CJ and Toohey J and at 127 per Deane J
[450] R v J (1994) 75 A Crim R 522 (Vic CCA) at 531 per Brooking J and Trade Practices Commission v Arnotts (No 5) (1990) 21 FCR 324; 92 ALR 527 at 330; 353 per Beaumont J
[451] Shell Pensions Trust Ltd v Pell Rrischmann & Partners [1986] 2 All ER 911 (QBD)
[452] Practice Direction Guidelines for Expert Witnesses in proceedings in the Federal Court of Australia dated 19 March 2004
[455] (1940) 40 SR (NSW) 126 at 137
[456] Whitten v Falkiner [1915] HCA 38; (1915) 20 CLR 118 at 127 per Isaacs J and see also HR Products Pty Ltd v Collector of Customs [1990] FCA 152; (1990) 20 ALD 340 at 342 per Lee J and Pepsi Seven-Up Bottlers v Commissioner of Taxation (1995) 62 FCR 289 at 299 per Hill J
[457] HR Products Pty Ltd [1990] FCA 152; (1990) 20 ALD 340 at 342 per Lee J and see also Yager v R [1977] HCA 10; (1977) 13 ALR 247 at 249 per Barwick CJ
[458] (1995) 62 FCR 289; 95 ATC 4746; 132 ALR 632
[459] (1995) 62 FCR 289; 95 ATC 4746; 132 ALR 632 at 298-299; 4753-4754, 641
[462] Burrows v Walls [1855] EngR 294; [1855] 5 De GM & G 233; 3 ER 859 per Lord Cranworth LC at 249; 866
[463] McMillan v McMillan [1891] VicLawRp 10; (1891) 17 VLR 33 at 38-39
[466] Mitigation does not extend to exempting a trustee from liability for acts of fraud or dishonesty for to do so would be contrary to public policy. Abrogation of a trustee's responsibility to exercise care and skill, prudence and diligence is not contrary to public policy. (Armitage v Nurse [1998] Ch 241 at 254 per Millett LJ)
[468] (1883) 9 App Cas 1 at 19 approved in Austin v Austin [1906] HCA 5; (1906) 3 CLR 516 at 525 per Griffith CJ and in Fouche v Superannuation Fund Board [1952] HCA 1; (1952) 88 CLR 609 at 641 per Dixon CJ, McTiernan and Fullagar JJ. Most recently, Gummow J has said in Breen v Williams (1996) 186 CLR 71 at 137:
"Where an express trust has been effectively constituted and under its terms the trustee is obliged to manage a trust business, the trustee is required both to observe the terms of the trust, and in doing so, to exercise the same care as an ordinary, prudent person of business would exercise in the conduct of that business were it his or her own."
[473] [1985] 1 Ch 270 at 289
[474] [1985] 1 Ch 270 at 286-287. In Tanti v Carlson [1948] VicLawRp 70; [1948] VLR 401 at 405 Herring CJ said that "It is also their duty to be impartial in the execution of their trust and not to exercise their powers so as to confer an advantage upon one beneficiary at the expense of all others."
[475] [1985] 1 Ch 270 at 287
[476] [1985] 1 Ch 270 at 288
[478] [1998] Ch 512 at 533
[479] [1998] Ch 512 at 534
[480] Edge v Pensions Ombudsman [2000] Ch 602 at 627
[481] [1998] Ch 512 at 536
[483] In re Charteris; Charteris v Biddulph [1917] 1 Ch 377
[484] [1917] 2 Ch 379 at 398-399
[485] [1998] Ch 512 at 540
[487] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 163-164
[488] [1999] HCA 28; (1999) 197 CLR 83; 163 ALR 576 at 99, 583
[490] [1998] FCA 51; (1997) 79 FCR 469; 152 ALR 332 at 480, 341 (citations omitted) quoted in Attorney General v Breckler (1999) 197 CLR 83 at 99
[491] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164
[492] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 166
[493] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 165
[494] [1964] EWCA Civ 6; [1965] Ch 918; [1964] 3 All ER 855
[495] [1964] EWCA Civ 6; [1965] Ch 918; [1964] 3 All ER 855 at 937; 862
[496] [1964] EWCA Civ 6; [1965] Ch 918; [1964] 3 All ER 855 at 928; 857
[498] [1851] EngR 375; (1851) 3 Mac & G 440; 42 ER 330 at 448, 333-4 and approved in Karger v Paul [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 165 and Esso Australia Ltd v Australian Petroleum Agents' & Distributors' Association [1999] 3 VR 642 at 651
[499] [1999] 3 VR 642 at 653
[500] [1999] 3 VR 642 at 652
[501] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164 and 165
[502] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164 and 165
[503] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164 and 165
[504] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164-165
[505] [1984] VicRp 13; [1984] VR 161 at 164
[506] 5th edition, DC Pearce and RS Gedes, Butterworths, 2001
[507] 5th edition, DC Pearce and RS Gedes, Butterworths, 2001 at [1.20]
[508] 5th edition, DC Pearce and RS Gedes, Butterworths, 2001 at [8.9]
[509] [1936] HCA 24; (1936) 55 CLR 253 at 263 per Dixon and Evatt JJ following a very similar principle expressed in Bank of England v Vagliano Bros [1891] AC 107
[510] [1961] HCA 42; (1961) 108 CLR 56 at 74-76 per Windeyer J
[511] [1975] HCA 6; (1975) 5 ALR 147 at 164 per Mason J
[512] K & S Lake City Freighters Pty Ltd v Gordon & Gotch Ltd [1985] HCA 48; (1985) 157 CLR 309; 60 ALR 509 at 315, 514 per Mason J
[513] [1985] HCA 48; (1985) 157 CLR 309 at 315
[515] [1957] AC 436 at 461
[517] [1981] HCA 26; (1981) 147 CLR 297; 35 ALR 151 at 320, 169
[518] [1981] HCA 26; (1981) 147 CLR 297; 35 ALR 151 at 305, 157 per Gibbs CJ
[519] [2005] HCA 20; (2005) 220 CLR 542; 215 ALR 1
[520] Citing Martin v Martin [1988] 1 NZLR 722 at 731, Gleeson CJ, Gummow, Hayne, Callinan and Heydon JJ said that "The phrase 'is to be construed in context and must reflect the purposes of the section in which it occurs'." Federal Commissioner of Taxation v Linter Textiles Australia Ltd (in liq) [2005] HCA 20; (2005) 220 CLR 542; 215 ALR 1 at 14, 611-612 [50]
[521] [2005] HCA 20; (2005) 220 CLR 542; 215 ALR 1 at 53, 661; [221]-[222]
[523] (2005) 215 ALR 61 at 79 [81]-[82]
[525] (1997) 187 CLR 384; 141 ALR 618 at 408; 634-5. Referring to this authority, Weinberg J in Minister for Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous Affairs v SZAYW [2005] FCAFC 154 at [6]- [7] said:
"... There are some statements in the authorities that suggest that there must be ambiguity in the provision under consideration before the purpose of the statute, or reference to extrinsic material, becomes relevant. However, the current position is not so constrained. Rather, it requires that purpose and context be considered at the outset, when construing any statutory provision."
[527] [1995] FCA 1663; (1995) 62 FCR 504; 133 ALR 1 at 532-533, 61
[528] Wacando v Commonwealth of Australia and State of Queensland [1981] HCA 60; (1981) 148 CLR 1; 37 ALR 317 at 25; 335
[530] Alexandra Private Geriatric Hospital Pty Ltd v Blewett (1984) 2 FCR 368; 56 ALR 265 at 375; 272
[532] [1990] FCA 69; (1990) 21 FCR 436; 92 ALR 671 at 449; 685
[533] Hansard, House of Representatives, 27 May 1993 at 1101
[534] Hansard, House of Representatives, 27 September 1993 at 1068
[535] Hansard, House of Representatives, 27 September 1993 at 1966-1067
[540] The Objectives of the Superannuation Supervisory Legislation, Donald Duval, paper given to the Conference of the Superannuation Committee of the Law Council of Australia, 1994
[542] Discussion Paper No. 50 at [5.25]
[543] Collective Investments: Superannuation, Report No 59
[544] Collective Investments Superannuation Report, Report No 59, Terms of Reference at xx
[549] LRC Report at [6.15] (footnotes omitted)
[550] LRC Report at [5.2] referring to a passage from Bartlett v Barclays Bank Co Ltd [1980] Ch 515 at 534 per Brightman J
[552] LRC Report at [9.16] (footnotes omitted)
[557] Hurley v BGH Nominees Pty Ltd (1982) 1 ACLC 387 at 390-391
[561] (1883) 9 App Cas 1 at 19 approved in Austin v Austin [1906] HCA 5; (1906) 3 CLR 516 at 525 per Griffith CJ and in Fouche v Superannuation Fund Board [1952] HCA 1; (1952) 88 CLR 609 at 641 per Dixon CJ, McTiernan and Fullagar JJ. Most recently, Gummow J has said in Breen v Williams (1996) 186 CLR 71 at 137:
"Where an express trust has been effectively constituted and under its terms the trustee is obliged to manage a trust business, the trustee is required both to observe the terms of the trust, and in doing so, to exercise the same care as an ordinary, prudent person of business would exercise in the conduct of that business were it his or her own."
[563] (2003) 21 ACLC 888; [2003] FCA 262 at 892;[7]
[566] [1999] 3 VR 642 at 653
[567] [1999] 3 VR 642 at 652
[568] Unreported, NSW Court of Appeal, 5 October 1993
[569] Unreported, NSW Court of Appeal, 5 October 1993 at [13]-[14] approved by Mason CJ and Deane and McHugh JJ in Singer v Berghouse [1994] HCA 40; (1994) 181 CLR 201; 123 ALR 481; 68 ALJR 653 at 212, 489, 658; [28]
[571] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[572] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[574] [1945] HCA 1; (1945) 70 CLR 441 at 446
[576] [1902] 1 Ch 353 at 363 Other authorities expressing similar views were referred to by Young J in Vision Super Pty Ltd v Poulter [2006] FCA 849 at [70] that was handed down after we had written this passage of our reasons..
[577] Trust Deed, Schedule F, Items 4 and 7(b), Option 4(b) at HB9:138-139 and 144;
[578] Trust Deed, Schedule C, Item 3; HB9:131
[579] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[580] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG, Item 25(a); HB9:271 and Schedule SG, Item 14(a)
[581] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[582] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG; Item 25(d), HB9:271 and see Schedule SG, Item 14(d)
[583] Trust Deed, Schedule ZG; Item 25(e), HB9:272
[584] Trust Deed, Schedule SG, Item 14; HB9: 208
[585] Trust Deed, Schedule ZD, Item 6(a)(4) and (b)(3), HB9: 239
[586] Trust Deed, Schedule ZJ, Item 12(b)(7); HB9:287
[592] (1964) 38 ALJR 293 at 274
[593] (1964) 38 ALJR 293 at 301
[595] [1982] HCA 69; (1982) 158 CLR 327; 44 ALR 63 at 333, 67
[597] Trust Deed, cl 42(a); HB9:81 and see also r 13.16 above
[599] Duchess of Argyll v Beuselinck (1972) 2 LLR 172 at 185
[600] [2000] NSWCA 374, 21 December, 2000 (Malcolm AJA McPherson AJA Ormiston AJA)
[603] (1989) 18 NSWLR 642 at 654
[604] [1999] HCA 64; (1999) 74 ALJR 209; 167 ALR 575 at 219, 587; [45]
[607] [2003] NSWSC 745; (2003) 47 ACSR 31 at 43; [45] (SCNSW)
[608] [2003] NSWSC 745; (2003) 47 ACSR 31 at 44; [48]
[609] [2003] NSWSC 745; (2003) 47 ACSR 31 at 44; [49]- [51]
[610] [2003] NSWSC 745; (2003) 47 ACSR 31 at 44; [52]
[611] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[621] Exhibit VBW5 at [53] and [106]-[108] and see transcript at 1941
[624] Exhibit VBW5 and transcript at 1472
[633] Transcript at 1818-1819 per Plan Actuary C
[637] Webster v McIntosh [1980] FCA 128; (1980) 32 ALR 603 at 606 per Brennan J, with whom Deane and Kelly JJ agreed
[641] Transcript at 1808-1809 omitting questions and some sections of the answers
[648] Transcript 1812 and Exhibit 1 at Tab 14
[659] HB4: 10 at [26]: "It is only with the benefit of hindsight that the crediting rate issue was more significant than ... [VBO] first realised."
[661] Exhibit VBWA at [79] and see Transcript at 1890-1891
[697] See Crime, David Ross QC, 2nd edition, 2004, Law Book Co at 983 and cases cited therein together with Re Slater and Cox [1988] AATA 110; (1988) 15 ALD 20 at 1 per Deputy President Todd
[698] Pikos Holdings (Northern Territory) Pty Ltd v Territory Homes Pty Ltd [1997] NTSC 30
[699] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[700] Shorter Oxford English Dictionary, 5th edition, 2002
[701] The Oxford Dictionary of Australian Investment Returns, INVESCO Online Version 3.0, 2003
[710]APRA's Closing Submissions E.5.14 referring to HB12:1030 and 1151
[727] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[728] Chambers 21st Century Dictionary, Revised Edition, 1999
[729] Shorter Oxford English Dictionary, 5th edition, 2002, Oxford University Press
[730] The Macquarie Dictionary, revised 3rd edition, 2001, The Macquarie Library Pty Ltd
[731] "Prudent": Shorter Oxford English Dictionary, 5th edition, 2002, Oxford University Press
[732] "Prudence": Shorter Oxford English Dictionary, 5th edition, 2002, Oxford University Press
[733] PD1 was also a director at the time the decision was made.
[734] Actuarial Review of the Plan at 30 June 1999; HB10:386
[753] VBQA at [80] and see also [222]
[763] HB8 at Tab 68; 3676, 3705 and 3709
[779] APRA's Closing Submissions at E.6.24
[784] Corporations Act, ss 1317G(1) and (1A)
[788] (1995) 37 NSWLR 438 at 503-504 with authorities omitted
[789] [2005] QSC 198 at [78] per Muir J
[791] Commonwealth Bank of Australia v Friedrich (1991) 5 ACSR 115 at 117 per Tadgell J
[792] Vrisakis v Australian Securities Commission [1993] 9 WAR
[793] (1995) 37 NSWLR 438 at 500-501
[794] Australian Securities Commission v Gallagher (1993) 11 ACLC 286 at 295-296
[796] Exhibit VBVA at [88] and Exhibit VBWA at [134]
[798] Exhibit VBOA at [64], Exhibit VBPA at [80] and Exhibit VBQA at [86]
[803] Percival v Wright [1902] 2 Ch 421 and see also discussion of the issue by Finn J in Australian Securities Commission v AS Nominees Ltd & others [1995] FCA 1663; (1995) 62 FCR 504 at 522. Section 52(8) of the SIS Act imposes duties upon directors but that does not lead to the conclusion that there is a duty upon a trustee to enforce their duties.
[806] Turner v Corney [1841] EngR 1192; (1841) 5 Beav 515 at 517 per Lord Langdale MR
[807] (1883) 9 App Cas 1 at 1
[810] Civiti and Secretary, Tax Agents' Board of Victoria (1990) 90 ATC 2039 per Deputy President Forrest
[811] [1990] FCA 379; (1990) 21 ALD 437 per Hill J
[812] Re Dowling and Secretary to Department of Health (1985) 8 ALD 171, Deputy President Hall and Mr Sinclair and Professor Webster, Members
[813] Re Taylor and Department of Transport (1978) 1 ALD 312, Mr Hall, Senior Member and Captain Gibbs and Mr Thompson, Members
[815] [1955] HCA 28; (1955) 93 CLR 127 at 156
[817] [1990] HCA 33; (1990) 94 ALR 11 at 32
[818] [1990] HCA 33; (1990) 94 ALR 11 at 56
[819] [1990] HCA 33; (1990) 94 ALR 11 at 57-58
[820] Preuss and Australian Prudential Regulation Authority [2005] AATA 748 at [94]
[821] [1995] FCA 1496; (1995) 59 FCR 221; 131 ALR 295 at 223-4; 307
[824] [2004] HCA 42; 209 ALR 271 at 280-281; [32]- [35] per Gleeson CJ, Gummow, Hayne, Callinan and Heydon JJ
[825] (1998) 28 ACSR 583 at 602
[826] [2002] NSWSC 483; [2002] 42 ACSR 80 at [54]- [112] affirmed on appeal: Adler v Australian Securities and Investments Commission [2003] NSWCA 131; (2003) 179 FLR 1 at 169-170; [767]- [770]
[829] (1993) 11 ACSR 260 at 290
[833] Sargeant v National Westminster Bank Plc (1990) 61 P & CR 518
[838] [1967] 2 AC 134 at 145 per Lord Russell of Killowen
[839] e.g. [1966] UKHL 2; [1967] 2 AC 46 at 85-86 per Viscount Dilhorne, at 101-102 per Lord Cohen and 105 per Lord Hodson
[840] [1966] UKHL 2; [1967] 2 AC 46 at 103 per Lord Cohen
[841] [1966] UKHL 2; [1967] 2 AC 46 at 47
[842] [1896] AC 44 at 51-52
[843] [1995] 1 WLR 32 at 37
[844] [1995] 1 WLR 32 at 40-41
[846] (1993) 11 ACSR 260 at 290
[848] [1995] SASC 4924; (1995) 15 ACSR 629 at 631-632
[850] (1991) 22 NSWLR 189 at 211 referred to at [1995] SASC 4924; (1995) 15 ACSR 629 at 643
[852] (1962) 80 WN (NSW) 66 at 73
[853] (1998) 19 WAR 495 at 513-514
[854] Smith v Langford [1840] EngR 478; (1844) 2 Beav 362; 48 ER 1221 at 1222
[863] APRA's Submissions at [G.2.42]
[864] HB11-674_08 and Transcript at 649-651
[865] Transcript at 825-826 and HB17:2741
[867] Exhibit VBVA at [23] and see also Transcript at 1151-1155
(1995) 62 FCR 504
(1998) 83 FCR 50
(1999) 74 ALJR 209
(1996) 186 CLR 71
(1989) 86 ALR 399
(1995) 65 SASR 31
(1960) 103 CLR 486
(1945) 70 CLR 441
(1995) 37 NSWLR 438
(1995) 59 FCR 221
(1979) 24 ALR 577
(2003) 87 SASR 325
(1997) 150 ALR 397
(2005) 220 CLR 542
(2005) 215 ALR 61
(1952) 88 CLR 609
(1999) 197 CLR 414
(1955) 93 CLR 127
(1998) 19 WAR 495
(1995) 60 FCR 39
(1985) 98 FCR 213
(1985) 59 CLR 550
(1912) 15 CLR 333
(2003) 215 CLR 518
(2001) 206 CLR 323
(1963) 113 CLR 475
(1964) 38 ALJR 293
(1989) 18 NSWLR 642
(1980) 32 ALR 603
(1996) 189 CLR 1
(1991) 22 NSWLR 189
(1986) 6 NSWLR 363
(1979) 144 CLR 45
(1987) 164 CLR 15
(1982) 152 CLR 25
(1998) 192 CLR 603
(1936) 55 CLR 253
(1961) 108 CLR 56
(1975) 5 ALR 147
(2003) 179 FLR 1
(1984) 2 FCR 368
(1999) 197 CLR 83
(1906) 3 CLR 516
(1990) 94 ALR 11
(1997) 187 CLR 384
(1990) 21 FCR 436
(1981) 147 CLR 297
(1985) 157 CLR 309
(1984) 1 FCR 354
(2002) 209 CLR 597
(1989) 167 CLR 94
(1995) 62 FCR 289
(1984) 38 SASR 45
(1982) 158 CLR 327
(1982) 42 ALR 496
(1978) 141 CLR 296
(1990) 21 FCR 324
(1992) 192 CLR 603
(2005) 139 LGERA 198
(1915) 20 CLR 118
(1997) 79 FCR 469
(1977) 13 ALR 247
(1965) 112 CLR 517
(1949) 78 CLR 353
(1986) 12 FCR 414
(1985) 6 NSWLR 695
(1985) 8 FCR 213
(2005) 145 FCR 542
(1979) 36 FLR 482
(2004) 209 ALR 271
(1990) 96 ALR 211
(1994) 181 CLR 201
(1978) 20 ALR 323
(1981) 148 CLR 1